The Judge
03-21-2007, 05:38 AM
Attendance: 504
Right after the song we are taken quickly to Amy White who is seen backstage with a mic in her hand infront of an Everything Ends Banner.
Amy White: Hello everyone, tonight looks to be a monumental night in WPW history as we will crown the final PCW Champion in a Six-Pack Ladder Match. I am standing here with one of the competitors. Jerimiah 'The Shocka' Ranks.
The camera zooms out and we see Jerimiah standing by with Amy looking at the ground as he chews gum.
Amy White: Jerimiah Ranks tonight you step into the biggest match of your career as you have you're first and final chance to become PCW World Champion . How are you feeling as the time grows near for your match.
Jerimiah spit his gum out off screen as he bobs back and forth.
Jerimiah Ranks: Ya know Amy you can talk and talk about the day when you get your opportunity to become a World Champion, but it's nothing like actually being in the moment. I'm here at Everthings Ends the biggest WPW event yet and I am stepping into the biggest match of my life. As the clock winds down to the time for me to step into that ring with five other men, i am getting more and more anxious. I mean look at me, I can't even stand still, but as anxious as i am.... i know that once i step into that ring and look around at the crowd in attendance and look around at my opponents and look up at that title belt that all this anticipation and anxiety will go away. I will stand there and the only thing i left will be my determination to win that match and walk out Champion.
Jerimiah then looks into the camera.
Jerimiah Ranks: To my opponents... as the time draws nearer for our bout i want you all to take a deep breathe and walk out there knowing that you are going to bring your best to that ring, knowing that when we meet that i am facing you at your peak performance. I say this because when the smoke clears i want there to be without a shadow of a doubt that the best man is walking out as the champion. I know i will be fighting at my best and I will do anything to walk out of this arena tonight as Champion. So when we get into that ring, don't expect any mercy or remorse because tonight there will be none. This is it.... i'm walking out there a man a misson and there will be no turning back and no surrender! This man has waited his entire life for this moment and he will not let there be any room for regrets or mistakes! I feel the electricity in me and I am ready to strike. So Dust, The One, Xavier, Adams and Scorch BE PREPARED TO BE ELECTRIFIED!!!
Jerimiah puts his hood on and walks away and we are taken to Max and Daniel at ringside.
Max: Jesus, who did Ranks blow to get that promo spot?
Daniel: What he means is....Hello fans and welcome to Everything Ends!!!
Max: Oh shit, we're on? We've got a hell of a show tonight for you fans. We've got the a two out of three falls hardcore match, two tag team title matches for the same set of belts, two count em TWO ladder matches, and the big one...
Daniel: The first ever Casket Match for the WPW Title!
Daniel: And it’s time for our first Match of the night and I think from memory this is the first time that we’ve ever started a Pay Par View show with a title match, no less one so odd.
Max: Odd? What the hell do you mean by that? It’s Just Stallion Vs. Dreamer, two outta three falls, awesome kick ass hardcoreness to see who is less affected by having their head wrapped around a signpost! It’s what all (He looks at the paper on his table) Georgians want to see... Wait We’re in Georgia? I thought we were still in Ocala! Man we spent ages in there?
Daniel: And the fact we went past all these signs saying “Georgia” and “Patterson” Never jumped out at You... Or when I said it earlier?
Max: I thought they were typos...
Daniel: ....
Max: What?
Daniel: Anyway let’s get back to the event which is NOT Stallion Vs. Dreamer, that’s slated for later in the Card... Tonight we have one of, if not the most interesting tag team title matches in the history of WPW...
Max: More interesting than when the Shadow defended the titles against those two guys from PCW?
Daniel: Oh yes indeed!
Max: More interesting than..... Okay, I’m out... that’s about it.
Daniel: Anyway this match is Jamie Parker, one Half of the WPW Tag Team champ and The Main Man... The second half of the Tag Team Champions... With both titles on the line! You see, whoever loses will lose their tag team title. And that very title will be put up in the Battle Royal to decide who the other champion will be.
Max: So really this match isn’t about winning, but more about losing? I mean the winner gets nothing, just the glee in taking something away from their partner...
Daniel: And knowing how much the Main Man and Parker hate each other, you know that’ll be a lotta glee!
“The Prisoner” By Iron Maiden begins to echo through the arena and soon out comes Jamie Parker. Parker holds his Tag team title belt in his hand as he holds it aloft..
Mina: The Following match is for both of the WPW Tag Team Titles, coming to the Ring first, he is one half of the tag team champions.... JAMIE PARKERR!!!
Parker begins to travel to the ring after doing his usual up at the top. Rather suddenly and unexpectedly the crowd begins to boo and change their pitch for the worse. The reason for this is shown as we see The Main Man holding a steel chair above his head with his tag team title around his waist. He is sneaking up on Parker who still seems oblivious to it. As soon as TMM gets close however, Parker ducks the swung chair and ends up behind him, TMM turns and Parker and he stare at one another!
Daniel: Parker must have read the audience reaction and knew something was coming.. Now we have a Mexican standoff!
Max: There are no Mexicans.. Parker is English though.
TMM look at Parker then back at his chair, noting the large gap of distance between himself and Jamie Parker. Parker seems cautious and ready to duck anything that TMM tries. TMM shrugs anyway and looks Dejected.. Before suddenly swinging the chair at Parker. Parker moves however but not fast enough as the chair misses but Grazes the side of his head. Parker spins away but holds the side of his head in agony.
Daniel: Oh, it clipped him. He didn’t get everything that was coming to him but he got some of it and boy it probably hurts...
Max: I think that would be worse. It’d be like a chair shot except you’re not knocked out enough to not feel it!
Parker doesn’t have time to dodge the next attack as The Main Man stabs the top of the chair into his midsection, doubling him over. The Main Man Then lifts his knee up as it collides with the same grazed spot on Parker’s head, sending him falling to the ground at the entrance. Parker slowly gets to his knees but he is met by a rather unorthodox move as TMM runs at him and allows his waist to collide with Parker’s head. His waist of course having the Tag team belt around it and that adding to Jamie Parker’s agony.
Max: That Main Man will be lucky if he doesn’t get disqualified!
Daniel: Look over at Referee Chris Kay, he definitely wants to...
Max: Then do it!
Daniel: The match hasn’t started! Neither men have stepped into the ring to begin the match so there’s nothing that can be done. It’s like a backstage assault, but at the eleventh hour, and in plainsight...
The Ever-beaten side of Parker’s head that has been taking the brunt of the attack has swollen along the graze and part has burst open, leaving a trickle of blood coming down his head, some of it has remained on The Main Man’s title. He holds it up and inspects it before throwing it over his head and celebrating with it, enjoying the blood stain. The Main Man is interrupted however by the yells of Referee Chris Kay. He looks over Irate at him and orders him to get into the Ring. The Main Man ignores him however and lifts the stunned Parker to his Feet.
Daniel: Well, we’ve seen some great action here so far and we technically haven’t seen the start of our match yet!
Max: You know how I was sad that this match wasn’t the Hardcore Match?
Daniel: Yeah...
Max: I’m not so sad now.
The Main Man decides it’s time to end it and begins to pull Parker to the Ring. He motions to throw him under the ropes but pauses, thinking to himself. The Main Man then decides o a better course of action and charges, with Parker in front of him, at the corner ringpost. Parker however ducks at the last minute, falling away from it, sending the Main Man alone into the corner, connecting with his shoulder as he tried to get out of its way. The Main Man still stand but grabs at it in agony.
Max: Parker Got lucky there. He fell just as he got close.
Daniel: I think you’ll find he ducked...
The Main Man moves over to Parker who still hasn’t reawaken, He grabs for a foot while still favouring one shoulder but as eh does So .Parker Grabs him Close and pushes him back with his legs, throwing him into the apron ring. TMM leans against it as Parker gets to his feet slowly. Parker then jumps at The Main Man, hitting a dropkick to his shoulder that slams it onto the hard side of the Apron, taking all the shock from it. The Main Man falls to the floor in agony.
Max: And Parker getting some really creative offensive in..
Daniel: His first offensive so far.
Parker then Grabs the Apron and pushes his boot into the face of The Main Man. Using the top rope to give him added push. TMM flails around before he uses his forearm to hit at the shin of Parker. Parker Eventually takes his foot away from TMM and TMM stops his attack. Parker then hoists him up and moves towards the barricade. He lifts up The Main Man’s head and slams it forcefully into the barricade. All the crowd around him begin to back away except for several seemingly braver fans who watch the action from considerably up close.
Max: Oh come on, if you didn’t want to see some up close action, then you’re wasted on front row tickets!
Daniel: I think they’re more worried for their own safety more than seeing violence...
Parker begins to reel his opponent back for a second attack but as he does another set of hands shoot up and latch on to Parker’s head. Parker is stunned and lets go of TMM, the second set of hand suddenly pulls him down and collide his own head with The Rail. The Hands look like they belong to someone from the crowd. A Fan! Parker falls back, the smear of blood still left on the rail. The Main Man begins to look over at the fallen Parker then back over at what did it and sees the fan standing there, Yelling at Parker. The Fan then Taps TMM on the back, whispers a word of Advise and then runs as Security enters the fray, looking for the aggressive fan. TMM Yells out at him something along the lines of “Thanks, Castor”
Max: Yeah, you better run!
Daniel: WPW would also like to point out that we in no way condone any action involving fans attacking wrestlers, so don’t try this! You’re likely to get an angry wrestler punch your jaw into your face.
The Main Man pulls Parker away from the rail and back towards the apron. He Then hoists Parker up in a spearing position and slams him into it. Parker’s back arches as he is rammed into the side of the unforgiving mat. TMM then grabs Parker and hoists him up so his arms hook around his shoulder. TMM then jumps up and pulls Parker down onto the hard, floor below! The Main Man just hit his signature finisher, The Purple Rain!
Daniel: Oh no! This might be all over for Parker without the bell even sounding!
Max: Go and pin him!
He Main man gets up and begins to shout in Parkers bleeding face. The Main Man then takes this chance to get into some crowd heat and does so quite easily, even though the crowd could care less for Parker as well. TMM then looks over at the announcers table and looks in glee, everyone knows what he plans to do with the man he hates and an announcers table!
Daniel: Oh nononono!
Max: Running Time!
The Main Man doesn’t cart Parker to the table but instead performs a killer Irish whip that throws him at it, taking out his knees and spiralling him to where Max and Daniel Would have been if it wasn’t for their ‘running time’... The Main man them climbs over there and pulls Parker Up to his feet. But is met with a steel chair to the face. Max Stockon’s Steel chair, even with his name written on it in Pen... The Main Man falls over and lands on the Table.
Max: That’s my Chair! I need that!
Parker looks over at the Main Man and starts to look formulaic. Parker seems convinced to not put him through the table as he kicks TMM from it and onto the floor. He then motions for Daniel and Max to return to their table as he drags TMM over to the ring, propping him up on the Steel steps and the ring, leaving him in a slouching position. Parker then places Max’s steel chair, name first, in front of TMM’s face...
Max: No, Not my Chair. I don’t wanna have to spend the next two hours standing!
Daniel: Then get another one!
Max: That one has my name on it!
Daniel: You spelt “Stockon” wrong on it! But what the hell is Parker doing?
Parker reveals this soon enough as he makes his way back to the Table and climbs it himself. The crowd and Daniel all realise what he is about to Do. He looks around and then springs off his feet, sending them flying across and connecting with the steel Chair in front of The Main Man, forcing it into his face!
Daniel: An Own Goal! Parker just hit The Main Man with an own Goal from the Announcers table to the ringpost!
The Main Man falls limp as Parker holds his Leg, the move taking as much out of him as it did out of TMM. The Referee, Chris Kay still hasn’t been able to get the match to officially start and he seems to just want to leave it until one of them accidentally comes into the Ring. Eventually, Parker gets on his knees, leaning against the steel steps, his face more bloody than ever from that chair right at the start. Parker then slowly, and I do mean slowly gets to his feet, pulling TMM with him.
Daniel: I’ve just received a word from our employer, Carlos Gonzales. He states that if these two are carted off to hospital before the match can take place, then they will both be stripped of their tag team title and we will have TWO winners of the Battle Royal to take their places.
Max: Do you think that will happen?
Daniel: I have no idea what these two might do to none another that they haven’t already done!
Parker Begins to look as if he might actually start this match. He leaves TMM on the outside as he slowly climbs the stairs he was leaning against. He reaches the top ropes and tries to climb out but he is met with a forearm to his Back! TMM is groggily up and pounding on him as high as he can Reach. Parker Tries to Kick But TMM has omne more trick. He Grabs Parker and Pushes him as hard as he can against the Ropes. Parker leans forwards and Chris Kay, the Referee, looks relieved he can finally start the match. But soon Parker is thrown Backwards by the Ropes, Landing on the outside again behind TMM!
Max: Oh that was Brilliant Stuff By the Main Man! He Just threw parker form the Ring!
Daniel: And Chris Kay is irate at this!
The Main Man definitely isn’t. He seems rather pleased with his effort and Is now Scouring the steps himself. He shuffles along so that he si in line t where Parker Fell, obviously wanting to elbow drop him from up high. Chris Kay however has had enough and he yells at TMM to get in the Ring. TMM ignores but Kay has had it and grabs TMM, trying to pull him into the ring. TMM Looks at Kay with a lock of pure venom and anger!
Daniel: Oh no.. What has young Chris Kay done?
Max: TMM Gonna Kill You!!!
Daniel: You’re probably right there, even if you are stealing other superstar quotes.
The Main Man shaves Kay off Him. Kay retreats to the other side of the Ring as TMM looks back and then bovver At Kay. He then enters the Ring and move s over at Kay, looking incredibly menacing as he does so. As soon as he does enter the Ring. Kay lets out a yell and motions to the timekeeper. The Time keeper then quickly hits the bell!
*Ding Ding*
Max: Ding Ding?
Daniel: The Main Man just entered the ring! He Just started the match!
The Main Man doesn’t seem to care, he si still belligerent from Kay trying to tell him what to do! TMM raises his hands to push Kay, but the Kay points to his shirt. He’s the referee that can’t be touched. TMM hesitates and gets angrier. Suddenly the Main Man disappears from View!
Max: What the hell?
Daniel: It’s Parker!!
It is Parker! He has Snuck into the ring and set up Behind TMM. Parker rolls up TMM in a Schoolboy Pinfall as TMM is caught completely offguard!
1..................
2.....................
3!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*Ding Ding*
Daniel: He’s done it! Parker has snuck it over his old partner and now he is the only remaining champ!
Mina: Here is your Winner.... And STILL one half of the WPW tag-team champions.... JAMIE PARKERRR!!!
Parker balks now and runs out of the ring grabbing his title as he runs. Leaving The Main Man in the Ring Alone. As he retreats, Chris Kay, also retreating form TMM, raises his hand!
Daniel: Well we have a new team nonetheless and it’s going to involve Jamie Parker! But who else? Find out in the 20 man battle Royal later tonight!
The camera then fades to Connie and Tina walking around backstage.
Connie: Oh ho! Are you getting nervous for our Killing Joke's match tonight?
Tina: He's still going by Killing Joke?
Connie: I don't know it's so hard to keep track, maybe it's the Man in Black now?
Tina: No, I distinctly remembered a joke in there somewhere.
Connie: Ba-zing.
Tina: No, I didn't just tell a joke I just....
Connie: You just what?
Connie and Tina stop suddenly as they bump into the casket for tonight's main event. They peer around the casket looking ominously at it.
Tina: This isn't the buffet table is it?
Connie: No...but we really should go find The Killing Black Joke.
As Connie runs screaming away from the casket, Tina start running right behind her.
Tina: See you next tuesday!!!!!!!!!!!!
The camera then rejoins Max and Daniel at the announce booth.
Max: God, I hate those fat cows.
Daniel: But everyone is taken aback by the casket match that will be our main event here tonight at Everything Ends.
Max: Well anyways our second match of the evening will be on the crazier side of the spectrum as Gunnar Brian goes one on one with The Jokester.
Daniel: After Gunnar loosing his chance to compete for the Florida State Title he blamed The Jokester.
Max: Dan tell the real story here. The firkin nut Gunnar claims to being stalked by some lady and he’s figured out who his stalker is and plans to reveal the who it is right here tonight. Personally I think it’s probably one of those obese chicks.
Daniel: The Bees?
Max: Do you really have to ask that question. ….. Yes The Bees those fatty’s with the casket. Sheesh.
Daniel: Asshole.
DING
DING
DING
Mina Henderson: The following contest is for one fall……
The lights fade and “The Importance of Being Idle” plays.
Mina Henderson: Making his way to ring from Manchester, England; weighing in at 225 pounds Gunnarrr Brian!
The music continues to play and Gunnar doesn’t come out.
Max: Where is this nut?
Almost on cue Gunnar shows up with a microphone in hand on the stage.
Gunnar Brian: Cut the music…….
The music goes dead.
Max: Now what!?
Gunnar Brian: As I promised last week on Tuesday Night Turmoil…. I am here to expose my stalker. Now please excuse her for she is very shy.
Gunnar goes back behind the curtain and walks out with a hooded mannequin. He walks down with a slight smirk on his face nodding his head as his music begins to play again.
Daniel: By god…..
Max: Is it me or is that person under the hood kind of stiff?
Daniel: You fool that’s a mannequin, a female mannequin.
Max: Not just any mannequin Dan… that’s you wife.
Daniel: Shut up Max.
Gunnar sets the mannequin down in his corner and he takes of the hood. Nearby fans begin to laugh and Gunnar just smiles at them. Gunnar kisses the mannequins forehead and rolls into the ring.
“I am The Jokester” hits and the crowd goes wild.
Mina Henderson: His opponent from Chuckletown, New Me’hico weighing in at 250 pounds… The JOKESTERRR
Max: Did she just say Me’hico.
Daniel: I think so.
A spotlight waves over the Edward Newton Center. And then suddenly we see The Jokester swing from a rope from the ceiling, (how he got there without anyone seeing I don’t know). He swing past the ring and the fans on the other side grabs his feet slowing him down.
Daniel: What an entrance by The Jokester here in the Edward Newton Center. The fans love this guy.
Max: I think he’s a jack ass.
The Jokester drops into the crowd as they give him high fives each getting a surprise sting from a hand buzzer… some even dropping knocked out cold. The Jokester then jumps over the steel barricade and looks up into the ring at Gunnar Brian, he then look at the mannequin smiling. He looks back at Gunnar and then walks over to the mannequin and lays a big kiss on it.
Max: Oh wow… Dan you just gonna let him get away with that…
Danieal: Stop it Max…
The fans love it as Gunnar in the ring gets livid. Gunnar slides out of the ring and goes after The Jokester but the Jokester catches him with a kick to the gut and a right hand, then another kick to the gut and another right hand. Gunnar stumbles backwards holding his mouth and Jokester grabs him and tosses him into the ring following him in.
DING
DING
DING
Daniel: And this match is underway with The Jokester getting the quick upper hand by getting into the head of Gunnar Brain.
Max: Yeah by kissing his mannequin…. Can you believe this…. I feel stupid just announcing this match.
Daniel: Max…….. Nahhh that’s too easy.
The Jokester hits Gunnar with another right hand and then a left and then a right and the Jokester spins around and close lines him. The Jokester beats his chest as the crowd once again goes wild.
Daniel: Jokester seems to be more ready than ever for this match as he’s been on fire so far.
Gunnar scoots across the ring floor towards the ropes and pulls himself up slowly. The once The Jokester turns around Gunnar runs at him and give him a high to the gut followed by a side Russian leg sweep.
Max: Spoke to soon Dan… That seems to happen often… I think you’re a jinx
Daniel: Whatever you say Max.
Gunnar then drop an elbow on the Jokester and goes for a pin.
1……….
Kickout by The Jokester.
Gunnar stands and begins to stomp the Jokester over and over until the Jokester grabs his foot and trips him. The Jokester tries to quickly secure the “You’re not laughing anymore” submission but Gunnar squirms and gets to his feet and kick The Jokester in his face as he tries to get up.
Daniel: Whoa Jokester seems to be trying to end it quickly here.
Max: To no avail…I might add.
Gunnar pulls Jokester up by his head and backs him up to the ropes and whips him across the ring and catches him with back elbow sending him down. Gunnar then drops to his knees and lock Jokester in a sleeper hold. The ref is checking on Jokester to make sure if he knocks out but Jokester seems to be alive. Jokester keep shaking his head but Gunnar then tightens the hold stopping the shaking. The crowd tries to liven up Jokester up with some claps. Jokester begins to shake his arms as he seems to feed off the claps. Gunnar looks worried as Jokester is makes it onto his knees. Gunnar immediately releases the hold and hits Jokester with elbows to the head then some fists before locking the sleeper hold back on.
Daniel: Gunnar wants to give Jokester absolutely no breathing room as he locks him back into the sleeper hold.
Max: As crazy as he is I think Gunnar has the right idea here. He wearing down his opponent early here on in the match. Even if Jokester gets out of this hold it’s gonna take him some time to recover from this.
Jokester looks to be in a daze and Gunnar tightens the hold jerk Jokesters head each time. The ref then waves a hand in front of the Jokester to get a response to avail. The ref then raises the Jokesters arm..... it drops, he raises it again….. it drops, for the third time the ref raises Jokesters hand and…….. it stays up.
Daniel: The Jokester is still in this.
The Jokester pumps his arm as the crowd cheers in excitement. Jokester makes it to his feet little by little and Gunnar tries to tighten the hold but it doesn’t work. Jokester is finally on his feet and backs up forcing Gunnar into the turnbuckle and forcing the breaking of the hold.
Daniel: And Jokester is free form the sleeperhold.
Gunnar holds his back as Jokester runs across the ring and comes back closelining him back into the corner. Gunnar hangs in the corner by both arms and Jokester climbs to the second rope and starts to wail on Gunnar with punches as the 504 in attendance counts along with him.
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
8…
9…
10...
Jokester looks up at the crowd and shrugs his shoulders and continues with the punches.
11…
12…
13…
14…
15…
16…
17..
Max: See now Dan those are the thing I can’t stand about Jokester, who goes up and does 17 punches. Huh?! Name me one person you ever seen do 17 punches, this guy is an idiot.
Daniel: Well he’s definitely an originator if you as me, he unpredictability is one of his greatest characteristics.
Jokester then hops down from the turnbuckle and Gunnar stumbles out of the corner. Jokester quickly picks Gunnar up and drops him onto his knee with a back breaker. Jokester goes for the pin.
Daniel: Jokesters goes for the pin..
1……….
2…..
Kickout by Gunnar.
Jokester then gets up and walks over to the turnbuckle and climbs to the top rope.
Max: What’s he doing now?
Daniel: I don’t know Max but like we always know expect the unexpected with The Jokester.
Gunnar reaches gets up hold his back and spots Jokester on the top rope and quickly runs over and pushes his legs straddling Jokester on the top rope.
Max: Haha nice move by Gunnar.
Daniel: I agree… he scouted it and prevented him from getting of whatever Jokester had in mind.
Gunnar then gives Jokester a head butt and then climbs up to the second turnbuckle. Jokester tries to fight Gunnar off but Gunnar hits him with more head butts. Gunnar then finally hooks his arm over Jokester head and the other one under Jokesters leg and takes him back down to the ring with a super fisherman suplex. Gunnar surprisingly maintains the bridge as the ref makes the count.
Daniel: What a move by Gunnar Brian.
Max: It’s over!
1……….
2…….
Kickout by Jokester.
Both men lay there trying to catch there breathe but Gunnar is gets to his feet first. Gunnar stumbles back to the ropes as he catches his breathe, but then he spots his mannequin and starts to speak to it.
Daniel: Is Gunnar talking to that mannequin?
Max: What the hell is he doing?!
Daniel: He need to focus on the match at hand and follow up. He’s just wasting time.
Max: Dan I think you should get your wife out of here.
Daniel: Max……!
Jokester begins to stir and slowly makes it to his feet. Gunnar turns around and sees Jokester and walks over to him and is met with a low blow.
Max: Low blow! Low blow! That’s a disqualification…… ref!
Daniel: I don’t think he saw it Dan.
Max: Of course he didn’t. Frikin blind as a bat.
The ref doesn’t see it and as Jokester quickly picks Gunnar up in and hits a fall away slam. Gunnar slides out of the ring holding his crotch and Jokester stands gets up in the ring and sets up for Gunnar to get to his feet. Once Gunnar reaches his feet Jokester hit him with a surprisingly fast baseball slide sending Gunnar into the front row.
Daniel: What a baseball slide! Jokester really picked up speed there.
Jokester having slid out of the ring from the momentum of the baseball slide goes over to the Gunnar and tosses him over the guardrail back onto the ringside floor. Jokester pulls Gunnar to his feet and points to the steel steps. Jokester then irish whips Gunnar but Gunnar reverses it sending Jokester flying into the steel steps.
Max: Another great move by the psychopath
Daniel: That reversal may have been the turning point in this match up. The Jokester seems to be in a lot of pain.
Gunnar walks over to Jokester and lifts him up and proceeds to slam Jokester head first into the steel steps. Jokester looking dazed stumbles backwards onto the ringside floor. Gunnar then walks around the ring over to his mannequin friend and points to Jokester as he talks to her.
Max: Enough with the damn mannequin!
Daniel: Can you believe Gunnar actaully said that they had alot in common?
Max: I think he's trying to steal your wife.
Gunnar then realizes the ref is at the count of 5 and he rolls back into the ring.
6!
.
Jokester still looking groggy makes it to his knees at the count of
.
.
7!
.
Max: C’mon ref count faster 7, 8, 9 10! C’mon The Jokester should’ve been counted out already.
.
Jokester walks on his knees and grabs onto the apron.
.
8!
.
Jokester pulls himself into the ring and Gunnar pounces on him hitting him with rights. Gunnar then pulls Jokester to his feet by the strap of his pink leotard a then irish whips him to the ropes. Jokester rebounds and Gunnar goes for a closeline but Jokester ducks it. The both then bounce of off opposite sides and meet in the center of the ring with a double closeline.
Daniel: They both go down with a hard impact.
Both men are down and the ref checks on them and begins to count.
1……………
2……………
3…………..
4……………
5……………
6……………
Gunnar rolls over onto his stomach
7……………
Gunnar gets onto his knees and stands up.
Daniel: And Gunnar makes it to his feet first.
Max: Again!
8…………..
Jokester rolls over to the ropes and quickly pulls himself up with a burst of energy. Jokester bounces off the ropes and runs at the unsuspecting Gunnar taking him down with a powerful closeline. Gunnar gets up and Jokester knocks him down one more time.
Daniel: The Jokester is a house on fire with a sudden burst of energy.
Gunnar gets up and Jokester body slams him and then runs to the ropes and instead of doing a leg drop or elbow drop Jokester on the return drops down to Gunnar and bites his forehead.
Max: That’s another DQ, ref do something!
The ref admonishes Jokester and Jokester stands up looking at the ref with a smile. Gunnar rolls over holding his forehead and Gunnar ceases this opportunity to lock in the “You’re Not Laughing Anymore”.
Max: Ahhhhhhhh!
Daniel: The Jokester has it! He’s locked Gunnar in the “You’re Not Laughing Anymore”
Max: This is a crime, Jokester should have been counted out and DQ’ed twice and the ref let him get away with it.
The crowd gets to their feet with excitement. Gunnar claws trying to get to the bottom rope as he yells in pain. The ref asks him if he give up but he doesn’t. Gunnar continues to claw trying to get to the bottom rope and his finger tips keep tapping it but he just can’t reach it. The ref ask Gunnar if he gives up and he looks as if he’s gonna tap out.
Daniel: I think this is it Max, I think Jokester is about to pull it off.
With one final stretch Gunnar grabs the bottom rope and the ref forces Jokester to release the hold. Jokester releases the hold and get to his feet shaking his head.
Max: Yesss!
Daniel: I take it you’re rooting for Gunnar huh?
Max: Well….. there both wackos, so I’ll guess I take the person who’s not been cheating the entire match.
Jokester then pulls Gunnar to his feet by his hair but Gunnar pulls Jokester by his leotard sending Jokester through the tope and middle rope and to the outside of the ring. Gunnar begins to regroup as he holds his lower back. Jokester on the outside gets up and climbs up onto the apron. Gunnar catches Jokester with a right hand to the face and he pulls Jokesters head down guillotining him. However Jokester does not fall off the apron as he holds onto the middle rope. Jokester pulls himself back up and Gunnar suplexes him back into the ring and quickly goes for the pin.
1……….
2…..
Kickout by Jokester
Daniel: Close but no cigar as Jokester gets his shoulder up.
Gunnar pulls Jokester to his feet and hits a belly to belly suplex on Jokester and pins him again.
1……….
2……..
Kickout by Jokester
Daniel: Another kickout by The Jokester.
Max: C’mon ref I counted to 20.
Gunnar gets frustrated and signifies to the ref to count faster. Gunnar drops an elbow on Jokester and goes up to the top rope.
Daniel: It looks like Gunnar is thinking of getting high.
Max: (Gasps) Dan how can you talk about drugs in the middle of the match.
Daniel: You’re an idiot.
Gunnar poises himself and he looks back at the Jokester before leaping off hitting him with a beautiful moonsault. Gunnar hooks the leg of the Jokester going for the pin again.
Daniel: He hit it! He calls that Brians Best.
Max: It’s over, thank you.
1……….
2……….
Kickout by Jokester
Gunnar this time gets extremely pissed off and begins to pounds on Jokester with lefts and right over and over again. The ref has to calm Gunnar down and pull him off of Jokester. Gunnar turns to the ref and gets in his face tell him not to put his hand on him again.
Daniel: Can you believe it Jokester kickout! Gunnar was sooo close but The Jokester kicked out again.
Max: Argh! Damn you ref! Damn you!
Daniel: Relax Max relax!
Max: No you relax… this ref has been biased this whole match. I’m surprised you haven’t notice seeing as you like to point out unjustice all the time.
Daniel: Well Max I just don’t see it that way.
Max: Of course you don’t you like that pink leotard wearing freak.
Daniel: Say that to his face.
Max: Well maybe I will god damn it.
Gunnar then waits as Jokester stirs and Gunnar sets up for the Gun Slinger. Once Jokesters in the position Gunnar goes for the Shining Yakuza Kick but Jokester dodges it and Gunnar hits air.
Daniel: Jokester just evaded the Gun Slinger… man that could have been it right there.
Max: It would have been it.
Jokester then quickly gets up to his feet as Gunnar is turning around and Jokester sticks his fingers high up Gunnar’s nostrils.
Max: How disgusting this man is a freak see.
Daniel: It’s The Rejection Slip!
Gunnar jumps on his tippy toes in pain as The Jokester give Gunnar the Rejection Slip over the top rope. Once again the crowd goes nuts. Gunnar on the outside of the ring holds his nose as he makes it to his feet. Gunnar then slams his hands on the apron in anger and walks over to his mannequin and takes it as he proceeds to walk towards backstage.
Daniel: Where the hell does Gunnar think he’s going he’s in the middle of a match.
Max: Gunnar is pissed off and he shouldn’t have to deal with this biased referee. So he’s taking your wife and getting the hell out of here.
Daniel: Shut up Max we all know that’s not my wife so would you please stop saying that.
Max: Oh…. Wait that’s a mannequin….. That’s right your wife is a Betty Boop blow up doll. Sheesh and I’m calling Jokester the freak.
Daniel: (Grumbles under his breath)
The fans boo in unison as the ref is counting Gunnar out. Once Gunnar reaches about halfway up the ramp Connie and Tina appear from the curtains and the fans cheer.
Daniel: Look who it is… it’s Connie and Tina.
Max: Show I throw up now or later?
Gunnar shakes his head no as the two obese women chase after him. Gunnar begins to back up but Connie and Tina grab him and turn him around throwing him back into the ring forcing him to drop his mannequin in the process.
Daniel: And right back into the ring goes Gunnar Brian.
Gunnar in the ring back right into Jokester and turns around. Jokester kicks him in the gut and lifts him up for The Whoopie Cushion.
Daniel: The Jokester has him up for The Whoopie Cushion!
Gunnar somehow reverses the move into a sunset flip maneuver and he has Jokester in a pinning predicament.
Max: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 7, C’mon ref make the friking count you imbecile... I just learned that word this morning.
Daniel: I think Connie seems to have him distracted.
However Connie has made it onto the apron and the ref is busy trying to get her off. Gunnar sees this and gets up walking over to the ref and Connie. Gunnar bickers with the ref then out of nowhere Gunnar pie faces Connie off of the apron onto Tina below.
Max: Did you just feel the ground shake?
Daniel: As a matter of fact I think I did.
The ref admonishes Gunnar then goes to check on the Bees and Gunnar just walks back over to Jokester who has his back to Gunnar. Gunnar turns him around is met with a face full of black ink coming from The Jokester’s octopus.
Max: What the hell was that!?
Daniel: It seems The Jokester just sprayed Gunnar if the face with…………. I don’t know what he sprayed Gunnar in the face.
Max: You know that’s illegal in most states right.
Jokester then kicks Gunnar and hits The Whoopie Cushion.
Daniel: The Whoopie Cushion!
Max: Oh no….
The ref suddenly turns around and makes the pin
1……….
2……….
3!
DING
DING
DING
“ I am The Jokester” hit as Jokester quickly rolls out of the ring and walks over to the Bees celebrating his victory. Gunnar in the ring lays there trying to get the ink out of his eyes.
Mina Henderson: Winner of this match via pinfal THE JOKESTERRRRR!
Max: Now this idiot wants to make the pin. Jokester just stole a win and you know it Dan.
Daniel: The Jokester did spray whatever that substance was into Gunnar eyes…….
Max: Exactly and there was about 500 hundred other times when Jokester should have been DQ’ed. Man I hate this guy, just look at him he’s a grown man that’s balding, wearing a pink leotard and hangs out with two fat chicks. He’s a freak.
Daniel: Well I don’t know about all that but what I do know is that the 504 in attendance love The Jokester, do you hear them Max…….?
Max:………………
Daniel: Max....?
Jamie Parker is walking backstage holding both tag team titles looking very pleased with himself.
Parker: Finally, now I don't have to deal with that lead weight around my neck and I can get back to defending these titles with pride.
Parker walks past a few officials and hands the second tag title to the lead official of the battle royal for later on tonight. He then gets into the locker room and he can overhear a few guys talking in the other half of the locker room.
Man 1: Oh man this is going to be sweet, I'm gonna be a tag team cahmpion tonight!
Man 2: Jeez, man I don't think you should be so confident, especially after I throw your ass over the top rope.
Man 1: Wanna fight about it?
Man 2: Yeah, let's go!
Man 3: Whoa, save it for the ring ladies. You two can bitch and moan while I take out everyone else in that match.
Parker seems very curious and peers around the corner to see that the three men agruing are Alex Christopher Diamond, Big Red, and Daisuke Ryo. Parker gets an alarmed look on his face as he turns around as El Pollo struts into the locker room.
El Pollo: Hey Parker, good win out there tonight. Hope your keeping that other title warm for me.
Pollo then starts preening his own feathers and heads onto the other side of the locker room.
Parker: Jesus, what the hell did I get myself into?
Daniel: Next up tonight, we have the triple threat match for the God of Live title where Chris Cage puts his title up against the ex-God of Live Phill Bennett and Beno.
Max: There’s been quite a feud building between both Cage and Bennett, just a few weeks ago, Bennett was able to defeat Gerard Carson to become the new God of Live, and he was clearly happy with the victory and his new title achievement, he was ready to start his road to success, until just a week later, Chris Cage was able to take it away!
Daniel: Indeed, Phill is angry and he wants the title back, but he’s going to have to go through two competitors in his current rival, Chris Cage and Beno to get it.
Max: Remind me, just why the hell is Beno involved anyway?
Daniel: Because Max, Beno won the right to become number 1 contender to the God of Live title, and on the same night Beno became number 1 contender, Chris Cage became God of Live, so it was only fair to put Phill’s rematch clause and Beno’s number 1 contendership be put into the same match, and so, the result was this, a triple threat match for the God of Live title here at Everything Ends! This is gonna be one intense match-up right here, and we’re just about to get underway, let’s head to the ring for the announcements.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: The following contest is scheduled for one-fall and is a triple threat match for the God of Live championship!
The Sound of rolling dice is heard before going into "One Night Only" by Saliva. Out comes Slater wearing a matching sleveless trench coat to his attire. He then flips off the crowd before making his way to the ring. Chance once in the ring stands on the ropes as pyro rains down from the rafters, and up from the turnbuckles Chris then springboards off the top tope and lands on his feet and waits for his opponent.
Mina: Introducing first, from Las Vegas, Nevada, weighing in at 220 pounds, he is the God of Live champion, Chris Cage!
Daniel: This is going to be a tough match for the God of Live here tonight…
Max: Pfft, yeah right! Cage has already beaten both men in singles competition, what else does he have to prove? To put it plain and simply, he is the better man by far!
Daniel: Not necessarily, Cage may have defeated Phill Bennett, but he only defeated Beno by disqualification. Either way, when he’s got two opponents to focus on, it’s going to be a lot more difficult for Cage walking in as champion, added to the fact that Cage could very well lose the title without even being pinned!
Max: So, you’re saying Cage is going to lose then? Sheesh, and you call me the biased commentator…
Daniel: No, I didn’t say he was going to lose the title, just that he could lose the title, although I wouldn’t put it past Chris Cage to win here tonight, there’s no denying he has been impressive over the past few weeks.
The lights dim as It hurts blares throughout the arena. Beno hesitates for about a minute before walking out onto the stage. Beno points to the sky as pyros shoot off into a form a an X. Beno slowly walks to the ring where he rolls into and looks into the eyes of all the fans. Cheers and boos can be heard as he leans against the turnbuckle.
Mina: And the opponent, from Gwinn, Michigan, now residing in Venice Beach, California, weighing in at 290 pounds, Beno!
Daniel: This is a great opportunity for Beno here tonight to shine if he can win the God of Live title.
Max: Yeah, a great opportunity, but it doesn’t exactly mean Beno’s gonna wi…
Daniel: Wait a second there Max, what’s going on here?
Chris Cage has suddenly got up in Beno’s face as he turned around and starts trash talking him. Being the bigger man though, Beno just pushes Cage away as suddenly, Cage is about to charge at Beno but the ref gets in the way of the two men, holding both of them back.
Daniel: Looks like Cage wants to run his mouth off here, but he only gets it returned from the bigger man in Beno.
Max: Damn it ref, let them fight! I wanna see Cage kick Beno’s ass!
Daniel: What makes you think that Cage is gonna kick Beno’s ass?
Max: Oh come on, isn’t it obvious who I’m rooting for here?
Daniel: Ha, it’s obvious every time who you root for!
As Cage and Beno continue to trash talk each other while the ref holds them back, ”To Be Loved” hits and blue flame shoots down the ramp as blue smoke covers the top of the ramp. Phill emerges through the smoke and walks down the ramp.
Mina: And the opponent, from Canterbury, England, weighing in at 215 pounds, he is the ‘British Crippler’, Phill Bennett!
Daniel: Here comes a man with a mission, and that mission is to take back what he believes should be his in the God of Live title!
Max: Yeah, well it’s just going to be mission failed for him in the end Danny boy…
Daniel: Can I just ask, Do you ever have a fair opinion on just more than the people you like Max?
Max: Erm…I do sometimes, but really, pointing out everyone’s good sides is just not for me…
As Phill gets to the ring area, he walks over to the steps and walks up them stopping on the apron. Phill then and uses the ropes to flip into the ring and when he lands blue pyro comes raining down ala Randy Orton’s entrance, but all around the ring and inside it. Phill runs and jumps onto the top turnbuckle and stares at crowd for a couple of seconds then back flips off of the top turnbuckle and as he turns around suddenly, Cage charges at him and connects with a clothesline!
DING!
DING!
DING!
Daniel: And this match is underway, but with a cheap shot from Chris Cage as he starts to unload punches on the grounded Phill Bennett!
As Cage continues with the assault on Bennett, Beno walks over to Cage and hits him with a boot to the back. Beno follows it up by grabbing Cage by the hair off Phill into a standing position before taking him over with a Snapmere Takeover, as Cage is in a seated position Beno then goes to apply a choke hold to Cage, but Cage hits Beno with a right as Beno stumbles backwards. Cage now stands on his feet as Beno suddenly runs in trying to hit a clothesline but Cage ducks the attempt and hits Beno with a surprise dropkick. As Beno is down, Cage is up again, but so is Phill, who strikes Cage from behind with an axe handle and taking him down to the mat, as he returns the favour from earlier on by keeping Cage on the mat and hitting rights and lefts over and over on Cage.
Max: Right, so I’ll predict a victory just under three minutes for Phill Bennett then?
Daniel: Huh? Wait a second, a few minutes ago you said Cage was gonna win?
Max: Yes I did, but I’m allowed to change my opinion, okay smart ass?
Daniel: Whatever you say…just don’t expect the bookie to allow you to change your bet every ten seconds…even though most of the time your bets are wrong anyway…it makes me wonder how you’ve still even got a house!
Phill has now dragged Cage to his feet and is hitting knife edge chops across the chest of Cage as Phill moves Cage over to the ropes before Irish Whipping Cage to the opposite ropes. As Cage fires back, Phill ducks to lift Cage back for a Back Body Drop, but Cage flips over Phill and grabbing him connects with a Sunset Flip into a quick cover!
1
…
2
Kickout by Phill as both men are back on their feet. They both go in for a quick lock-up as Cage is able to quickly push Phill into a corner turnbuckle. A Knife Edge Chop by Cage connects to Phill before Cage mounts the turnbuckle and is about to start punching Phill with repeated punches, but before he has the chance to start, Phill suddenly hits a hard right hand of his own to the mid-section of Cage, causing the God of Live to stumble. Phill takes advantage of this as he grabs Cage onto his shoulder as he moves away from the turnbuckle and is about to drive Cage to the mat with a Powerslam, but Cage is able to wriggle free behind Phill and counter with a Neckbreaker. Cage then goes for a quick cover, but the pin attempt is broken by Beno before the ref even counts one! Beno, now on his feet has lifted up Cage and hits a hard Uppercut which causes Cage to stumble before Beno lifts Cage up and slams him down hard on the mat with a Spinebuster!
Daniel: Devastating Spinebuster by Beno there!
Max: Yeah, it was devastating…devastatingly poor!
Daniel: Whatever Max, I’d like to see you say that after you experience being hit with a move like that…
Max: Erm…I’ll pass on that offer Dan…
Daniel: Heh, typical, never were the one to put your money where your mouth is huh Max?
Beno hits a quick standing elbow for good measure before he goes for the cover on Cage, hooking the leg as the ref counts.
1
…
2
Pinfall broken up by Phill Bennett, who is now hitting boots on the back of Beno after breaking up the count. Phill continues with the boots, but Beno struggles to his feet and is able to reach a vertical position as Phill attempts a swift right hand, but Beno ducks and gets behind Phill before locking in a quick waist lock and connecting with a German Suplex. Beno gets up quickly, and while Phill slowly reaches his feet, Beno runs to the opposite ropes and as he runs back, Phill is up to a full standing base as Beno lifts his leg up to hit a Big Boot, but Phill ducks and quickly gets behind Beno. As Beno turns around, Phill is about to kick Beno in the mid-section, but Beno is able to catch it, but Phill is quick to respond and connects with an enziguiri! Beno stumbles but is not down as Phill attempts to take the bigger man down with a running clothesline to send him over the top rope. But as Phill runs at Beno, he suddenly ducks and sends Phill over himself with a Back Body Drop!
Max: See ya later Phill! This is Cage’s match now!
Daniel: Err, Beno’s the only man standing…
Max: Yeah, well not for long! Look!
As Beno looks over the top rope, pleased with sending Phill over it, he makes the mistake of stepping back as he is taken down by surprise by Chris Cage with a schoolboy pin! The ref counts!
Daniel: Cage may retain here! Can he get the 3?
1
…
2
…
Beno kicks out! Both men find their way to their feet as Cage is quick to act first and attempts a running forearm at Beno, taking him down once. Beno is up to his feet again as Cage attempts another running forearm, which takes down Beno again and as he stands up once more, Cage attempts a running clothesline but Beno ducks it as Cage is caught by surprise. He turns around as Beno grabs him by the throat and wastes no time in lifting Cage up for a Chokeslam… which Cage escapes. As Beno turns around, he is met with a kick to the mid-section from Cage before a DDT connects to Beno! Cage wastes no time as he runs over to the turnbuckle and jumps to the top rope and is about to bounce off the top rope and connect with a Springboard 450 splash… before being knocked off the top rope by Phill Bennett to the mat outside! Cage lands hard on the outside mat as Phill takes Cage’s place on the top rope and looks down at Beno, ready to hit his finisher!
Daniel: Can Phill Bennett hit the Frog Splash and become a two-time God of Live champion?
Max: You damn right he can! Fly Phill, fly!
Phill is ready as he jumps to hit the Frog Splash…which connects…with Beno’s knees! Phill rolls off of Beno holding his back in pain as Beno is slowly reaching a standing position.
Max: Damn it!
Daniel: High risk manoeuvres can bring bad consequences when they go wrong, and in this case, it may have costed Phill Bennett the match here.
Max: Against Beno? Give me a break!
Daniel: You underestimate him Max, Beno is certainly not as bad as you say he is. He’s gotten some good offence in so far, and stopping Phill Bennett’s momentum by lifting up his knees was a smart tactic that could very well put him in control of the match.
Beno has now reached his feet and walks over to Phill before grabbing Phill by the legs, and twisting him around into a Texas Clover Leaf, reaching down to lock in an armlock as Phill tries to struggle free, but Beno seizes the arm and locks in the armlock as well to successfully lock the Beno Lock submission finisher in on Phill Bennett! Phill screams in pain with his back as Beno stretches further back as Phill tries to reach out for the ropes with his free arm, and slowly gets close…his fingers are almost touching…but Beno steps away from the ropes! Phill is still screaming in pain as he tries to move towards the ropes, but Beno has the hold locked on tight!
Max: No, not this way! Please Phill, don’t tap to Beno of all people!
Daniel: Any second now, we could have a new God of Live crowned in Beno if Phill taps to the Beno Lock!
Phill waves his free arm around rapidly, trying to prevent himself from tapping out as he grabs his hair, his arm still shaking. Beno uses all of his strength to keep the hold locked in as he keeps the pressure locked on tight. Phill meanwhile tries to use all of his strength to move towards the ropes, but only manages to move less than an inch towards the ropes, still far from them as the pain of the hold is immense. Phill waves his free arm rapidly in the air, about to bring it down to tap…until Chris Cage suddenly breaks the hold from above with a Springboard Moonsault landing on Beno and Phill, breaking the hold as all three men lie on their backs in the ring!
Daniel: Wow! What a Springboard Moonsault by Chris Cage breaking the Beno Lock just in time!
Max: Phew!
Daniel: I guess you’re relieved that Phill didn’t tap out then Max?
Max: No, I’m just glad that Cage saved the match! I would’ve been so disappointed if Chris Cage lost the match!
Daniel: Changing opinions on who your favourite is again are we?
Max: Yep!
Cage is slowly up to his feet, shaking off the landing slowly as he looks at both Phill and Beno lying on the mat, knowing that he’s in control now as he goes straight for his rival Phill, picking him up off the mat as he whips him into the turnbuckle. Cage then stands back as he charges in at Bennett, and connects…with nothing as Phill steps out of the way, but Cage is able to stop himself at the last second. Phill wastes no time however as he rolls Cage up for a schoolboy pin!
Max: Come on Phill! End him!
Daniel: (sigh)
1
…
2
…
Kickout by Cage! Cage is quickly up to his feet as Phill is slowly trying to get up, still in pain from the Beno Lock earlier, which Cage takes advantage of as he hits a boot to Phill once before lifting him up and using the ropes, whips Phill off one set of ropes to the opposite ropes. As Phill comes flying back, Cage grabs Phill by the throat and looks to set up for the Rock Bottom, he looks ready to lift Phill up and as he does…Beno hits a forearm to Cage’s knees from behind! Cage breaks the hold as Phill falls to the mat on one knee, still not fully recovered and Cage is now on both knees as Beno is back to his feet, Cage is slowly reaching his feet, but Beno runs from the ropes behind and bounces off them, timing it well as Cage reaches his feet before Beno takes him down to the mat again with a Running Bulldog. Beno then turns to work on Phill, who is still on one knee as Beno grabs Phill by the hair but is suddenly met with a hard right by Phill. Beno stumbles as Phill slowly reaches his feet, in which as Beno turns around again, he goes to meet Phill with a right hand of his own, but Phill ducks the attempt and ducks behind Beno. Phill then catches Beno by surprise as Beno turns around once again, Phill hits a kick to the stomach of Beno before twisting him into and connecting with a Spinning Neckbreaker!
Daniel: Phill Bennett is slowly working his way back into the match here, he still doesn’t look 100% from being locked in the Beno Lock before, but no doubt he’s working his way back into this…and Max is most likely going to change his mind on who his favourite is once again…
Max: Did you say Phill Bennett Danny? Totally agree, this guy is gonna be the first ever two-time God of Live here tonight!
Daniel: See what I mean folks?
Phill slowly reaches his feet as he turns his attention to his rival, Chris Cage. Cage is on his knees and is slowly reaching his feet as Phill sets up for the Super kick ala Shawn Michaels, waiting in the corner as he tunes up the band, waiting for Cage to get up and turn around.
Daniel: This doesn’t look good for Cage!
Max: Yeah, coz Phill’s gonna win, and that’s the bottom line, coz Max Stockton said so…ha!
Daniel: Seriously Max, you have no idea how annoying your commentary is, Eugene would make a more mature broadcasting partner than you for Gods sake!
Max: Here’s an idea Daniel…shut the hell up! In the meantime, come on Phill, hit that god damn sweet chin music!
Cage reaches his feet, Phill stomps once more and as Cage turns around, Phill moves in for the super kick, lifts his leg up…and Cage ducks it! Phill is caught by surprise as Cage gets ready to hit his own Super kick on Phill! Phill turns around as Cage lifts his leg up to hit his Super kick, but Phill ducks that and Cage is the one caught by surprise this time as Phill kicks Cage in the mid-section and sets up for the Twist of Fate, Phill twists Cage…and it connects! Cage is down on the mat as Phill has taken his rival down, Phill looks about ready to go for a cover, until suddenly, he is turned around by a now standing Beno! Phill is met with a boot to the section by Beno, who lifts Phill up for his finisher, the Beno bomb! Phill is trying to struggle out of it as Beno is trying to keep Phill on his shoulder.
Max: Ah, screw it, Beno’s your man to win this thing!
Daniel: Max Stockton, you are the biggest hypocrite known to wrestling commentary today! All you’ve been doing is bashing Beno throughout this match and now he’s suddenly your favourite man to win?
Max: Shut up and watch the Beno Bomb end this thing!
Beno hits a punch to the back of Phill as he gets ready to connect with the Beno Bomb…but Phill escapes by wriggling out from behind! Phill suddenly runs up in front of Beno and grabs his head, connecting with a sudden RKO!
Daniel: RKO connects to Beno!
Max: Okay, so Beno hasn’t won it, on the other hand, Phill Bennett is so gonna win this matc…
Daniel: (annoyed) Don’t…say…another…word!
Phill goes for the cover as the ref slides down.
1
…
2
…
…
3!!!!!!!!!
Daniel: It’s over! Phill Bennett wins it!
The ref signals for the bell as Phill is lifted up by the ref with his hand raised as 'To Be Loved' by Papa Roach hits and Phill is thrilled to have won.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: Here is your winner and the NEW God of Live, PHILL BENNETTTTTTT-AH!
One of the ring crew hand the title to the ref, who hands it to Phill, who holds the title high and proud as he poses on the top rope for a moment before sliding under the bottom rope and posing with the God of Live title now on his waist.
Max: What did I tell you Danny, I knew Phill was gonna win it all along, plain and simple!
Daniel: Oh come off it! You’ve been changing your mind all the way through this match and you’ve been heavily annoying me in the process! Jeez, I need a drink…or a new commentary partner, either will do! Anyway folks, what a match we just saw there between three competitors who all fought well for the God of Live title, and in the end, Phill Bennett was able to come off with a huge victory.
We cut to the back where Matthew "Twizted" Clark is seen taping his wrists up, preparing for his match against MVP. Matthew finishes taping his wrists and put his gloves on before someone taps him on the shoulder.
Matthew: Gah!!
Matthew turns around to find Marilyn Lee Cross looking at him, a smal smile on his face.
Matthew: Jesus Marilyn, you scared the hell out of me. How'd you get in here?
Marilyn: The door was open.
*Somewhere, Max can be heard muttering "moron"*
Matthew: Oh. Well, let's get going shall we?
Marilyn: Let's.
Matthew finishes putting his attire on and walks alongside Marilyn to the main stage. As he walks out of the locker room, he bumps into The Stallion.
Matthew: Hey man, what's up?
Stallion: Just wanted to wish you luck in your match against MVP. Trust me, he's no walk in the park.
Matthew: Thanks. And uh.... *taps the belt* make sure you retain that title.
Matthew walks away with Marilyn as Stallion just looks at them.
Stallion: I plan on doing so....
Dan: We have a match now that promises to see each man leave it all in the ring.
Max: Twisted vs. M.V.P, and the good MVP as well, both men could pick up a big win and move up and possibly become the next contender for that Florida State title.
Dan: That’s what its all about, a move up the picking order, and an impressive showing could do that, while a poor showing could see someone pushed all the way back to square one.
Mina: Introducing first, he is M…… V……. P……..
Fly From the Inside by Shinedown hits the PA and MVP walks out slowly. He stops halfway down the ramp and green and white lights begin to flash while the crowd boos loudly. MVP walks down cockily, stopping to talk with some fans in the front row. He gets into the ring through the middle rope and goes to all four corners and puts his arms in the air like Stone Cold.
Mina: And his opponent, he is the man known as Twisted, he is Matthew ‘Twisted’ Clark.
"Anxiety" by Black Eyed Peas hits as the lights die out. As the main vocals kick in, Matthew Clark comes out to cheers from the fans. Matthew lifts his hood a la AJ Styles before making his way down to the ring. As Matthew gets to ringside, he pumps himself up before diving through the ropes. Matthew hops up and jumps onto the nearest turnbuckle before tossing his hood off before posing for the fans and tossing his cap out into the audience. Matthew jumps off and tosses his jacket to the outside before stretching a little bit, preparing for the match.
MVP climbs into the ring reluctantly after watching Twisted’s entrance, he waits in his corner as the ref stands between the two.
Dan: Looks like MVP doesn’t want to go one on one with Twisted
Max: Nah, he was just letting the idiot have his few seconds of fame before he gets slapped back down the card.
Ding! Ding! Ding!
Twisted charges in with a jumping shot to the head on MVP, making him stumble back a little, he charges in and begins to hit rights on a clearly stunned MVP forcing MVP into the corner. Twisted then tries to whip him into the opposite turnbuckle, but MVP manages to reverse it and throw Twisted back into the same corner. He forces an elbow into the face of Twisted before whipping him into the opposite turnbuckle. MVP charges at Twisted nailing a clothesline and Twisted, holding the ropes, pulls himself from the corner only to be met with a clubbing blow to the upper back or neck.
Max: Ouch, MVP was caught by surprise a little but he has pulled it back a little and has gained control
Dan: Twisted exploded into the beginning, but he may not be at the level of MVP.
MVP kicks Twisted , almost punting him like a football. Twisted rolls onto his back as MVP drops for a cover. The ref slides into position but Twisted kicks out before a one count. MVP looks up and grins as he raises to his feet. He kicks Twisted in the side again, forcing the man onto his front, another kick and Twisted rolls out of the ring and to the floor clutching his side from the kicks. MVP leans over the ropes as he shouts at the fallen man ‘Your just not at my level’ with that MVP climbs out of the ring and grabs the head on Twisted forcing him to his feet. He whips Twisted into the steel steps before throwing his back into the ring as the ref reaches a count of 6. MVP slides in and drops an elbow to Twisted and covers.
1..
2..
Kick out by Twisted.
Dan: MVP almost gained a big win there
Max: Twisted almost fell, but this one won’t be over so quickly.
MVP gets up pulling Twisted to his feet, pulling him to the middle of the ring before kneeing him in the midsection. He whips him into the ropes again, this time missing a clothesline, Twisted bounces off the ropes gaining more momentum as MVP tries a back elbow as Twisted ducks again. Once again Twisted bounces off the ropes hitting a clothesline of his own, only jumping a little to gain more height.. Twisted jumps around a little. MVP gets up again quickly as Twisted ducks his attempt at landing a blow and catches him with the Ace of Spades Superkick sending MVP down to the mat, but the man rolls out of the ring to the outside, believing that he had in fact outsmarted Twisted. Twisted ran against the ropes and come over the top with a suicide dive type of move.
Max: Woah, Twisted putting his body on the line, even when MVP thought he outsmarted him
Dan: Twisted upping his game a bit here and the ref has begun the count
The ref begins the count as Twisted gets up followed by MVP, both before 3. Twisted grabs MVP and twists his arm as MVP jumps around trying to counter. Twisted reverse whips MVP right into the metal pole as MVP yells because of the twisted arm. Twisted slides into the ring and back out to break the count as he follows up with a suplex to MVP. He picks him up before throwing him back into the ring as he goes for a cover.
1..
2..
Kick out by MVP.
Twisted gets up and goes to the top rope. He begins to measure MVP up for the M-Bison. MVP gets to his knees as Twisted comes off the top rope but MVP rolls out of the way, he ducks a countering clothesline before catching Twisted with a kick to the mid section. MVP goes for a suplex, but Twisted counters pushing MVP into the ref.
Max: The ref is down boys
Twisted looks at the arm of MVP which he seems to be clutching still as a sick grin appears on his face. He slides to the outside an grabs a chair coming into the ring with it. He lifts it up and brings it down onto the arm of MVP. MVP yells out as Twisted opens the chair, placing the arm inside of the chair. He stamps on the chair once before climbing up to the top rope.
Dan: Twisted isn’t, he can’t
Max: Nooooooo, don’t do it
Twisted comes off the top rope with a Way of the Warrior type move landing on top of the chair as MVP yells in pain. Twisted quickly covers MVP , hiding the chair in the process as the ref comes to due to the yell. The ref begins to count
1...
2...
3.…
Ding! Ding! Ding!
Mina: The winner of this match Matthew ‘Twisted’ Clark
The music doesn’t play as Twisted leaves, passing several members of the medic team who all run into the ring to check on MVP. One looks up and calls for some more medical service as they surround him. Twisted standing on the ramp mouths ‘You aren’t in my league’
Dan: MVP looks hurt
Max: it’s a broken freaking arm Dan, Of course he is hurt, Twisted cheated, blatant cheating.
Shadow is shown walking backstage his face shrouded by the ever-present hood. He comes to the door of a locker room that says SiNN. He knocks three times and SiNN answers the door looking shocked.
Shadow: Listen, for all the problems we've had in the past I just want to have a good match out there and wish you luck.
Shadow extends his hand to his former partner. SiNN looks at Shadow with confusion, then smirks and slams the door right in his face.
Max: I cannot wait to see Dan Murph shut up that whiney actor we call a champion later tonight.
Daniel: I do not agree with your assessment of JMC, but you are right, Murph does have a chance to silence the champion later tonight in our main event, a casket match for the WPW Championship. Up now though is a match that could get ugly very quickly. Justin Dreamer and Stallion have had a hard hitting feud that has seen them both exchange the hardcore title. Now they will settle the score tonight in a two out of three falls match for the WPW Hardcore Championship. Let’s through it over to Mina Henderson for the introductions.
Max: I want to throw something to her.
Daniel: The antibiotics she will need afterwards?
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the following contest is a best two out of three falls match for the WPW Hardcore Championship. Introducing first, the challenger from Los Angeles, California, he stands at six feet five inches, he weighs in tonight at 232 lbs, Justin Dreamer
Max: Look at this man, Daniel. He has the look of a champion.
"Out of My Way” hits as the lights go on and off for a few seconds and the crowd chants “Next Hardcore Champ!” and Justin Dreamer walks out of the curtains with a trashcan full of wares in his hands, the lights come back on normally as he walks down to the ring with no look of emotion, no look of remorse, he tosses the can into the ring before climbing onto the apron and stepping through the ropes. Once in the ring, Dreamer raises both arms in the air with the can lying on the floor. He stands their ringing his hands as waits for the champion.
Mina Henderson: And his opponent, from Dallas, Texas, he stands at six feet one inch, he weighs in tonight at 215 lbs, the WPW Hardcore Champion, Stallion!
Daniel: Call me strange, but I would say the guy wearing the belt has more of a champion’s look to him.
"Take On Me" by Reel Big Fish hits the speakers and a large portion of the crowd start to chant “Stall-ion!” They then join in chanting the beginning countdown of the song after which fireworks flare from the ramp, and Stallion bursts out with the WPW Hardcore Championship belt around his waist and runs to the ring. Stallion slides in under the bottom rope and gets to his feet. He avoids the trash can and steps on the middle of the bottom rope on the left side of the ring and raises his left arm, posing for the crowd. He then goes to the turnbuckle closets to the entrance way on the other side of the ring and poses there as well. Dreamer keeps his eyes fixed on the champion the entire time. Stallion finally stops posing as the music comes an end.
Max: Look at that showboat, you would never see Dreamer gloating like that.
Daniel: All he was doing was showing his appreciation to the crowd.
Max: What good is the crowd? Who needs them anyways.
Daniel: Without them, you would not have a job. So, I guess they do have their flaws.
The two men stare eachother down in the ring as the referee takes Stallions belt off and shows it to both men before holding it up in the middle of the ring. Stallion watches as the referee hands the belt to the time keeper and turns his head when he hears the bell, only to be taken out of his boots with a lariat! Dreamer laughs triumphantly as he drops down for the first cover of the match up, only to be pulled into a small package…
Daniel: What a clothesline by Justin Dreamer and what a counter by Stallion!
One…
Max: This is absurd, Stallion is hooking the tights!
Two…
Daniel: This pin is as clean as can be!
Three!!!
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of the first fall, Stallion!
Max: No way, he had to have cheated. This one cannot be over already!
Daniel: It is not over, Stallion still needs a second fall.
Max: Oh yeah, remind me to get indignant again later.
Stallion immediately rolls off of Dreamer and out of the ring. He leans against the guardrail as fans pat him on the back and shoulders. Dreamer gets up and cannot believe he lost a fall so quickly. He immediately picks up the trashcan he brought with him to the ring, as various objects fall out of it. He then hurls it at Stallion who gets caught in the face by the trash can. Stallion puts his hands up to his face and when he takes them off he looks and sees a bit of a blood on them. Dreamer then takes a cooking tray and places it on the outside of the ring, leaning it against the bottom and middle ropes. He waits for Stallion to get close and delivers a running baseball slide to the try, knocking it into the face of the champion.
Daniel: That one could bust the champion open.
Max: See that woman back their, I want to open her bust, or bust her open. If you know what I’m saying.
Daniel: Nobody ever does, Max. Well not true, they just never care.
Dreamer steps through the ropes and stands on the apron. He shouts at Stallion saying something like “ready to die!” before running and leaping off with a dive onto the champion. Dreamer immediately follows up by reigning down on the champion with a series of punches to the open wound. He then switches to a choke as the referee tries to break his stranglehold. Dreamer finally lets go of his neck before telling the official “this is hardcore.” He turns back around and Stallion hits a right hand to the stomach. Dreamer winches a little before kicking him square in the face. Dreamer goes for a cover…
Daniel: He could have knocked some teeth loose with that one.
One…
Two…
Max: Dreamer is one sick man, toying with the champion like this.
No, Stallion gets his shoulder up. Dreamer picks him back up and tries to whip him into the guardrail. Stallion resists, but after a brief struggle his back crashes into the steel. Dreamer follows behind him and takes him into the crowd with a clothesline. The fans immediately create a circle around the two men with everyone picking a side. “Neu-ter Stall-ion” seems to be competing with a “De-stroy Dream-er!” The two men begin to exchange punches as Dreamer gets his foot caught in a chair. Stallion drop kicks the chair, causing it to bend around the leg of the challenger. Holding his leg, Dreamer is unable to stop Stallion from cracking him over the head with another of the ring side seats.
Max: Am I hearing this right? Are people starting to appreciate the excellence that is Justin Dreamer?
Daniel: He does seem to be gaining his own collection of supporters, though I would say the majority of the fans are still behind Stallion.
Stallion continues to reign down on Dreamer with chair shot after chair shot. Finally Dreamer is able to free his leg and he just chucks a chair up at Stallion causing him to drop his seat. The two men then notice the sea of seats around them and Stallion picks up another before tossing it at Dreamer who catches it and laughs. Stallion then tosses another, knocking the first chair into the body of Dreamer as the one he tossed bounces and clips his head. Dreamer picks up a chair as well and tosses that one at Stallion. The two begin to start picking up seats and hurling them at one another as quickly as possible. Chair after chair flies as fans around the two wrestlers start picking up their seats and offering them to the two men. The champion starts to slow a bit, dropping to a knee after a shot. Dreamer moves in close to take advantage and gets cracked across the skull with a baseball like swing of a chair by Stallion. Dreamer’s body collapses on the community center floor but Stallion does not go for a cover.
Daniel: Stallion has to have just given a concussion to Dreamer.
Max: Perhaps, but he may also have one of his own. This is utter chaos.
Daniel: I have to agree, there is no way they can keep this pace up much longer.
He begins to take the chairs around and stack them up in a pile, reminiscent of the one from Activation. Dreamer turns over onto his stomach as Stallion builds the pile. He turns to pick up Dreamer and drags him over to the pile. Dreamer hits an uppercut to the groin and gets up holding his head. He hooks Stallion in a headlock and starts to pick him up for the extreme drop to chants of “Déjà Vu!” Stallion blocks the move, refusing to be lifted off the ground. Stallion fires away with right hands to the side of Dreamer, breaking the headlock. Stallion goes for another right hand, but Dreamer tucks and in one motion sends Stallion in the pile of chairs with a spinebuster! Dreamer quickly tosses some of the chairs aside enough to make a cover…
One….
Daniel: Oh, that is just not right.
Two…
Three!!
Max: No, this is not human. How the hell was that not a three count?
Daniel: I have no idea, Max.
No, Stallion got his shoulder up just in time. Dreamer is irate but he does not have the energy to complain. Instead he simply falls off of Stallion’s body and lies on his back looking up at the lights. Both men just lie on their backs, Stallion gasping for air, Dreamer trying to reenergize himself. Stallion starts to roll over and is able to drape an arm over Dreamer, almost entirely based on instinct…
One…
Two…
Dreamer kicks out before the hand starts to come down for three.
Daniel: Stallion almost stole the match right there.
Max: What a dastardly human being.
Stallion and Dreamer each start to come to their feet, Stallion stumbling over some of the chairs. Dreamer is able to get the advantage, clubbing him from behind with a forearm to the back. The champion stumbles forwards as the circle of fans scrambles to avoid being hit by him. Dreamer grabs him by the hair and drags him a few feet before chucking him into the wall face first with a hard Irish whip. Stallion stumbles back as Dreamer picks up a merchandise bag from off a fan’s seat and cracks Stallion in the back of the head with it. Dreamer follows that up dumping the contents of the bag and wrapping it around the champions’ throat. He turns Stallion over and tries to even the match…
One…
Two…
Thre…no, Stallion rolls the shoulder up.
Daniel: Wow, Stallion was moments away from finding himself facing a sudden death, winner take all fall.
Max: Those sure are rare in wrestling.
Daniel: Shut up.
Dreamer picks him back up and starts to set up for a vertical suplex. Stallion fires away at his sides with right hand, slowing Dreamer down, but the challenge starts to lift him. The momentum is stopped by Stallion hooking his leg around Dreamers. Stallion tries to take Dreamer over, but he blocks it as well. Both men break their grasp and begin to punch away on each other. In the midst of the punches, Dreamer grabs Stallion again and lifts him up, forcing him into the wall, Stallion’s body slide down and his head hits the floor with a nauseating thud. Dreamer quickly hooks the leg for the cover…
One…
Two…
Three!!!!
Max: Yes! Yes! This one is all tied up.
Daniel: Try to remain unbiased.
Max: I am, I just love sudden deaths.
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of fall number two, tying the match up at one fall each, Justin Dreamer!
Dreamer holds his hands up, each index finger raised and says “last one, champ!” to the delight of some fans and the disgust of others. The challenger waits for the referee to give the go ahead to resume the match for the first fall and as soon as he gets it, he picks up Stallion and drags him towards a table covered with concessions, mostly boxes of candy and some cans of pop. He slams Stallion’s head into one of the boxes then picks up a stack of the cans. Dreamer drives the cans down, but Stallion moves out of the away and slams Dreamer’s head down into the cans. Stallion grabs Dreamer by the back of the neck and pulls him away from the table.
Max: Oh great, I bet we have to pay for that. Nobody is going to want to eat bloody Snickers bars!
Stallion points towards a door and the fans respond with “Take It Out-Side!” Dreamer drops to a knee and tries to stop Stallion with an uppercut to the nether regions, but the Champion catches his wrist. Stallion then pulls Dreamer to the exit by the wrist. He smacks him face first into the glass before shoving it open. Stallion pounds away on Dreamer in the breeze way, but Dreamer fights back. Dreamer hits a kick to the midsection, causing Stallion to bend down holding his stomach. The challenger walks to the far wall of the breeze way and charges at Stallion. He looks to be going for a Yakuza kick, but Stallion undercuts him and sends him crashing through the ticket taker’s table! Cover by the champion…
One…
Daniel: This one has to be over. Stallion is about to retain his title.
Two…
Max: Never count out Justin Dreamer, Daniel. You should know that by now.
No!! Dreamer refuses to stay down for the count. Stallion gets up and pushes the second door open and walks outside. Dreamer stays inside trying to gather himself. He gets up and at first seems confused and demands the referee tell him what happened to Stallion. The referee refuses to respond and Dreamer goes to deck him until a fan points out that Stallion went outside. Dreamer steps out onto the sidewalk and still cannot find the champion. He keeps walking around when he sees a body climbing up a mobile staircase to the top of a semi-trailer pressed against the building, apparently there to drop off some wares.
Max: What the hell is that staircase doing there?
Daniel: You know, I have no idea, Max.
Max: That is not exactly breaking news. It is almost as if Stallion planted it there before the match.
Daniel: You could be right, but the one thing I do know is this is not going to end well for one or possibly both of these men.
Dreamer runs over behind him and starts to climb up as well. Dreamer gets near the top and Stallion tries to kick him away, but Dreamer picks the ankle and Stallion falls down, taking him out long enough for Dreamer to climb up to the top of the trailer as well. Both men stand up as fans begin flooding outside to see the two men, blood pouring down their faces, exchanging punches on the top of the trailer. Stallion’s blows cause Dreamer to walk back until his foot meets nothing but air as the challenger quickly pushes it forward to avoid falling off the edge. Dreamer hits a quick DDT on the trailer and stands over Stallion. He starts to hook him, setting up for Dream Street, but Stallion counters with a hurricanrana! Dreamer is up quickly and goes for a clothesline, Stallion ducks. Dreamer stops himself from falling off and turns around, only to be leveled with a spinning heel kick sending him off the trailer, crashing onto the top of a dark blue sedan below! The roof of the car collapses in slightly as the side windows, windshield and back window all crack and glass starts to fall to the floor.
Daniel: I need to, you take the rest of the match Max, that was just…
Max: Stop being such a baby, that was spectacular! I only wish it had been Stallion’s body crashing onto that…hey my rental car!
The crowd begins a chant not fit for the ears of the children amongst them. Stallion looks down at Dreamer’s body and notices he is lying on his back. Stallion turns his body and kisses his necklace. The crowd sensing what is coming begin to give Stallion the “Please Don’t Die!” chant. He bends his knees and flips himself back with a moonsault off the trailer. The impact of Stallion’s body crashing onto Dreamer’s at the completion of The Showdown causes the rest of the glass to shatter and pour down onto the asphalt of the parking lot. The referee rushes over and slams his hand onto the car’s now crushed rooftop…
One…
Daniel: Alright, I think I am alright now, unlike Dreamer. Sorry about your car, man.
Two…
Max: Shut up. Just shut up.
Three!!!!!!
Mina Henderson: Here is your winner and still WPW Hardcore Champion, Stallion!!
Daniel: What an incredible showing by both men! Dreamer gave Stallion everything he had but in the end he came up just short.
Max: I have to give Stallion credit. I never thought he would have the guts to go for The Showdown off the top of that trailer. He certainly earned this victory.
Daniel: I am amazed you said that. Well Stallion retains the WPW Hardcore Championship and wins his blood feud with Justin Dreamer in the process. Just think, we still have even more action to come right here at the Edward Newton Community Center tonight at Everything Ends!
Dan Murph is shown backstage resting his head in his hands. He seems very focused and intent on his match tonight. Amy White walks up to him.
Amy: Dan, I don't mean to disturb...but can I get some last minute comments on your match tonight?
Dan: Amy, this is the biggest match in my career. I am sitting here focuisng on my gameplan for the champion and you come in here and start asking me asinine questions like that?
Amy: I don't mean to be rude, I'm just doing my job...
Dan: I'm aware of that but i'm sure there are other people you can focus on instead of me.
Amy: Well you are in the main event...
Dan: Don't you think I know that? Can't you let a man sit in peace and mentally prepare for a match?
Amy: Okay, I'm sorry Dan. Good luck tonight.
Max: Dan Murph is obviously very focused tonight.
Mina: The Following Match is for the WPW FLORIDA State Title.....
Daniel: And you can’t exactly be upset at this matchup either! This is Gerard Carson Vs. Spaz! These two know each other inside out!
Max: Eww! Well anyway, I can so! Carson has hardly been impressive lately; He lost to Phill Bennett of all people...
Daniel: Well you have to admit that Carson, as much as he seemed destined to rule WPW when he moved over from PCW. He’s had several losses that have put some doubt in his step and Even that close win over Tank might make him wonder.
As ‘Give ’Em Hell Kid’ by My Chemical Romance hits, the arena goes pitch before suddenly dark green lights flood the arena and flash rapidly as out walks Gerard Carson with his Florida state championship draped around his shoulder, standing on the ramp as he looks sideways at the fans for a moment before charging towards the ring and sliding into the ring.
Mina: Introducing first, the Florida State Champion... From Liverpool, England and weighing in at 225 pounds... GERARD CARSONNNNN!!!
Gerard then stands up as he walks over to one of the turnbuckles and climbs it, where he poses on the top rope for a moment for the crowd as he back flips off the top rope and lands on his feet, in which green pyros explode from the turnbuckles. He hands his title to the referee.
Max: He’s not exactly letting the losses get to him... The sucker!
Daniel: I just can’t wait to hear this logic!
Max: Humility is good! You have to recognise your weaknesses and just say when you’re wrong or lost or just plain beat!
Daniel: I can’t believe I hear this coming from you!
“I’m not Okay” by My Chemical Romance hits and soon out charges Spaz, wearing his sunglasses with his wrestling attire. Spaz throws his hands up to the noise of the crowd, mostly boos.
Mina: And now the Challenger... From Canada and weighing in at 245 pounds.... He is Spaz!!
Max: Canada? Just Plain Canada? Did he grow up with travelling Canadian Gypsies?
Daniel: And My Chemical Romance seems quite popular today as well!
Max: Are you hitting on me?
Spaz spins in the ring and looks over at his opponent. He takes off his sunglasses and looks over at his rival...
Daniel: You wanna know something about Spaz and Gerard Carson? They have one of, if not THE biggest history together than any wrestler I know!
Max: There’s gotta be bigger than these two..
Daniel: Nope, this si the third federation they’ve fought in and almost every time, they’ve had it for a title.. PCW, Here in WPW and they both feuded for the world title of a place Called WWC...
Max: As in the PPV?
Daniel: As in a separate fed.. nothing to do with us!
*Ding Ding*
Spaz and Carson move to the Centre of the ring. The referee steps back and the two superstar congregate in a lockup. Carson gets the advantage and Soon Spaz’s head is caught in a standing side headlock. Spaz pulls back and now has Ranks’s arm behind his back. Spaz pushes back on the much lighter Carson and they collide with the turnbuckle, Carson taking the brunt of the collision. Spaz holds Carson there and delivers chop after chop into his Sternum.
Max: three chops, four chops.... Who ended up as World champ outta those two?
Daniel: I believe Spaz did!
Max: I’m going for Spaz.. He’s winning now and will keep doing so.. Go world Champ!
As Spaz reaches the tenth chop, he releases Carson who slumps down onto his knees. Spaz, not one to waste time, immediately grabs the smaller man and places him on the turnbuckle. He moves back and looks ready to climb the Turnbuckle himself. Spaz mount the bottom buckle but is met with a headbutt from Gerard. Carson battles back and after a Punch has sent Spaz off the turnbuckle to flat on his back in the middle of the ring, he begins to stand upright on the top buckle. Carson the hoists up Spaz and throws him at the turnbuckle.
Max: Look, Carson is finally doing something... Too little too late old friend..
Daniel: Why don’t you go put money on it if you’re so sure.
Max: No one was taking bets...
Carson then charges at him ready yo Spear Spaz through the turnbuckle. Spaz sees this and hits a European Uppercut that sends Carson back to the mat! Carson stands up again and as he does so Spaz Leaps from his position at The champion. Carson however disappears and ducks Spaz. Spaz However jumps and has hoisted Carson into a powerbomb Position! But the Crafty Ex-PCW star is ready and grabs Spaz by the waist and falls off of his shoulders. Executing a Sunset Flip!
The referee makes the count.
1...........
Spaz kicks out!
Daniel: Did you see that? These two are as Athletic as they come...
Max: You always call things too much down the line!
Daniel: Yeah, you start doing that!
Carson is the first up, but Spaz trips him over and jumps on his back, latching on a side headlock. Carson is quick to get to his feet but Spaz comes with him and keeps the hold on. Carson wears his way out of it, shifting his lighter mass until he is essentially behind Spaz. Carson is acting fast and picks Spaz up and hits a Back suplex on him, breaking the hold. Spaz holds his neck.
Daniel: Still going for Spaz?
Max: I’m not gonna give up.. and Neither is Spaz!
Carson gets up and bring Spaz with him, he holds Spaz’s head under his body and motions for a DDT. Carson jumps to try and hit the move but it doesn’t work and Spaz has slipped under him and connects with a European uppercut that spins Carson on the Spot. Spaz then charges, his arm outstretched for a vicious looking Clothesline. But as he gets Close, Carson shoots his hands up behind Spaz’s head and pulls him down with a spinning neckbreaker.
Max: Carson showing a slight bit of skill there. Just slightly
Daniel: Oh come on. Ranks is a shining star, what the hell hasn’t he got? He has athleticism, muscles, great connection with the crowd.
Max: Oh look, pin attempt!
Carson has Spaz’s leg hooked, the referee count
1...........
2.
Kickout.
Carson is the first up again. He tries to give himself the edge by lashing a foot out at Spaz while he kneels but Spaz dodges and rolls. Carson moves in and wails on Spaz. But he however blocks the third punch and lashes out with a European Uppercut once more. Carson stumbles and Spaz seizes the opportunity. He whips Carson into the ropes, Gerard reverses the move and sends Spaz at the ropes. He returns and is ready for a manoeuvre duck. Carson however had no plans to do any sort of shot and jumps over Spaz to the Crowds delight. Spaz returns again and the exact same thing happens once more, Carson jumps and Spaz ducks. Spaz however this time falls through the ropes.
Daniel: Is Carson Showing off?.
Ranks sees Brian fall and decides it Is his time to entertain, the laps up the crowds attention like he promised he would. However Brian only fell onto the apron and is already backing in the ring. Ranks is still entertaining the crowd as he turns around and is met by a high Superkick!.
Max: Perfection! The Perfection Superkick!
Daniel: You know the name of a move? This is amazing!
Max: No Siree! It’s written on your paper! I can read, you know!
Gunnar falls down and hooks the leg.
1............
2............
No! Kickout!
Daniel: Carson is very lucky, just got his shoulder up... He’s still the lucky Florida champ!
Max: He was lucky to escape with his head still connected to his body!
Spaz is in disbelief at this, angry he lets out several stomp aimed at the neck of his long-time Rival. Carson convulses slightly with every Kick, the crowd boos and Spaz gestures in a similar way that he did at the entrance, riling up the crowd against him once more! Spaz laughs at his own joke and moves down to grab Carson. Carson, seemingly running on nothing but impulse, suddenly jumps up and rolls up Spaz himself!
1............
Max: No! That Possum! He’s playing Possum!
2.........
Max: No No No No!!!
Kickout!
Max: Oh Thank God!
Spaz scuffles backwards at this and looks over. Carson is on his back but he is laughing and holds one fist up in the air to the crowd. The Crowd cheers and Carson begins to get to his Feet. Spaz does so too and starts on the offensive laying in a series of punches but Carson answers with a kick to the knee that takes Spaz to one leg. Spaz however doesn’t let his newfound lack of height discourage him. He reaches right up and hits a Jawbreaker on The former IOW champion. Carson is down but jumps up again. Spaz moves over and hooks in a Belly to Belly Suplex, he lifts but Carson doesn’t move, he has wrapped his leg around Spaz and effectively halting the move. Spaz releases his leg from Carson but He doesn’t have time to try for a second suplex as Ranks has taken the sudden advantage. He spins Gunnar 180 degrees and brings him down!
Daniel: The Carsonator DDT! Carson has battled out of that Belly to Belly Suplex to hit one of his signature move!!
Carson goes for the pin!
1...............
2..............
Gunnar Kicks out!
Max: What the hell is it with kicking out of finishers in this match?
Daniel: You should be happy, Spaz is still there!
This time it is Carson surprised by the turn of events, he almost looks like he might be cracking and losing his cool but he regains his composure. Carson looks over at the turnbuckle and grins. He points at it and the crowd responds with a positive reaction.
Max: Mr. Statistics, tell me what his rope finisher thing is...
Daniel: a 450 Degree splash
Max: (Different Voice) My god, Carson is going for a 450 Degree Splash!
Carson has thus climbed the ropes and looks over at the fallen Gunner Brian. Ranks sees Gunnar come to as his arm moves. Ranks looks over at the crowd pondering for a moment before leaping out and spinning 450 degrees....
Before he crashes onto the mat with no Spaz there!!! He has rolled out of the way! Spaz stirs to see the train wreck awaiting him in the ring. He moves over as Carson begins to get up on all fours. Spaz is ready and grabs ranks arm, taking in a La Magistral Cradle!
1............
2...........
Carson moves his weight and now sits on Spaz’s chest! He reaches over and grabs both his legs, placing Spaz’s weight onto his own and forcing them onto his shoulder....
1................
2.................
3!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*Ding Ding*
Mina: Here is your winner....And STILL WPW Florida State Champion.... GERARRRD CARSONNNN!!
Daniel: And He retains. Carson puts a moth of turmoil behind him and succeeds in defending his World Title!
Max: Curse you Spaz!!!
Carson jumps up and grabs his Florida title from Mina, the referee then raises Carson’s hand as Spaz looks either knocked out or emotionally stunned!
Daniel: Sometimes I wonder about your idiocy... You’re betraying him and you didn’t even bet on him!
Max: He failed Me!!! Noo!
The One is shown backstage heading for the ring when all of a sudden Brock Goodman runs up from behind The One and clotheslines him with Smada screaming at Brock.
Smada: Take him out and you get your damn title match Brock!
Brock looks to continue attacking The One when he is assaulted by Scorch and Dust who chase off Brock and Smada. Dust and Scorch attend to One but he pushes them off and gets back to his feet.
One: The time has come Adams! Now we'll really see who's better!
The One then glances back at Scorch and Dust staring a hole though One.
Scorch: We'll all see who's better.
A promo for the next WPW Pay Per View airs and it is simply the Redemption logo. The screen then cuts back to the arena and there are four ladders set up around the ring with other ladders laid on the arena floor.
Max: Look at all those ladders!
Daniel: Yeah, it is quite a sight to see!
Max: There are so many of them! I’m counting at least eight ladders, and there are only six competitors!
Daniel: Well folks, Max just showed he could count… Anyway, the following match is our first main event of the evening, and what a main event it is! We have a six-man ladder match for the PCW Championship. You heard that right, a six-man ladder match for the PCW Championship!
Max: Yeah, even I want to see this one! You have 6 of the best in the industry all vying for the PCW Championship!
Daniel: And all of the six participants want the right to call themselves the last ever PCW Champion and I am sure each and every one of them will put their bodies on the line for that title!
Max: All for the glory of being the last ever holder of the PCW Championship!
Daniel: And what a night we have had so far. To recap the action we have seen; we have seen Jamie Parker win the solo tag team match in a great bout, we saw Jokester beat Gunnar when Jokester squared off against Gunnar Brian in another great match-up, Phill Bennett proved…
Max: Just how he was screwed out of the God of Live belt in the first place when he won it back in the God of Live triple threat match, then there was MVP vs. Twizted where Twizted showed his dominance, the hardcore championship was decided when Justin Dreamer took on Stallion and Stallon walked out with the belt…
Daniel: Don’t cut me off like that. And finally, we watched as Gerard Carson and Spaz faced off against each other for the Florida State Championship. Carson was able to leave the arena with the belt, and both Gerard and Spaz made it a great match. And we still have three great matches lined up for the rest of the night, with the twenty-man battle royal to determine Parker's new tag team partner. Then we have our second ladder match of the evening, except SiNN and The Shadow have to score a pin fall to secure a win in the match…
Max: And finally, the main event everyone is waiting for, Dan Murph vs. James Moriarty Cassius for the greatest championship in the business, of course I mean the WPW Championship, in of all matches, a Casket Match! Yes folks, one man has to get his opponent into a casket and close it for the win!
Daniel: So in all, it has been a great night thus far and if this match is anything to go by, things will only get better as the night goes on! So now, lets hand you over to Mina Henderson as she makes her way to the ring!
Max: Damn, she is hot! I would…
Daniel: MAX!! Enough! Just focus on calling our first main event of the evening will you?
Max: But look at that little black mini skirt! Those legs… I wouldn’t be able to focus on the match if she wasn’t sitting out of my sight!
Daniel: My god Max, my god!
Max: What?!
Daniel: Never mind!
Mina is approaching the ring steps, mic in hand. She walks up the steps and enters the ring through the bottom and second ropes and walks to the centre of the ring. Mina brings the mic to her lips and addresses the crowd.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, the following contest is our first main event of the evening and is to decide the holder of the PCW Championship! The match is a ladder match, which means that pinfalls and submissions do not count and there is no disqualification! The winner of the match is the man who simply climbs the ladder and unhooks the championship belt from the belt ring. And now…
Faint hits.
Mina: Introducing first, from Boston, MA and weighing in at 340lbs, he is ANDREW XAVIER!
As the intro to faint echoes through the air the crowd goes silent, than as the song continues the curtain opens and out steps Andrew Xavier. He holds his left wrist with his right hand then raises it above his head as blue pyro goes off in a circle all around him. As the song cuts into the main beat Andrew runs forward through a break in the fireworks and heads towards the ring. As he reaches the ringside area, he stops and quickly surveys the area before dashing the rest of the way to the ring and sliding right in. Xavier gets to his feet where he raises his arms to taunt like before. He then stands in the middle of the ring and awaits his opponent.
Mina: And his opponent, from Cork, Ireland, weighing in at 230lbs, he is ‘The People’s King’ DUST!
As Mina says Dust’s name, Xavier shows respect and exits the ring as the lights dim to a low glow as the spoken intro to 'The Champ' goes out over the PA. After 29 seconds the music kicks in at full throttle and pyro erupts on the stage. The Peoples King steps through the curtains with his hands raised at his sides. He wears a no-sleeve zip up hoody to match his gear. 'People’s Republic' is written on the back of the hoody and Dust has the hood up. Dust stops at the top of the ramp and looks out at the crowd. Dust pulls the hood down and pyro erupts from behind. He makes his down to the ring, slapping hands as he goes. Dust, like Xavier, stops at the ringside area and surveys his surroundings, taking in the amount of ladders available. Dust then slides in under the bottom and hits the nearest turnbuckle. He unzips the hoody, drops it to the outside and raises his hands at his sides again as pyro comes from the ceiling. Dust drops to the canvas and taunts to the crowd once more, then like Xavier, Dust also exits the ring.
Daniel: Well, at least Dust made it to the ring this time, but only time will tell IF he has what it takes to walk out with the championship!
Max: Time will tell us indeed Daniel, time will tell!
Daniel: That’s pretty much what I just said Max, you repeated what I said for the sake of saying something!
Mina: And the opponent, from New York City, weighing in at 265lbs, he is JEREMIAH RANKS!
The lights dim then begin to flash blue and yellow over and over again. ‘By Myself’ hits the speakers and the crowd goes wild. The Shocka walks out to the top of the stage with his hoody on and his head bowed down. Three big pyros blast down the ramp way and he lifts his head instantly as it ends. He then makes his way down to the ring feeding of the crowd and giving fives. The Shocka doesn’t stop when he gets to the ringside area, instead he quickly glances around at the different sized ladders on display and slides into the ring. Jeremiah plays to the crowd once more as his music stops. Ranks then exits the ring.
Mina: And the opponent, from Tinley Park, Illinois, weighing in at 240lbs, he is SCORCH!
‘Blisters and Coffee’ starts and Scorch comes from the back and runs down one side of the ramp, slapping hands of as many fans as possible. He continues to play up to the crowd a get them hyped up for the coming match. Scorch however, doesn’t stop to take note of his surroundings and flips over the top rope to get in the ring. He then goes to the top turnbuckle to "strike a match." At this point, during the pose does Scorch survey the area. He takes in his opponents and the ladders before he drops from the turnbuckle and exits the ring.
Mina: And the opponent, claiming to be from parts unknown, he weighs in at 245lbs, this is THE ONE!
3… 2… 1… 1… 1…
The Lights go out and one single white light shines from the rafters. The light focuses on The One standing in the entrance. Suddenly, 'Better' hits the speakers and he begins his walk down the aisle towards the ring. He stares right at his opponents and enters the ring. One goes to the nearest turnbuckle and does the god like pose on the as is still looking at his rivals. He then walks towards the turnbuckle on the opposite side and looks towards the sky. One then drops backs out of the corner and, like everyone else, scans the ringside area taking in his surroundings. One then exits the ring.
Mina: The following man’s PCW Championship belt will be hung from the rafters and will be the ultimate prize in this match. And now, introducing the last opponent, the self proclaimed PCW Champion, he is from New York City and weighs in at 245lbs, this is MIKE ADAMS!
A new beat starts pumping through the crowd and smoke emanates from the stage as Adams walks out onto the stage wearing jeans and an open hoodie covering his whole face. The base line kicks in and Adams screams and taunts for the fans as pyro shoots out from the stage and ‘Petrified (LA Mix)’ fills the arena. Adams walks down to the ring slapping a few hands but keeping his head down, ignoring the ladders, and still focusing on the ring as the first verse pumps the crowd up. As the chorus kicks in Adams rolls into the ring. As the songs screams “Why is everybody so petrified?” Adams flips up the hoodie poses for the crowd in the centre of the ring and pyro shoots out from the turnbuckles as Adams finishes posing for the fans. Adams removes the hoody and reveals the PCW Championship under his hoody, around his waist. Adams then unclasps the belt and removes it from his waist. Adams holds his arms out with the PCW belt across his arms and Mike stares at the belt longingly. Mike then slowly walks across the ring towards the referee. Mina then exits the ring and returns to her chair at ringside to a few dozen wolf whistles. Adams then stops in front of the ref and fully extends his arms. The ref reaches out and takes the belt from Mike’s arms and holds it in his right arm. With his left arm, the ref reaches into the air and beckons downwards. Seconds later, a ring on a length of chain descends from the roof of the arena and the ref hooks the belt to the ring. The chain, ring and belt are then hoisted into the air and the ref signals for the bell.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Daniel: This match is officially underway!
The five men on the outside of the ring then rush the ring, all sliding in under the bottom rope at almost the same time. Seconds later, Scorch, One, Ranks, Xavier and Dust are all on their feet. They all move to the centre of the ring while facing each other and all six men start arguing. The arguing lasts all of about thirty seconds before the six men start blasting each other in the face with right hands. Dust squares off against Mike, Scorch against the One, and Ranks against Xavier.
Daniel: And what an explosive start to this match! All six men are exchanging punches with one another, with no one getting the early advantage!
Max: Why cant all matches start out like this? This is a great sight to see, six men all beating the hell out of each other for one prize. It’s a shame it isn’t for WPW’s greatest title belt though!
Mike gets an arm up and blocks Dust’s incoming punch at almost the exact same time as One blocks Scorch and Ranks blocks Xavier. One then head butts Scorch and as Scorch staggers backwards, One quickly grabs Scorch’s head and shoulders before forcing him down into the DDT formation. One then quickly drops to the canvas, nailing Scorch with a vicious DDT. Adams, with Dust’s arm still held from the blocked punch, brings Dust’s arm into a hammerlock position. Adams wrenches upwards on Dust’s arm and as Dust rears upwards, Adams uses his other arm to force Dust to bend over, further increasing the pressure on Dust’s arm. With Dust bent over, Adams thinks quickly and breaks the hammerlock to place Dust’s arm between Dust’s legs. Adams now has Dust in the pump handle slam formation and quickly nails Dust with a pump handle slam. Ranks meanwhile has retaliated on Xavier and as Xavier is knocked slightly backwards, Ranks dashes forwards and forces Xavier to bend over. Ranks then grabs Xavier’s head and nails Xavier with a spinning neck breaker. As Ranks gets to a vertical base, One quickly intercepts him. One opens up with a right hand and Ranks quickly responds with a right of his own. Ranks and One are now exchanging punches as Adams looks on. Ranks then blocks an incoming punch from the One and quickly locks in a collar and elbow tie up. Ranks then breaks the collar and elbow tie up with a quick kick to One’s midsection. Ranks then grabs One’s head and punches him in the jaw. As soon as Ranks connects with One’s jaw, Ranks quickly moves behind the One and locks in a waist lock. Seconds later, Ranks lifts One off his feet, looking to nail the One with a German Suplex, but One shows great athleticism to roll through the attempted German and land on his feet behind Ranks. Ranks hears the landing and his head quickly moves from left to right. One then steps forwards and shoves Ranks. Ranks stumbles forwards… And is taken off his feet by Mike Adams. Adams then hits a big spine buster on Ranks, Faarooq style. Adams quickly gets to his feet and turns to face the One. They step forwards and lock eyes. There is an intense stare down between One and Mike, before Adams takes his eyes off his opponent and looks up at the PCW title that is hanging high above the ring. One realises he has an opportunity and blindsides Adams with a big right hand. One is punching Adams repeatedly in the face as Scorch, Xavier, Dust and Ranks start getting to their feet. Scorch and Ranks are next to each other and as they get to their knees, they start punching each other and Dust and Xavier start exchanging right hands as they are still getting to their feet!
Daniel: This match has been intense thus far Max! Neither man wants to give in at all!
Max: Well, it is for a World Championship, even if it is the PCW Championship!
Daniel: Don’t try to bring down the PCW championship, many great competitors have held that belt Max!
Max: And now, they all wrestle here in WPW, they should be looking to obtain the WPW Championship!
The four combatants that have just got to their feet, effectively pair off and exchange right hands, leaving Adams and the One to their own devices. Adams is exchanging punches with the One as One returns the favour. One then ducks an attempted right hand and quickly goes behind Mike Adams. One then grabs Adams shoulders and rakes his hands down Mike’s back! Adams turns on his heels holding his back. Adams then extends his arms and grimaces as he fully extends them. Adams then screams WHAT THE HELL!? as One stands there and grins at him. With Mike still shocked at just being nailed with the old-skool back rake, One simply blasts Mike in the face with a right hand again. Adams stumbles backwards and holds his jaw as One advances towards him. One then pounds Mike in the face with repeated shots to the jaw. One then quickly places an arm between Mike’s legs and hoists him into the air. One then brings Adams down with a hard body slam as Ranks whips Scorch into the corner. Ranks follows up by sprinting to the corner and connecting with a hard clothesline on Scorch. Ranks then climbs to the second turnbuckle and rains right hands down on the head of Scorch, with the live audience counting in unison as each right hand connects to Scorch’s head. Meanwhile, Dust has got the upper hand over Xavier and ducks a right hand to quickly go behind Xavier. Dust then leans forward and wraps his arm around the head of Xavier. Dust then brings Xavier down with a modified snap mare. Xavier rolls through into a sitting position and Dust follows up with a quick kick to the back before nailing a low dropkick to the back of Xavier’s head!
Daniel: There is so much action to call, its hard to concentrate on a single pairing of athletes!
Max: I’ll say, I mean you have Scorch trapped in the corner and getting punched repeatedly by Ranks, Xavier just got laid out by Dust, and is now on the receiving end of a stomp down and One has Adams in the air for a Brain buster!
…
I think I just called the action quite nicely, don’t you think Daniel?
Daniel: Shut up Max!
One does indeed have Adams up for a brain buster. One then drops down and dumps Adams on his head, hard. One then pops his hips and rolls both himself and Mike Adams to his feet. One then hoists Mike into the air, in the Suplex formation, looking for a second brain buster. One then drops down and drives Mike’s head into the canvas. Adams folds up from the impact and lands face up, eyes glazed over. One then gets to his feet and quickly drops down, nailing Mike with a spinning leg drop across the throat! One then gets to his feet, bends over and slaps Mike’s head and measures Mike, who is groggy on the canvas.
…10!! … … 11! … 12! … 13! … 14!
In the corner, Ranks has nailed Scorch over 10 times and is still continuing to rain blows down on his head. Ranks looks to nail a fifteenth punch to the head of Scorch, but Scorch seems to snap out of it and blocks the fifteenth punch attempt and shoves Ranks off the turnbuckle with authority. As Ranks is launched backwards off the turnbuckle, Scorch quickly moves out of the corner. However, Ranks lands on his feet. Meanwhile, Dust is getting to his feet after stomping on Xavier. Dust plays to the crowd but he unknowingly moves closer to the Ranks, who has his back to Dust. Scorch quickly turns to the side and attempts a roundhouse kick, obviously looking to nail Ranks, but Ranks ducks and Scorch connects with the jaw of Dust! Dust drops to the canvas and Scorch looks at him before nonchalantly shrugging his shoulders. Ranks then pops up in Scorch’s view and nails him with a kick to the gut, doubling Scorch over. Ranks then places Scorch’s head between his legs and hoists him up onto his shoulders. Ranks attempts a powerbomb as Mike has gotten to his knees. Scorch then counter’s Ranks by raining shots down on his head. Ranks is taken off balance and Scorch capitalises. Scorch takes Ranks down with a hurracanrana however, as they are still close to the turnbuckle, Ranks hits the corner turnbuckles, which slows his descent long enough for Scorch to turn around, catch him and lock Ranks in the tree of woe. Meanwhile, with Mike on his knees in front of the One, The One charges forwards and attempts a running shining wizard… But just as Scorch hits a blatant low blow on Ranks, Adams blocks the attempted running knee, quickly gets to his feet and grabs One by the throat. Adams then hoists One into the air in the chokeslam formation and moves as fast as he can to the closest corner. Adams then slams One into the turnbuckles and reapplies his grip on the One’s throat. Scorch meanwhile hits a second closed fist shot to Ranks nads as Adams, who has a hold of One’s throat forces him up and into a sitting position on the top turnbuckle. Adams, while keeping his grip and limiting the air One can take in, steps through the ropes and with one leg on the apron and the other in the ring, Mike releases his grip on One’s throat and quickly steps out onto the apron. Adams then re-applies his grip to One’s throat… The arena goes silent in anticipation for what is about to befall the One… In the opposite corner, Scorch unhooks Ranks from the tree of woe position and lets him drop to the canvas below. Scorch reaches down and grabs a handful of Ranks hair and forces him up to his feet. Ranks cradles his nuts with one arm as Scorch puts his other arm over his shoulder, setting him up for a vertical Suplex… Seconds later, Adams chokeslams the One, from the top turnbuckle to the unforgiving arena floor! One hits the arena floor, narrowly missing one of the many ladders that are laid across the floor as Ranks hits the ring canvas. Adams has an evil look in his eyes after delivering a top rope chokeslam to the One!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel and Max: OH MY GOD!
Daniel: Are we looking at Adams or Smada?
Max: I don’t know, but something is telling me that Mike Adams has just left the building!
Adams then drops to the canvas as Dust gets to his feet after taking the roundhouse kick. Scorch then steps backwards. Dust tries to grab Scorch before Scorch dashes forwards and nails Ranks with the Spark! Dust looks over at Xavier and notices he is getting to his feet. Dust then dashes over to Xavier and ‘helps’ him up to his feet. Dust then shows great strength and hoists Xavier up onto his shoulders. Dust then nails Xavier with a Death Valley Driver! Dust quickly gets to his feet and turns to spot Scorch once more. With Ranks out on the canvas, Scorch gets to his feet and plays to the crowd. He turns on his heels and is met with a crushing knife-edge chop across the chest from Dust! This gets a loud WOOO! from the crowd as Dust nails Scorch with another knife-edge chop. Meanwhile, on the outside of the ring, Adams is staring down at the body of the One. Adams then turns on his heels and glances into the ring where Scorch is getting nailed with Chop after chop, each one getting a WOOOO!! from the live audience. Adams then walks over to the closest ladder, grabs the sides of said ladder and snaps it shut. Adams then turns to the ring and approaches the ring. However, Adams stops just short of entering the ring as Dust now has Scorch in Suplex formation. Dust then falls backwards and nails Scorch with a vertical Suplex before rolling and bringing both himself and Scorch back up to a vertical base. Dust then hoists Scorch up and hits the second vertical Suplex. Dust then rolls through and returns to a vertical base. Dust then breaks the Suplex formation, but keeps a hold of Scorch’s arm. Dust then short arm’s Scorch, ducks as Scorch approaches and hoists Scorch up onto his shoulders in a fireman’s carry position. Dust then completes the tri-factor by modifying the move into a neckbreaker across the knee, hitting the ‘Three Cheers’!
Daniel: Woah! What a chain move there by Dust!
Max: I have to say, that was impressive!
Daniel: Looks like Dust is showing us why he should be PCW Champion… One thing puzzles me though, why did Mike Adams stay outside and let him hit his signature move?
Max: If a man like Dust is on a roll, would you want to step into the ring?
Daniel: I see your point there Max!
Max: Exactly!
Dust then plays to the crowd and as a result of taunting to the crowd; Dust doesn’t notice Adams slide the ladder into the ring behind him. Adams then follows the ladder and slides into the ring himself. Adams then bends down and picks the ladder up. Adams lets out an almost primal war cry that gets Dust’s attention. Dust turns around and is greeted by a horrific sight. Adams has the ladder raised and is charging at Dust. Dust hasn’t got time to react and the ladder connects solidly with Dust’s face, sending Dust sprawling to the outside, and making him bleed almost at impact! Dust hits the outside floor hard and Adams smacks the point of the ladder into the canvas. Adams then surveys the ring and spots both Xavier and Ranks are still down from the Death Valley Driver and the Spark respectively. Adams then advances menacingly to the downed form of Jeremiah Ranks and raises the ladder above his head, obviously with malicious intent. Ranks slowly gets to his knees and notices the approaching Adams. Ranks expression turns to fear as Adams brings the ladder down to waist height. Ranks knows what’s coming as Adams swings the ladder forwards and catches Ranks in his exposed midsection! Ranks doubles over holding his abdomen. Ranks is face down on the canvas and Adams brings the ladder down on his back. Adams looks possessed as he assaults Ranks. Adams then throws the ladder down and forces a wheezing Ranks to his feet. Adams then grips the top of Ranks tights and Ranks shoulders and throws him out of the ring with authority. Ranks lands in a heap as Adams bends over to pick the ladder back up. Adams appears to be totally disregarding Andrew Xavier as advances on Scorch, who is still down from the triple move he suffered at the hands of Dust. However, as Adams gets closer to Scorch, Scorch manages to get to his feet… Only to be met with a ladder to the head, courtesy of Mike Adams. However, Scorch doesn’t go down, instead he is staggered somewhat so Mike takes aim and literally levels Scorch with another shot to the head. Blood trickles down Scorch’s face as Adams moves to the centre of the ring, still seemingly disregarding Xavier. Adams then looks down at Xavier and smiles. Adams then moves the ladder to the closest turnbuckle. Adams smiles once more and slides out of the ring. He looks over at the One before turning his back on the one and looking under the ring. Adams then returns to a vertical base and reveals he has retrieved two steel chairs. Adams slaps them together and slides one of the chairs into the ring. Adams then turns to the One and waits as the One is slowly getting to his feet. One gets up to his knees and…
BAM!
It sounds like a gunshot as Adams brings the steel chair down across the One’s skull. One slumps back down to the arena floor as Adams raises the bloodstained chair into the air.
Daniel: WOAH! What a chair shot by Mike Adams!
Max: Yeah! It sounded like a gun going off!
Daniel: … Wait… You know what I have just realised? There is only one person left who hasn’t been blasted with a weapon by Mike, and he still hasn’t moved after getting nailed with a Death Valley Driver! Mike could win this one right here!
Max: Yeah, I just noticed that too!
Mike seems to hear the commentators as he points up to the belt that is hanging from the rafters before he brings his hands to his waist and while still holding the bloody chair, Adams makes the belt symbol across his waist. Adams then slides the other chair into the ring then slides into the ring himself. Adams then walks over to the body of Andrew Xavier, who is still down from the DVD and raises the chair above his head… Adams hesitates a few seconds, looking up at the chair and then down at Xavier… Adams then drops the chair.
Daniel: What?! Is Mike actually showing some compassion?!
Max: I doubt it very much!
Adams then looks over at the ladder that is set up in the corner. Mike then grins wickedly before he reaches down and grabs a handful of Xavier’s hair. Adams then attempts to pull Xavier up to his feet by his hair, but Xavier appears to be out cold, almost like dead weight in Mike’s hands. Finally, Adams manages to get Xavier up to his feet. Mike then engages a collar and elbow tie up with Xavier and forces him over to the corner near the ladder. Mike punches Xavier in the head as he forces him nearer the turnbuckle, then Mike rests Xavier against the turnbuckle. Adams then climbs to the top turnbuckle and gets to a standing position on the top turnbuckle. Adams then reaches down and grabs Xavier and pulls him up with him. Adams climbs onto the ladder, ascends to the top and sits at the top of the ladder. Adams then reaches down from the top of the ladder and grabs Xavier once more. Adams then pulls Xavier forwards, causing Xavier to instinctively catch the ladder and groggily regain his footing on the ladder. Adams then pulls Xavier up the ladder and slowly, step by step, Xavier is two rungs away from the top. Adams then signals for the Splash Mountain Power bomb!
Daniel: NO WAY!
Max: Oh no!
Daniel: Will the ladder actually be stable enough for this?!
Adams then places Xavier’s head between his legs… Adams attempts to hoist Xavier into the air… Suddenly, Xavier comes to life! He wriggles out of Adams grip and nails a quick low blow! Adams doubles over and Xavier grabs Adams head and smashes it into the top of the ladder!
Daniel: Xavier was playing possum!
Max: I…
Daniel: He fooled Mike Adams!
Max: I know, I can see that!
Xavier then smashes Mike’s head into the top of the ladder once more and quickly steps down a couple of rungs before dropping the rest of the way to the canvas. Xavier then quickly moves around to the opposite side of the ladder and climbs a few of the rungs, positioning himself beneath Mike Adams. Xavier then looks up and nails Adams with a second low blow before Xavier turns on his rung, placing his back against the ladder and positioning his head between Adams legs. Xavier then reaches upwards and grabs the waist of Mike Adams with both hands…
Daniel: I have a feeling this will all end badly for Adams…
Max: Duh, Xavier looks like he is setting up for a powrbomb!
Xavier then powerbombs Mike off the ladder to the canvas below!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Xavier is looking down at Adams and taunts to the crowd. Xavier then drops down from the ladder, turns to face the ladder and lifts it over the body of Mike Adams before positioning it under the championship belt… On the outside, Dust is starting to come round and he uses the ring apron to help him to his feet. Dust then notices Xavier as he steps onto the first rung of the ladder, beginning his climb to the belt. Dust then rolls under the ropes and into the ring before getting to his feet. Dust seems to be the victim of a head rush as he gets to his feet and seems unsteady at first. Dust then steadies himself and advances towards Xavier, who is now at the top of the ladder! Xavier reaches out and grabs the belt and attempts to unhook it… Only to have Dust move the ladder out from underneath him! Xavier instinctively lets go of the belt and grips the belt ring and finds himself hanging twenty-feet in the air! On the outside, Ranks is getting to his feet and notices the goings on in the ring. He is holding his midsection as he gets to a vertical base. Ranks then spots Dust climbing the ladder and Ranks slides into the ring and advances towards Dust and the ladder… As Dust gets half way up the ladder, he grabs Xavier… Only to be left hanging from Xavier’s midsection and legs as Ranks moves the ladder out from beneath him! Ranks then positions the ladder and places a foot on the bottom rung. On the outside, Scorch is just coming to and uses the ring apron to help himself to his feet. Scorch gets to his feet and notices Ranks climbing the ladder. Scorch then gingerly slides into the ring and almost as slowly as Ranks is climbing the ladder, Scorch advances towards the ladder… As Ranks gets within striking range of the belt, the worse possible thing happens as Ranks grips the belt ring with one hand and the belt with the other… Scorch pulls the ladder out from underneath him! Scorch then re-positions the ladder and looks to climb the ladder, as One gets to his feet on the outside. One then groggily gets to his feet and enters the ring. One seems to be out of it as he walks to the middle of the ring… Scorch meanwhile is getting ever closer to the top of the ladder… One gets to the middle of the ring and instead of climbing the ladder, he gets beneath Dust!
Daniel: What the hell is the One doing here?
Max: I honestly haven’t a clue Daniel! I thought he would try to stop Scorch!
One then positions himself under Dust so that Dust is basically sat on his shoulders, while still gripping onto Xavier, is still hanging from the belt ring… Scorch reaches the top of the ladder… But instead of taking advantage of the clear cut shot to the belt, Scorch opts to… LEAP from the top of the ladder and catch both Ranks and Xavier with a double clothesline! Scorch then drops to the canvas below and This causes Ranks and Xavier to lose their grip on the belt ring and Ranks falls the twenty-feet to the canvas below… While Xavier drops backwards and catches the back of Dust’s head, meaning Dust is in a reverse DDT formation, which takes Dust down, which in turn causes the One to be on the receiving end of a hurracanrana! All 5 men crash down to the canvas and hit hard!
HOLY SHIT!! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Max and Daniel: HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: That was the biggest thing I have ever seen!
Max: I’ll say! What the hell just happened?!
Daniel: Well, it looked to me like Scorch flew off the top of the ladder and nailed a double flying clothesline on Ranks and Xavier. Scorch then dropped to the apron, as did Ranks because he lost his grip right…
Max: Right…
Daniel: Well, Xavier also lost his grip and ended up falling backwards. Now, Xavier was instinctively grabbing out for something and he found it… Unfortunately for Dust, Xavier found him because he was perched on the One’s shoulders… Xavier managed to grab the back of Dust’s head which, due to the laws of physics, means that Dust also falls, and to the best of my knowledge, that is the single biggest reverse DDT to ever befall a wrestler… And as Dust was falling, because of the way he was positioned on the One’s shoulders, the One was taken down with a huge hurracanrana!
Max: Right, right… I never thought I’d say this, but you just made one of the best things I ever saw sound boring!
Daniel: But… But you asked me to explain!
All six men, Dust, Xavier, Ranks, Scorch, One and Mike Adams are now laid out in the middle of the ring, not moving! Suddenly, the One rolls onto his stomach and crawls to the ladder, using it to pull himself to his feet. One then gets to his feet and surveys the ring, watching as his five other opponents writhe in pain. Seconds later, Dust starts moving, only to be met with a right hand from the One, and as Dust gets to his knees, One keeps striking, causing Dust to crawl around the ring to try and escape. Dust ends up in a corner as One rains punches down on him. One then looks around behind him and notices Xavier slowly moving and One treats him exactly the same as he dashes over and pretty much punches Xavier into another corner. One positions Xavier like Dust, sat down with his back to the turnbuckle and legs spread. One then looks behind him and spots Scorch crawling to the corner nearest him, so One waits a few seconds for Scorch to get to the corner before dashing over and raining punches down on Scorch’s head. One then positions Scorch like Dust and Xavier. Now, One turns around and faces Ranks, who still hasn’t moved. One then advances on Ranks before he reaches down and grabs Ranks head. One then drags One to the last remaining corner and One positions Ranks like Dust, Xavier and Scorch. One then returns to the centre of the ring and hits the God… Like… Pose… Before grabbing the sides of the ladder and snapping it shut. One then turns the ladder on its side and places it on the canvas. One looks over at Ranks before smiling and charging forwards with the ladder… The ladder then hits Ranks right between the legs! OOOOH! Ranks is writhing in pain as One removes the ladder from his crotch. One then turns the ladder and ‘aims’ at Scorch!
Daniel: OH NO! He is aiming at Scorch!
Max: Just how in the hell do you aim a ladder?!
Daniel: Easy, by pointing it at your intended target!
Max: Shut up Daniel!
One then smiles wickedly and runs forwards… One then drives the ladder into the crotch of Scorch! OOOOH! One then removes the ladder from Scorch’s crotch and backs up to the middle of the ring. One then turns to face Xavier as he checks over at Adams who still hasn’t moved after being powerbombed from the top of the ladder! One then charges forwards and drives the ladder into the crotch of Andrew Xavier! OOOH! One then backs up, removing the ladder from Xavier’s crotch. One turns to face his final prey, Dust. One smiles before he charges towards Dust and One drives the ladder into Dust’s crotch! OOOH! One then backs up and removes the ladder from Dust’s crotch before returning to the centre of the ring. One then sets the ladder up directly beneath the belt, but before he begins the lengthy ascent to the top, One moves the chairs that are around the ladder. One kicks the chair covered in his blood out of the ring and moves the other chair to the side of the ladder. One then begins the lengthy climb to the top of the ladder.
Daniel: Woah… What a sseries of low blows there from the One!
Max: Yeah, I doubt we will be seeing any little Dust’s, Xavier’s or Ranks in the future!
One is gingerly climbing the ladder, but where he has his back to Mike Adams, One doesn’t notice Mike start to stir. When One is half way up the ladder, Mike gets to his feet. Adams then manoeuvres himself so One doesn’t see him coming. One is within range of the belt and attempts to unhook the belt… Only to be met with a body shot from Mike Adams! Adams then moves to the opposite side of the ladder as Ranks and Scorch roll out of the ring under the bottom rope while holding their nads. Adams then climbs the other side of the ladder, punching at the One, who is still trying to unhook the belt… One is then abruptly stopped just before he could unhook the belt as Adams connects with a right hand to the One’s jaw. One then returns to a stable base while still being punched by Mike, and the two men begin exchanging right hands atop an eighteen-foot ladder. Meanwhile, while the One and Adams duel atop their ladder, Ranks and Scorch, who slid out moments ago, grab a ladder each and slide them into the ring. Ranks and Scorch set up their ladders next to the One and Mike’s ladder. So now there are three ladders in the ring, Mike and The One are on the middle ladder and there are two ladders either side of them. Meanwhile, Dust and Xavier have gotten to their feet and as Scorch and Ranks climb separate ladders, Dust and Xavier gingerly move towards the three ladders in the ring. Dust begins to climb the other side of Scorch’s ladder and Xavier climbs up Ranks ladder. The four men that are climbing the ladders get to the top at the same time and instantly exchange punches. There are now six men punching each other eighteen-feet in the air!
Daniel: Oh no! This can only end badly!
Max: What do you mean badly? The way I see it, things can only end well for everyone watching!
Daniel: Well, I meant things will end badly for the six men that are fighting eighteen-feet in the air!
Max: Oh, well when you put it that way, I agree with you!
As the six men exchange punches, Ranks is able to block a punch thrown by Xavier. Ranks then hits Xavier with a stiff right hand that shivers Xavier. Ranks then quickly capitalises and grabs Xavier’s head and arm. Ranks then hoists Xavier into the Suplex formation as Dust ducks a right hand from Scorch. Dust then places his arm across the chest of the now off balance Scorch and Ranks comes off the ladder and nails the ‘Total Shock’ on Andrew Xavier as Dust takes Scorch down with a ‘To Dust’ from the top of the ladder! Dust and Scorch’s momentum topples the ladder and the impact Ranks gets from his ‘Total Shock’ finisher knock the 2 unoccupied ladders over, causing them to bounce against the ropes. Dust, Scorch, Ranks and Xavier are down and not moving…
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: OH MAH GAWD!
Max: HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: Two top of the ladder finishing moves and the One and Mike Adams are still brawling!
Mike and One are still brawling atop their ladder, but One counters an attempted punch from Mike Adams and grabs his head. One then rams Adams head into the top rung of the ladder, then sets up for his ultimate finisher from a ladder, the ‘Redemption’
Daniel: THE REDEMPTION!
The One then comes off the top of the ladder and hits Mike with the ‘Redemption’… But they actually land the steel chair that One moved to the side of the ladder! One has just nailed a ‘Redemption into an Adams Ender’!!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: OH MY GAWD!
Max: HOLY SHIT!
None of the men are moving until the One seems to get an adrenaline surge. One then gets to his feet and his hand shoots to his lower back, but he works through the pain and picks up the ladder he just fell from. One then positions himself in front of it and places his right foot on the bottom rung. One then climbs the rungs of the ladder…
1st Rung …
2nd Rung …
3rd Rung …
4th Rung …
5th Rung … All the other participants are down and not moving…
6th Rung …
7th Rung …
8th Rung … One is now within reach of the belt and has an easy task ahead of him to unhook the belt! One gets the belt and drops from the ladder as the bell sounds! One lands hard on his back and raises the hand holding the belt into the air! The referee assigned this contest signals for the bell.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, here is your winner and new PCW CHAMPION, THE ONEEEEE-AH!!
3… 2… 1… 1… 1…
The crowd erupt in a show of appreciation for what they have just witnessed as ‘Better’ fills the arena.
Daniel: What a match we have just witnessed ladies and gentlemen! We have a new PCW Champion, and that mans name is The One! Each man put on a valiant effort to walk out with that title, but only one man could do it, and he happens to be known as The One!
Dust, Ranks, Scorch, Xavier and Adams all slowly get to their feet. The 5 men look around the ring and Adams goes to one of the ladders leaning against the ropes while Scorch goes to the other ladder that is propped up against the ropes as Dust grips the ladder the One just climbed to the top of. Adams and Scorch dump their ladders out over the top rope as Dust snaps the ladder he has closed. Dust then walks over to the ropes and shoves his ladder over the top rope. As soon as Dust’s ladder hits the arena floor, Dust, Adams, Scorch, Xavier and Ranks look down at the one, who is still down. All five men advance towards One before they surround the new PCW Champion. The ref advances and starts admonishing the 5 men, but as they, in stereo, turn and stare at the ref, he turns white and the ref hastily exits the ring.
Daniel: Oh no, this cant be good for the One…
Max: And he doesn’t even know what’s happening yet!
The One slowly looks up from the ring canvas and notices he is surrounded. He tries to back peddle, but Scorch cuts him off. The One realises he has no choice and tries to get to his feet. One manages to get to his knees, but he is unsteady even on his knees. Suddenly, Ranks extends his hand forwards… One braces himself, but the anticipated punch doesn’t come… Instead, Ranks is offering his hand to One! One then grabs Ranks hand and Ranks helps One to his feet. Ranks releases the One and gets in his face… Seconds later, Ranks steps back and extends his arm forwards, motioning for One to shake his hand!
Daniel: What?
Max: What the hell?!
One then shakes Ranks hand and Ranks steps to the side. Seconds later, Adams steps forwards, and he to offers his hand. One looks confused but shakes hands with Adams as well. Adams steps to the side, next to Ranks and Scorch steps up and extends his hand to One. One and Scorch shake hands and Scorch joins Ranks and Adams before Dust also offers his hand to One. One and Dust shake hands and Dust joins Ranks, Adams and Scorch. Xavier then steps forwards and shakes hands with the One. As soon as Xavier shook hands with the One, Ranks, Adams, Scorch and Dust line up next to the One. Seconds later, the six men raise each others hands into the air as ‘Better’ continues playing.
Daniel: Wow! What sportsmanship shown there by Ranks, Adams, Scorch, Dust and Xavier!
Max: I’ll say, and now all six men are raising each others hands!
Daniel: This was a great match!
Xavier, One, Ranks, Adams, Scorch and Dust turn to face the four quadrants of the ring in synch, before releasing each other and exiting the ring. The One is the last one left in the ring, and before he exits the ring, One goes to the turnbuckle and does the God… Like… Pose… With the PCW Championship belt. One then exits the ring and joins Dust, Ranks, Xavier, Adams and Scorch as they walk up the ramp and disappear backstage.
Daniel: What a match we have just witnessed ladies and gentlemen, what a match!
Max: And there is still more to come tonight as we have the twenty man battle royal up next!
We cut backstage where Unit sits alone getting his kit in order, putting on a pair of familiar boots. Internal monologue.......
Unit (voiceover) : .......so this is it. My "final" chance to prove myself in WPW. And what a chance it is. A battle royal. It seems like only yesterday that I sat on my Pop's knee watching people like Jimmy Snuka, Arn Anderson, Gorilla Monsoon, Andre the Giant make the world shake in a battle royal. In fact, it was only yesterday. 'You should be in the Earthquake shelter and I'm too big to fit on your knee, Pop' I said, but he insisted on watching that old video.
When I first came to WPW, they said I wasn't fit to lace JMC's boots. Now look at me. Hope he doesn't realise where they've gone.
(Ties boot tight. We now see a JMC logo on the side)
And, of course, my record in WPW is unparallelled - no-one else has an 0 for 20. Oh, they're gonna be surprised when I walk out of that ring as Tag Team Champion. Mike Corral, Big Red, Forsaken......they're gonna be sorry they ever stole my lunch money. Even Amy White used to get her cut, but no more. No more. Tonight, the world will see a new Unit, a Unit 2, I might even shorten it to U2 in tribute to my favorite band.
(We hear huge boos from the crowd, announcers, commentary team, popcorn monkey and even Bono who has sneaked in wearing a disguise. Unit looks up, confused)
Strange. Must be something weird happening in the ring. Beno winning a match or something.
(He relaxes and slaps his knees in readiness for the battle. He winces slightly with the pain this brings)
And now, destiny awaits. The biggest match of my life. Possibly the biggest match of WPW's life. I have to go through men of the caliber of Tank, Sky Ryder, Ben Whyndam, Jason Bennett. None of them pushovers. None of them bribable. I know, I've tried. But tonight, my superior mic skills, my immense wrestling talent, my oh so frequent appearances on WPW programming will finally pay off. That, or my grovelling at Carlos Gonzalez' feet. It's time. Time to go.
Unit rises and goes over to the corner of the locker room where Jokester is reading a script marked 'Unit voiceover' through a lip mic.
Unit glares at Jokester.
Jokester: Oh, hi, Unit. Just practising a routine I thought I would use at this year's comedy awards. Hope you weren't offended. Look, behind you!
Unit glances over his shoulder, camera whip pans to reveal nothing, then pans back to find Unit on his own, Jokester gone. Unit fumes and storms out quickly to the ring as we head back to the announce table.
Daniel: Tonight’s show is proud to be sponsored by 300 – Stickin’ it to ‘em Iranians where it hurts.
Max: But the Iranians win in the film, don’t they, Daniel?
Daniel: First of all, shhhhh. That’s a spoiler. And second, it’s not that they win, it’s that they nearly lose.
Max: Well, that’s a great comfort for all of us in the forthcoming nuclear conflict with those plucky Persians.
Daniel: Also sponsored by the Waycross thrift shop. Looking for that second hand Andy Williams LP you always wanted? You could buy this and many more thrilling objets d’art at the Waycross thrift shop, 143 Sputnik Boulevard, Waycross, Georgia.
Max: And by Budweiser!!!! Three cheers for a long cool Bud, though I’m more of a Miller Lite man myself.
Daniel: Why does that not surprise me, Max? Have we got that Redemption commercial organized? Yes? No? Well, here goes for either a tour de force of direction and editing by the guys in the studio truck…………or 30 seconds of blank screen time. Don’t go away.
(Gap)
Max(doesn’t realise the camera is back on him) : He’s like an agarophobic homosexual – no sooner out of the closet than he’s back in again……what?.....are we on?....did they hear who I was talking about?
Daniel: Welcome back to this next match in which twenty superstars try to win an Over-the-top-rope Battle Royal to join Jamie Parker as WPW Tag Team Champions.
Max: That’s some prize, Daniel.
Daniel: It certainly is, Max. Nine men in the ring already here. In the ‘soon to be ejected’ corner, we have Zachary Jemmy, Unit, Daisuke Ryo, Big Red, Damian Wreck, Alex Christopher Diamond, Ben Whyndam, Sky Ryder and Number 2. And, oh my Lord, here's the next man who thinks he's Jimi Hendrix but looks more like little Jimmy Osmond, it's Johnny.....and he's not being ironic...'Rockstar' Saxton.
Superstar 2 pumps through the hall and several of the men already in the ring stifle laughter at Saxton's poses as he breaks one of the strings on the guitar, yelping as he cuts his finger.
‘Blow Me Away’ by Breaking Benjamin throbs the speakers next as Nick Comoroto does his drop to the knees and throw up the hands pose but he gets such a hail of abuse from the crowd that his music cuts short and he stomps angrily to the ring.
Blade Lavigne is next to arrive but he doesn’t even wait for his music, charging to the ring and overtakes Comoroto before he gets to the steps. Comoroto looks even angrier at this upstaging.
‘Never Let Me Down Again’ by Depeche Mode is next to play and Mike Corral makes his entrance though unaccompanied by his usual manager, Bella. He does his usual Jeff Hardy style antics, walks up the steps and claims the center of the ring, giving warning looks to the other superstars clustering for a fight.
Forsaken appears to ‘In the Shadows’ by Rasmus. He walks a few steps then stops to look around at crowd, giving a short nod after about two seconds. He continues to walk confidently to the ring. When at the ring, he grabs the top rope and pulls himself up, flipping over it.
Brock Goodman thrusts his way through the curtain as the Marilyn Manson version of Sweet Dreams plays. The usual fireballs are missing from the entrance, but the fashionable hoodie remains. He adds it to the growing pile of clothing by the timekeeper’s table who hands him a receipt with a shrug of his shoulders.
Tank is next to appear through a curtain of yellow sparks. A technical glitch means that his music doesn’t play so some smart cookie backstage puts on ‘Tank’ by the Stranglers instead. Tank doesn’t seem bothered by the switch and walks cockily down to the ring.
The lights suddenly go out.
Daniel: What on earth……….
A single spotlight suddenly picks out the face of Jason Bennett who has appeared in the ring without music or warning. The lights flash back on again to show him posing ‘Rock style’ on a turnbuckle. We get a brief snatch of ‘Getting Away with Murder’ by Papa Roach before it is replaced by El Pollo’s music.
Max: Next up is the chicken officially on the discount shelf. He is two nuggets short of a full Happy Meal, going cheap cheep cheep, he is El Pollo.
Daniel: And that, ladies and gentlemen, is the barrel well and truly scraped.
El Pollo strides to the ring with more purpose than usual, a fire in his eyes.
Daniel: Oooh! El Pollo was stung by the criticism last week. That defeat hit him hard and he wants this one bad.
Max: Two to go. Who’s next?
A Justin Timberlake track starts briefly before being drowned out by a hail of boos. These subside as………someone dressed as X-P*c with inked on facial hair, 3 quarts of cooking oil in his hair and a plastic bag as a bandana shakily makes his way to the ring.
Max: It’s X-P*c!!! He’s back! He’s back! ………but doesn’t he look awful? He looks 101 years old.
Daniel: That’s not X-P*c, you idiot. That’s legendaryken, sometime manager of the greaserat who won WPW’s last Battle Royal.
Max: Of course it’s X-P*c – look at the slimy trail he has left behind him. Watch how the front row babes recoil as he glances in their direction.
Daniel: No, I think that’s Ken’s colostomy bag malfunctioning again. He’s back to put the final nail in the coffin of our former WWE Superstar, X-P*c.
Max: Well, I don’t think that his identity was ever officially confirmed. That could have been anybody under that mask.
Daniel: Anyone who has appeared in a sex video with Chyna, you mean.
Max: Well, that doesn’t narrow the field down much.
The faux X-P*c steps through the ropes as the other wrestlers take a step backwards, fearful of getting their hands dirty on the aged figure.
Daniel: Last man in the ring is our mystery entrant. Who is it going to be?
Max: Well, last week we had fourteenth in line to the British throne, MVP in the ring. The buzz on the internet is that this week, we’ve got Number 2.
Daniel: He’s already there.
Max: No, I mean number two in line…….Prince William……Big Willy Windsor himself, looking to make himself a proper living prostituting his talent in the Bingo halls and Bowling Alleys of the Deep South.
Daniel: Have you put money on it? Of course you have.
“Just Close Your Eyes’ by Waterproof Blonde hits the PA.
Daniel: Not Britain’s most eligible bachelor, it’s WPW’s own Laydeez Man, Mykal Adams!!!
Adams makes his entrance in black and gold hoodie, some screams coming from the more excitable of WPW’s young female fans. He gets to the ring, slides under the bottom rope and climbs the turnbuckle, removing his hoodie to throw to a female fan, but before he can do so, Big Red and Mike Corral rush him and club him on the back.
Ding Ding
Daniel: Twenty men in the ring…….only one can be Tag Team Champion. Let battle commence.
The ring explodes with a flurry of punches as several one on one battles break out. Legendaryken positions himself behind Unit as he takes on Johnny Saxton and Ben Whyndam. Tank lambasts Mike Corral and floors him quickly with a Roundhouse right.
Max: That Tank sure is one hell of a wrestler for one of the Negro persuasion.
Daniel: The Negro persuasion? What the hell talk is that?
Max: Well, we’re not allowed to call them niggers anymore.
Daniel: Aw, Max. Get outta here! You racist imbecile!
Max: Some of my best friends are……..um…….highly tanned.
Daniel: Ruth Lowenstein who spends 24 hours a day under a sun bed does not count.
Max: She could pass for black.
Daniel: Lalalala. Not listening.
Tank continues the assault on Corral with a Powerbomb then tries to tip him over the top rope with the assistance of Zachery Jemmy, but Corral holds on and eventually the two abandon the attempt. Tank turns and walks into a Big Boot from Alex Christopher Diamond. Daisuke Ryo sees the chance and goes to the top rope before landing a Shooting Star Press on the fallen Tank.
Daniel: That could have been suicidal in this sort of match, but Ryo pulled it off. Unfortunately a pin can’t win this contest so we’ve got to wonder ‘why bother?’
The action continues with Brock Goodman trying to reach legendaryken who has managed to avoid any contact with physical violence by cowering in a corner. Unfortunately, Sky Ryder drop toe-holds Brock Goodman and he falls, headbutting Ken as he sits in the corner. A few wrestlers spot the opportunity, with the geriatric in perfect position and they line up to humiliate legendaryken.
Max: No! They can’t do this. X-P*c patented this move. It’s like stunning Stone Cold Steve Austin, Sharpshooting Bret Hart, Beno Driving Beno.
Daniel: Maybe, but it is a good laugh.
Nick Comoroto straddles legendaryken and BroncoBusts him for a few seconds followed by Damian Wreck, Forsaken, Blade Lavigne, and El Pollo. legendaryken slides to the mat.
Daniel: legendaryken will wake with the taste of chicken nuggets in his mouth and only the sweet tang of victory can hope to wash that away.
Max: Very poetic, Daniel. A Pulitzer awaits.
Daniel: I don’t think they have a ‘Sports Entertainment Commentary’ prize, Max.
Brock Goodman has recovered from his fall and angrily seeks out Blade Lavigne for revenge. He hits him with a German Suplex, then a second, releasing Lavigne so that he soars over the top rope to the ring surround.
BLADE LAVIGNE OUT
Big Red spots legendaryken lying dazed in the corner. He looks to be considering another BroncoBuster, but wiser council prevails and he picks the ageing Scotsman up like a rag doll and Military Presses him clean out of the ring so that he CrossBodies Blade Lavigne as he gets to his feet. Both men go sprawling and referee Todd Franklin calls him out.
‘X-P*C’ OUT
Max: No!!!!!!! Our last Battle Royal winner bites the dust, taking a nation’s hopes with him.
Daniel: For the very last time, Max. That wasn’t X-P*c, that was legendaryken.
Max: That’s not what my bookie said.
Jason Bennett seems to be commanding his section of the ring and floors Forsaken with a Missile Dropkick. Unit tries to lock in a Sleeper Hold but Bennett quickly reverses it and pushes Unit in the back so that he barges into Big Red. The two big men face up to each other then start forearming and stamping for all they’re worth. Bennett goes after Forsaken, pulls him to his feet and applies the Sick Twist (Twist of Fate). In the confusion of all the action in the ring, and because the only rule in a Battle Royal is ‘Survive’, he applies a blatant choke hold to Forsaken. Forsaken slowly sinks into unconsciousness and Bennett only releases the hold when Nick Comoroto kicks him in the back in the middle of a tussle with Zachery Jemmy.
Daniel: Bennett looks strong in these early exchanges but there’s still eighteen men in the ring and technically, any of them could still win.
El Pollo has picked on Number 2, hitting him in quick succession with a wing drag then a Peck of Doom. Number 2 reels backwards before slumping against the ropes. El Pollo picks him up and Tombstones him to the mat.
Max: El Pollo is dropping Number 2 all over the ring.
Daniel: Was that a chickenshit gag?
Max: A brave attempt at one.
Daniel: Not brave enough.
Number 2 attempts to defend himself with a shoulder charge as El Pollo moves in for the kill, but El Pollo sidesteps this and helps Number 2 over the top rope.
NUMBER 2 OUT
El Pollo struts back into the middle of the ring but is struck by the High Knee of Mykal Adams.
Daniel: Adams has been quiet this far in the match, but I’m sure that’s part of the strategy – let the others tire themselves out, then mop up what’s left in the ring when they’ve got no energy to fight back. Yes. Look. Adams Knife Edge Chops El Pollo three times then melts back into the crowd while Mike Corral takes over the offense. He Dragon Suplexes El Pollo then locks in a Walls of Jericho. El Pollo is unable to get himself out of that one , no thanks to his stubby little wings.
Tank saves El Pollo by clubbing Corral on the back, forcing him to release the hold. Corral maneuvers behind Tank and attempts to arm drag him but loses his footing and crashes down to the mat.
Max: Wow, if that's not a Momentum Killer I don't know what is.
Daniel: Looks like someone isn't as technically gifted as they thought they were going into this one, Max!
Tank lands an elbow drop on Corral, then pulls him up and whips him into the ropes. Corral bounces back and is Clotheslined to the mat by an aggressive Tank. Tank applies an ankle lock. The lights go out again.
Daniel: What the…….I hope these technical problems are not spoiling your enjoyment of the entertainment, ladies and gentlemen. Rest assured we are trying to solve these prob……
The lights come back on, brighter than ever and we see Daisuke Ryo and Zachery Peg Leg Jemmy on the outside. Ryo is holding Jemmy’s wooden leg but has a look of confusion on his face as he seems to have no idea how he and Jemmy got there. Todd Franklin points the way backstage to both of them, indicating that they had come over the top rope. In pulling the rope down, Johnny Saxton, who had been Irish Whipped across the ring, overbalances and backward somersaults over the top rope to join Franklin and the two wrestlers ringside. Inside the ring, Jason Bennett gives them a smile and waves ‘Bye-bye’
DAISUKE RYO OUT
ZACHERY JEMMY OUT
JOHNNY SAXTON OUT
Daniel: Well, that’s cut down the numbers and given the men in the ring a bit more space to move. Got any facts to tell us about one of the men left in the ring, Max?
Max: Yes. Brock Goodman is a part time Chippendale and when he’s not doing that, he has been known to impersonate other styles of furniture.
Daniel: Are you implying he’s wooden, Max?
Max: Whatever gets the laugh, Daniel.
Daniel: That was this week’s ‘Tell Us A Fact About X, Max’. You’ve got a book of these coming out, haven’t you?
Max: Yes, I have. I’m glad you mentioned that as it’s available…..
Daniel: No time, Max. Unit goes tumbling out of the ring following that Belly to Belly Suplex by Mykal Adams. Big effort that from Adams as Unit is no lightweight.
UNIT OUT
Unit slaps the apron in frustration but has no success with his appeal to the referees and has to make his way backstage.
Mike Corral continues to fight with Tank and manages to Bulldog him. Tank bounces up quickly however and retaliates with a Full Nelson which he makes into a Suplex. They continue to grapple in one corner while Sky Ryder goes after El Pollo. He catches him with a Wing Wrench DDT then Double Axe Handles El Pollo before he can get back to his feet. El Pollo is quick to retaliate though and kicks at Ryder’s suspect right knee. He buckles and Pollo twists him into a figure four leg lock. Ryder yells in pain and slaps the mat but, ringside, Todd Franklin shrugs that he cannot interfere as the only way out of the match is over the top rope. Pollo keeps the hold on while he catches his breath.
Daniel: Is the chicken turning? Are we about to see the birth of a new evil chicken dominated empire, the megalomaniacal Pollo dispensing justice like some Third World dictator, unfettered by the sanity of democracy? A fowl heel laying waste to the forces of good like no other has done before?
Max:……em…….I doubt it. He’s just a chicken.
Ryder slowly turns the tables on El Pollo and he is joined by Damian Wreck to punish the chicken with a Russian Leg Sweep followed by dropped knees by both men. They pick Pollo up, one by the legs and the other by the wings.
Max: I was always a leg man myself.
Daniel: Stop it.
They swing El Pollo over the top rope so that he lands flat on his back on the outside. As he goes, Ryder tries to use the momentum to send Damian Wreck over with him, but Wreck blocks the attempt and comes back at Ryder with a flurry of Punches.
EL POLLO OUT
Ryder and Wreck continue their disagreement with knees and elbows until Wreck catches a fist in the mouth which brings the taste of blood. This causes an extreme reaction as Wreck picks up the intensity, kicks Ryder in the nuts then picks him up for a Wreck Effect (Razor’s Edge) to the outside where El Pollo breaks his fall.
SKY RYDER OUT
Ryder unleashes a torrent of trash talk and curses on Wreck, joined in by El Pollo clucking away in what we must assume is avian abuse. Wreck goes through his repertoire of obscene hand signals and, as the argument continues, gets up on the turnbuckle, does a 360 somersault, landing with a Lou Thesz Press astride a shocked Ryder.
Max: Wow! Not seen that before! What does he call that?
Daniel: I’m sure he’s as surprised as anyone by that move. Let’s call it the ‘Crawling through the Wreckage’. Why? Because I can. Anyway, the important point is that, in getting one up on Sky Ryder, he has eliminated himself!
DAMIAN WRECK OUT
Whyndam and Diamond have teamed up on Comoroto who tries to defend himself with slaps to both men’s faces, unconcerned that he is outnumbered. They both rush him but Comoroto grabs both by their necks and falls backwards to deliver a Double DDT. He jumps to his feet and then Baseball slides Whyndam out of the ring, but under the ropes so Whyndam remains in the match. Comoroto gets back up and turns to face Diamond. Diamond launches himself into a Crossbody hoping to force Comoroto over the top rope, but Comoroto catches him and tosses him backwards in a Fall-away Suplex. Diamond’s fall is broken by Whyndam who catches him, preventing his feet touching the ground. Whyndam rolls Diamond back in the ring unseen by Comoroto who celebrates with his back to the two men. They hoist up the unsuspecting Comoroto and spill him over the rope. Comoroto’s feet touch and he is shown the way backstage.
NICK COMOROTO OUT
Daniel: Some great teamwork by Whyndam and Diamond there. Have these two men teamed before?
Max: Why are you asking me? I thought you were the stats geek.
Daniel: Just looking for some more of your colorful insights into the wonderful world of WPW, Max. Thought that’s what you were paid for. My mistake.
Max: Pay? I’m supposed to get paid for this? When did that start?
Forsaken shakes his head, coming to after recovering from a monster PowerBomb which Big Red had managed to land on him several minutes ago. He looks for Big Red who is now tussling with Blade Lavigne. Lavigne kicks Red in the midsection and he spins to be met by a kick combo by Forsaken. He lands a Side Roundhouse, a Side Hook and a Jumping Spinkick. This sends Big Red back into the path of Lavigne who is able to send him backwards over the rope with a Clothesline.
BIG RED OUT
Daniel: That’s the end of the big man. Big Red might have been considered the favorite as he had the weight and sheer bulk on his side, but he’s gone and that just leaves us with Jason Bennett, Tank, Brock Goodman, Ben Whyndam, Alex Christopher Diamond, Mike Corral, Forsaken and Mykal Adams. Who do you fancy, Max?
Max: Well, I’ve always had a soft spot for Brock Goodman.
Daniel: Anything you want to tell us, Max?
Max: No idea what you mean, Daniel.
Alex Christopher Diamond has a rush of blood to his head and goes to the top rope intending to Moonsault Mike Corral who had been floored by a Jason Bennett Rock Bottom, but Bennett wants to finish the job himself and simply pushes Diamond off his perch so that he crashes to the floor.
ALEX CHRISTOPHER DIAMOND OUT
Bennett then goes to the top turnbuckle himself and 5 star Frog Splashes Corral. Corral seems to cough up some blood after Bennett has landed and crawls to the edge of the ring. Bennett goes to follow up with some kicks to Corral as he lies seemingly helpless but Corral swiftly lands an elbow full in Bennett’s nut-sac and he collapses clutching the crown jewels, his face somewhere between indigo and mauve.
Daniel: Corral very much the surprise package in this field. Someone that’s been flying beneath the radar this far but this could be his ticket to the stars.
Max: Nonsense, Daniel. He’s got on the wrong side of Jason Bennett and that flight is about to be grounded.
Daniel: But Corral is a first class pilot and he has plotted a course that will take him to the Tag Team Championship.
Max: Corral’s running out of gas and that last shot hit his fuel tank and……….I give up….you win the metaphor contest, Daniel. I bow to the master.
Bennett scoops up Corral as he recovers and slams him to the outside but Corral lands on the apron, grabbing the rope. Bennett grabs the back of Corral’s neck, drops to his knees and Corral bounces off the ropes. He releases his hold and flies backwards to the ring surround.
MIKE CORRAL OUT
Forsaken has targeted Tank and comes at him with a Slingshot Suplex. Tank gets back up quickly though so Forsaken uses the ropes for momentum and delivers a Clothesline. He goes to the top rope.
Daniel: Forsaken on fire!
Max: What? Why is there always an extinguisher under the ring when it’s a Hardcore Match, but never one around when you actually need it?
Daniel: Forsaken figuratively on fire as he goes to the top rope for the Wrath of the Dragon.
But Tank sees what is happening and staggers to the rope where he causes Forsaken to slip, straddling the top rope. Forsaken sucks his teeth and is frozen to the spot while Tank hits him with a ‘Dayum’ Superkick. Forsaken goes backwards in a crucifix pose narrowly missing Todd Franklin who scurries out of the way, but not before tagging Forsaken on the shoulder and pointing the way backstage.
FORSAKEN OUT
Daniel: Well, Tank survives. He may not have the talent of a JMC, the skills of a Dream, the power of a Dan Murph but he has got ambition and he’s got the work ethic that’ll take him far in this business.
Max: And he’s still in this match so let’s not forget that he could be Tag Team Champion in five minutes.
Jason Bennett is punishing the slight Ben Whyndam with a Triple Neckbreaker, popping his hips between each move, and Whyndam looks a beaten man but is still able to catch Bennett with a Running Enziguri after he is released. Bennett scents blood though and inflicts a Dropsault on Whyndam. Incredibly, Whyndam does not lie down.
Daniel: Whyndam gets back to his feet again. He’s made more comebacks than Frank Sinatra.
Max: But Frank Sinatra is no longer with us and after that shot, Whyndam will soon be joining him.
Sure enough, Bennett picks Whyndam up and does a Modified F5 to launch him out of the ring.
BEN WHYNDAM OUT
Jason Bennett goes after his next victim while Mykal Adams takes on Brock Goodman. He plants a T-Bone Suplex then pulls him up again with an arm lock. Using this as a lever, he whips Goodman against the ropes then Inverted Atomic Drops him on the rebound. Adams goes to SpineBuster Goodman but he steps aside at the last moment so that Adams goes crashing through the ropes.
Max: Adams out!
Daniel: No, Max. That was through the ropes.
Max: Mere technicality.
Daniel: ‘ems the rules, Max, and the Ladies’ Man knows it.
Adams leans nonchalantly against the barrier chatting to a front row babe while Goodman returns to the ring, hitting Tank with an Evenflow DDT. He then retreats to the rope, his back to Adams who runs up to the apron, handstands, catches Goodman in a Headscissors and pulls him over the ropes to the outside.
BROCK GOODMAN OUT
Goodman forearms Adams on the outside but Adams rolls back in the ring while Todd Franklin prevents Goodman from returning, ejecting him to the backstage area.
Adams amusement at his victory is short lived however as Jason Bennett and Tank each grab a leg and tip him backwards over the top rope eliminating him from the contest.
MYKAL ADAMS OUT
Daniel: Twenty men entered this ring and eighteen have left the same way – flying through the air like some dolphin show at Sea World. Now we’ve got two Killer Whales left. Which one is Free Willy and which one is tomorrow’s special at Wong’s Palace Restaurant, Waycross, Georgia? Ladies and Gentlemen, it has come to this – Tank versus Jason Bennett.
Max: That’s Tank, who holds a recent controversial victory over the Jokester versus Jason Bennett, who never did the Jokester any harm as far as I know.
Covers mic
Max: That’s a strange thing to be in the script. Who wrote this one?
Daniel: Beats me, Max, but it’s been a great Battle Royal as we enter the final stretch.
Bennett thumbs Tank in the eye then, knowing that there’s no disqualification rule in effect low blows Tank. Todd Franklin warns him from outside the ring but Bennett throws his arms wide as if to say ‘I don’t care’ Tank rushes him while he is distracted and TKOs Bennett before he realizes what is happening.
Daniel: Well, I blame Bennett’s parents for failing to teach him the difference between right and wrong.
Max: I blame his ninth grade girlfriend for failing to teach him that every blow job has to be paid for.
Tank tries to raise Bennett and throw him out of the ring but Bennett blocks the attempt. Both men start throwing punches but the previous 40 minutes of effort is beginning to tell. Most of the punches miss, but those that do connect cause further sagging at the knees. They both bounce against the ropes holding each other in a situation where a boxing referee would have to call 'Cut'. Tank teeters out over the top rope more as the taller man, but he brings up a knee and slowly hoists Bennett to the first rope. Bennett claps both hands across Tanks ears and he is forced to let go. Bennett gets down from the ropes and puts an arm across Tank's throat, forcing him against the ropes. This time Tank brings up a knee, catching Bennett between the legs and both men stagger back.
Daniel: Stalemate. I don't think either man has the energy to bring this one to a close.
They both eye each other in the ring until a commotion draws their attention.
Daniel: It's Blade Lavigne! He was out first. He's had time to get back to the hotel, shower, put on a new suit, have a three course meal, watch the pre-credits sequence of Lost and get back to the ring. What's he doing, though. He definitely went out over the top rope.
Max: Yes he did, but he's pissed that he was out so early, I think.
Lavigne gets in the ring, looks both men in the eyes, Superkicks both, hoists Tank up in an FU and throws him out of the ring. Bennett lies unconscious but the bell rings and Todd Franklin gets in the ring to raise his hand as the winner.
TANK OUT
JASON BENNETT WINS!
Daniel: We have a winner!!! Jason Bennett outlasts the field with the help of a fresh Blade Lavigne, but Lavigne is the one in the middle of the ring with his hands raised. Unconventional, but that's what happens in WPW. Tank worked harder than anyone else in this contest but he falls at the final hurdle. Impressed, Max?
Max: As impressed as a thirsty vampire at the Mercy Hospital blood bank, Daniel.
Daniel: A fitting lead up to our next contest, which is..........
We cut back to the backstage area. There is a large crate with wheels obviously holding WPW equipment, Cameras, lights. On top we se JMC, sitting with his eyes closed, his legs are folded in a stretching position. His eyes are closed and he seems peaceful...
???: You look like a cat up there...
JMC’s left eye opens as he looks at his Addresser.
JMC: I am The Prince of Cats, not a title easily earnt... And if we are to speak of titles not easily earnt, the bloody PCW belt that you hold in thy hand is interesting enough, My.. Friend.
The One: Very interesting, isn’t it?
JMC Smiles at Him...
JMC: You finally did it. You too what no one could imagine you would take. The Man who was shunned in the same holding cell in PCW, has taken his chance at might and succeeded! Congratulations... And I must admit I did enjoy the particular beating you left on the forehead of Scorch.
The One: Do not mention it champ, just return the favor and close the casket and on one Dan Murph. Then I shall be able to give you my own congradulation.
JMC: Oh I can promsie you that you will! I shall romise you to recieve a mention at my celebratory speech next tuesday... Carlos has promsied me a position on it!
The One: I too have been promised my own time to celebrate. Should be a regular who's who of champions come Tuesday. And then come Redemption... there shall be only one. But that is for another day my friend, first... go make it so... I will be waiting.
JMC jumps off his perch and moves off, still with a smirk on his face, Leavign the One alone with his new prize.
“Raise your hand if you’re a sinner!”
Max: I am I am!
Daniel: Shut up Max.
“With my mind” by Cold begins to play as Max sighs.
Max: Damnit, it’s just him. I fell for it again.
Daniel: Will you quit? I already told you, Stacy Keibler is not debuting in WPW.
Max: Well why not?
Daniel: She left wrestling Max.
Max: Aww, here he comes…
Mina: Introducing first, from Germany. Weighing in at 240 lbs. SiNN!
The lights in the arena flicker on and off quickly and then the chorus to “With My Mind” comes in, a Red light shines onto the stage and SiNN walks out. He raises his hands partially in the air and walks down the ramp, the red light following him.
Daniel: I thought you changed your opinion about him?
Max: I did?
Daniel: You said he was smart.
Max: Yeah, that was before the idiot rammed a pen through poor Blade’s skull. This man is sick Daniel!
SiNN slides under the bottom rope and the red light grows larger he raises a fist into the air, and when he opens his hand the red light turns off. The crowd all raise an open hand into the air as well rallying behind SiNN, with a large portion of the crowd chanting “SiNN, SiNN, SiNN!”
Max: Why in the hell are these people cheering for him?
Daniel: THAT I can’t explain. He is quite the asshole since removing the mask.
Max: For once we agree.
Suddenly the lights in the arena go out and the slow piano of “Woman with tattoo’d hands” starts up. The music plays throughout the arena as the lights remain off. The crowd start to become restless as the pitch black arena is filled with the music.
Mina: His opponent, from parts unknown, weighing in at 237 lbs. The Shadow!
Daniel: Shadow taking a bit longer than normal.
Max: Patience! A good man deserves to be allowed to take his time!
Daniel: And since when did you start liking Shadow?
Max: The instant he stopped liking SiNN!
Suddenly the lights in the arena turn back on and Shadow is already in the ring standing right in front of SiNN, but SiNN is… Extending his hand? Outside the ring stands a woman, blonde hair extending from her black hood as she stares into the ring watching the hand extended, as confused as everyone else.
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What is that idiot doing?
Daniel: I think he’s extending his hand to shake Shadow’s…
Max: Well he sure didn’t want to shake his hand earlier.
Daniel: Maybe it’s his way of making amends for a past mistake. You know, a quality all decent human beings have inside them?
Max: That’s stupid.
Daniel: I figured you’d think so.
Shadow stands before SiNN and looks down to his hand as his music slowly dies down. The crowd react, some cheering, some booing in a typical mixed reaction as they sit unsure of what to think. Shadow stares at his hand for a moment as SiNN words to him “No tricks”. Shadow looks up to his face, then looks to the crowd as he loosens his shoulders. The crowd give a slight cheer as he reaches out to shake SiNN’s hand but then he reaches up and slaps the taste out of SiNN’s mouth! SiNN’s body doesn’t move, his face simply turns to the side as the crowd lets out a chorus of boo’s.
Daniel: The nerve of Shadow! SiNN was only returning his gesture of good faith.
Max: Well when he should have returned it when Shadow offered it. It looks to me Daniel that Shadow’s offer is now off the table!
Daniel: Well this crowd doesn’t like it, and neither do I.
SiNN turns back to The Shadow and suddenly leaps off the ground and knocks Shadow on his back in a hard Lou Thez style tackle. SiNN begins nailing Shadow repeatedly with closed left fists as Shadow tries to cover up and the audience bursts into cheers. Another “SiNN” chant breaks out in the crowd.
Max: I have no idea what these people see in him. Why can’t we all just be honest? This guy is a loser Daniel.
Daniel: They see a man who’s endured pain Max. A lot happened to him in his life, and then to be betrayed by the only two people he trusted as Van Risen was surely his breaking point.
Max: Oh, but it’s perfectly okay that he abandoned those two people he trusted when they needed him the most. For Christ’s sake, Shadow defended those tag titles alone at When Worlds Collide, and if it weren’t for Amanda, he probably would have lost them there. Amanda wasn’t his tag team partner, but she would’ve done a lot better than Van Risen, SiNN, Puffy the Stupid Fish or whatever we’re calling him now did.
SiNN continues nailing Shadow with hard left fists before he throws in a nasty right elbow right to the center of the mask.
Daniel: Yes but look over their victories Max. SiNN was out for what, two months? Yet, he still has almost all of their tag team’s pinfalls and submissions. He carried that team so I don’t see why it was so awful that he might have expected Shadow to carry it for a while as well. You know, WITHOUT stealing his girlfriend.
Shadow pushes SiNN off him and gets up to one knee, but SiNN jumps into the air and hits him with a knee-only dropkick to the face. Shadow just slumps down on his side as SiNN looks outside the ring. He yells something inaudible to the referee, then slides under the bottom rope and grabs a ladder, folds it up, and tosses it back under.
Max: There’s a difference Daniel between carrying, and dragging. If you think SiNN carried Shadow, that’s your opinion. But Shadow didn’t have SiNN to help contribute. He was put in constant handicap matches, time and time and damn time again forced to defend those belts. I don’t blame him for not wanting them anymore by the time SiNN came back. I wouldn’t want to be his partner either. Hell, we already saw earlier tonight what happened when two teammates don’t get along, now we’re seeing what happens when it’s been a little longer brewing. SiNN was always jealous of Shadow, and everyone knows it.
SiNN slides back under the bottom rope and ducks an incoming clothesline from Shadow. SiNN hits him in the nose with a closed left fist, in the gut with a closed right fist, and then in the chin with a left handed uppercut. Shadow falls back as SiNN looks over to the ladder and a sadistic smirk spreads across his face.
Daniel: You sure it wasn’t the other way around? Look, we’re not going to agree on this, but I think Shadow envied SiNN, which correct me if I’m wrong, but is a sin itself. I mean look, he walked around with SiNN’s tag team belt, now he walks around with SiNN’s girl. Call me crazy, but it sounds to me like he became SiNN.
Max: You’re wrong.
SiNN grabs Shadow by the hood on his head and pulls it down. He then clutches Shadow by the top of his mask and simply throws him forward face first onto the ladder. Shadow’s chest takes most of the blow, but he still hits the ladder and lies limp on it for a few moments as SiNN hovers over him.
Daniel: Well ladies and gentlemen, I’m not gonna false advertise this one. It’s not going to be a long match, and it damn sure won’t be a pretty one, but mark my words both of these men have been waiting for this match for a long, long time, and neither one of them is going to want to walk out of here with the loss.
Shadow sees SiNN jump in the air over him and he quickly rolls over on the ladder as SiNN lands chest first on the ladder with a splash intended to sandwich Shadow. Shadow stands and pulls SiNN by the head off the ladder, then kicks it toward the ropes where Amanda in her mask reaches out and grabs the ladder pulling it back out of the ring. The crowd lets out a solid chorus of boo’s as the ladder falls back on the outside of the ring and SiNN gets to his feet. Shadow turns his back to SiNN and quickly reaches behind him and snapmares him back down to the mat again. SiNN quickly gets back up to his feet and turns around to catch an incoming Shadow in a collar and elbow tie up.
Daniel: Like I said ladies and gentlemen, this one ain’t gonna last long, mark my words, but these guys aren’t gonna ease up on one another. I’d venture to say these two men legitimately hate each other Max.
Max: As well they should, at least Shadow.
Daniel: Can you try to be a little less biased please?
Max: Speak for yourself SiNNer.
SiNN grabs Shadow’s arm in the collar and elbow tie up and twists it behind his back turning the move into a hammerlock. Shadow turns around a few times trying to escape the move but then just drops to the ground chest first quickly to get away from the lock, and turns quickly sweeping SiNN’s legs out from under him. SiNN hits the mat and Shadow jumps on top of him for the cover.
One
T…Kickout!
Shadow quickly jumps forward to snap in a headlock, but SiNN evades it and grabs Shadow’s arm to hammerlock it behind him once more.
Daniel: If you’re wondering at home why the referee counted there, it’s because although this is a ladder match and ladders are legal here, it’s been decided since there is nothing to hang over the ring that the match will end by pinfall or submission.
Max: That’s bullshit.
Daniel: Explain to me how that’s bullshit.
Max: It’s bullshit that Shadow didn’t get a chance to regain the tag titles he never should have lost.
Daniel: Good lord, will you just go get a room with him already? For Christ’s sake.
Max: Getting a room with other men is against Christ Daniel, just ask Sunshine.
Daniel: Who?
Max: Never mind.
SiNN tries to keep the hammerlock applied but Shadow hits him with a hard back elbow to the face. SiNN releases the hold and Shadow quickly turns around. Shadow reaches up and violently pulls SiNN forward driving him head first into the top turnbuckle. Shadow lifts SiNN up and turns him around before throwing him back into the turnbuckle, then hits him with a hard knee lift to the abdomen! SiNN takes a few breaths as Shadow regains his stamina, then Shadow hits him with a second hard knee lift in the corner. SiNN recovers almost instantly though and all of a sudden bursts out of the corner with hard left hands to the face of Shadow!
Daniel: SiNN is relentless here tonight Max, I haven’t seen him look this good since…
Max: Since when? Your night in the Sahara together?
Daniel: Honestly, I’ve never seen him look this good. SiNN is fired up with an intensity I haven’t ever seen, at least not live in person.
Max: He’ll burn out. He always does, and then he makes a stupid mistake. You’ll see.
SiNN clotheslines Shadow to the mat, then looks back to the outside. He points at Amanda then runs full speed at the ropes and baseball slides to the outside. Amanda runs in complete fear as SiNN lands near where she was standing, but SiNN doesn’t go after her, and instead grabs the ladder and tosses it back under the bottom rope.
Max: Now you see, that’s disgusting. He just tried to attack his ex girlfriend? How low can one man possibly stoop before these dumb ass fans stop cheering him?
Daniel: He was going for the ladder Max, and these fans are dumb asses, they’re cheering him because he’s a guy they can relate to.
Max: …HOW?
Daniel: How what?
Max: How can anyone possibly relate to this man?
Daniel: …Just call the match Max.
Max: I am, but I don’t understand how anyone can possibly relate to this psychopath!
SiNN slides under the bottom rope after the ladder and Shadow starts violently stomping away at his back. SiNN tries to crawl near the ladder and Shadow stomps his face down onto it! The crowd lets out an “ooooh” as SiNN brings his hands to his face covering up his forehead.
Max: See Daniel! Stupid mistake! Haha!
Shadow rolls SiNN onto his back and makes the cover.
One
Two
Shoulder up!
Shadow stands and just looks down at SiNN who attempts to sit up, blood steaming down his hand from his forehead underneath.
Max: Ahhh ha ha ha! He’s busted open!
Daniel: Try to sound a little less overjoyed, yeah Max?
Max: Why? This is great! Haha!
SiNN gets to his feet but Shadow simply stalks behind him and slams him head first into the turnbuckle. Shadow smirks under his mask as he watches SiNN slump down to his knees, then he turns around and kicks the ladder back under the bottom rope again as Amanda runs forward and grabs it pulling it the rest of the way out as once again the crowd shower them in boo’s. Shadow walks over to SiNN and grabs him by the back of his head again and attempts to slam him head first into the turnbuckle a second time, but this time SiNN grabs hold of the top ropes and holds himself back. SiNN reaches behind him and forcefully pulls Shadow forward and instead hits his head against the top turnbuckle taking his place! SiNN does it a second time, then when Shadow almost falls back he grabs his head and slams it back into the turnbuckle a third time causing Shadow walks backward disoriented. SiNN runs to the ropes as Shadow walks dizzily toward the center of the ring and SiNN hits him with a diving forearm! SiNN reaches over and hooks the leg.
One
Two
T…Shoulder Up!
Max: Whew!
Daniel: You think it was over already?
Max: You never know, Shadow obviously has mixed emotions coming in to this, he’s torn, I think he feels bad for SiNN.
Daniel: Feels bad for SiNN my Canadian ass!
Shadow grabs the Ref by the shirt and uses it to pull himself up as SiNN runs at him a second time going for a second flying forearm. Shadow ducks and SiNN crashes into the referee knocking him down.
Max: See, look at that, your man just attacked the official!
Daniel: Oh come on, it was obvious that was accidental?
Max: Great, next thing you know Little Tom Franklin is going to show up here again and try to call this one. Thanks a lot you moron!
SiNN looks down to the ref knocked out and his expression seems pissed off at first, but then a sadistic grin spreads across his face. He looks to the outside of the ring again and Amanda already runs before SiNN can slide out and grab the ladder again. SiNN does just that, but that’s not all he gets on the outside.
Daniel: What is SiNN doing?
Max: I don’t know but did you see his mood change in the ring there? I swear this man is a retard? 100,000 sperm and he was the fastest? Good lord in heaven.
SiNN reaches under the ring as the crowd slowly begin to cheer. He grabs something, then looks to both sides quickly as the crowd start to light up.
Max: What the hell are they cheering about.
Daniel: I think I know Max.
Max: What?
Daniel: You’ll see…
Max: Tell me I want to know!
SiNN pulls a table out from under the ring as half of the crowd cheer, and the other half seem somewhat disappointed.
Daniel: Aw…
Max: WHAT?
Daniel: Nothing Max.
SiNN slides the table under the bottom rope and then slides back into the ring where he meets an incoming Shadow with a left hand right to the nose. Shadow staggers back for a moment but then takes a step forward not one second before SiNN reaches forward and scoops Shadow up before slamming him back down on top of the ladder. Shadow yells out in pain as the crowd wince and SiNN moves back toward the table.
Daniel: Hey, I told you, this won’t be long and it won’t be pretty. This is a street fight Max.
Max: No it’s not a street fight, it’s a ladder match, and that table is illegal in a ladder match! Is it a Tables, Ladders, and Chairs match? No! It’s a ladder match Daniel! And of course, the stupid referee is out so he doesn’t notice the table in the ring, so glad he could be out here to keep order and all!
Daniel: What’s stopping you?
Max: Oh… I have hemorrhoids Daniel.
Daniel: …
SiNN begins to set up the table, but Amanda Rhyme starts pulling on one of it’s legs from the outside. SiNN looks down at the mask covering the blonde’s face, then suddenly drops to the mat and slides outside of the ring. Amanda screams and runs away from the entrance ramp and toward the announce tables as SiNN takes off chasing her.
Max: You condone that, you condone that Daniel?!
Daniel: Well she’s interfering in the match!
Max: She has every right to!
Daniel: How so?
SiNN chases Amanda around the corner when suddenly she trips over a ladder. Amanda falls to her masked face, then rolls over onto her back and puts her hands above her. SiNN stalks slowly over her as she pleads with him to leave her be, but SiNN continues moving slowly over her when suddenly from inside the ring a ladder flies over the top rope and hits SiNN in the head. SiNN gets hit in the temple and almost looks as if he were knocked out before falling to one knee. Shadow slides under the bottom rope and then hits SiNN hard in the face with a closed right fist, then tosses him under the bottom rope. He looks to Amanda and she nods to him and looks as if she’s saying she’s alright, then he grabs the ladder and pushes it back under the bottom rope. Shadow looks to Amanda one more time to make sure she’s ok as she starts to stand up, but then from inside the ring SiNN runs to the opposite ropes, then runs back and baseball slides the ladder into both Shadow and Amanda’s heads. The ladder almost decapitates them as they fall to the mat and the ladder stops just short of the announce table!
Daniel: Holy shit!
Max: Holy shit!
A “Holy shit” chant breaks out as Amanda and Shadow both lie on the ground outside the ring motionless as SiNN slides back under the bottom rope. SiNN clears Mina from her chair and walks past her and actually starts digging for something behind the ring bell. He then stops, and grins again as he looks out to the crowd. This time a few less people buy into it.
Daniel: Is it….?
Max: Is it what?
SiNN pulls a microphone out from behind the ring bell as a few disappointed muffled boo’s can be heard from the audience.
Daniel: Aw.
Max: Okay, can someone please tell me what the fuck I’m missing?
Daniel: Language Max.
Max: Fuck that, this is fucking PPV, and I want to know what the fuck is going on!
Daniel: You wouldn’t understand.
Max: Why?
Daniel: Because you don’t understand anything damnit, now shut up and watch the match!
SiNN tosses the microphone over the top rope as it makes a loud PUTT as it hits the canvas inside the ring. He then leans down and grabs Shadow by the back of his mask and robe and tosses him under the bottom rope rolling him back into the ring. Finally, SiNN grabs a ladder and throws it over the top rope as well, it landing on top of Shadow as Shadow covers his face. SiNN rolls back under the bottom rope and walks to the microphone, picks it up, and walks back toward Shadow.
Daniel: What is SiNN doing here?
Max: You tell me, you’re the one who can relate to him.
Daniel: I think SiNN has something to say.
Max: What? Oops. My brain just hit a bad sector?
SiNN pulls the microphone to his lips and begins to speak into it.
SiNN: Shadow… When they told me I had to pin you tonight that pissed me off! So I decided, I wanted something else… See Shadow, I don’t care about the ladders now, but I do want to hear you say I quit!
Max: SiNN is trying to turn this into an I Quit match!
Daniel: Pinning Shadow isn’t enough for him! He wants to hear Shadow submit.
Max: Shadow won’t!
SiNN smirks as he looks down into Shadow’s eyes.
SiNN: So, what do you say?
Shadow reaches his arm up and SiNN reaches his arm down to hand him the microphone. Shadow pulls SiNN’s arm roughly and brings him sloppily down to the mat, landing on top of the referee who was finally starting to get up. Shadow almost stands but SiNN nails him in the face again with a hard left hand sending him back to the mat. The crowd suddenly erupt in boo’s as their attention is taken away from the ring, and toward the entrance ramp where Kayne Risen is seen running down the ramp.
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What is Kayne doing here?
Kayne slides under the bottom rope and walks up behind SiNN and SiNN turns ready to nail him in the face with a closed left fist but Kayne throws his hands up. A camera man runs up quickly to try to catch the audio on their conversation but misses the first few words.
Daniel: We haven’t seen Kayne since he got put out of action after someone hit him with a car at Ruined Fate.
Max: Someone? You mean Shadow!
Daniel: Now we don’t know that Max, but the way Shadow’s been acting lately, I wouldn’t be surprised if you were right all along.
The camera man slides under the bottom rope and gets inside the ring. SiNN pushes the camera man back but the audio of Kayne talking is still picked up.
Kayne: I’ve been trying to contact you for weeks! Remember the mustang that hit me?!
SiNN: What about it?! Why is this important NOW?!
Kayne pulls the black shard out of his pocket. It looks like a small broken off shard of a bumper.
Kayne: Look…
Kayne flips the shard over and the opposite side of the shard is yellow, but all of a sudden from behind Shadow nails SiNN in the back of the head with the ladder! SiNN falls face first into the mat as Kayne looks up just in time to have the ladder rammed into his head as well, right between the eyes! The shard goes flying as the camera man runs out of the ring. The referee starts to stir again as Shadow sets up the ladder in the middle of the ring and yells “It’s over!”.
Daniel: Is Shadow going to climb the ladder here? Is someone finally going to use the ladder as something other than a weapon?
Max: Kinda looks that way Danny! And it’s about time, SiNN has to bring out Kayne to try and screw Shadow over!
Daniel: SiNN didn’t bring him out here, he came out on his own.
Max: Get real, they’re SiNNdicate buddies right? This is one big plot!
Shadow begins slowly climbing the ladder, the crowd booing louder the higher he gets. Shadow gets near the top of the ladder before he looks down at SiNN below him and makes a cut throat motion as EMT’s attend to Kayne Risen and begin helping him toward the back.
Max: He’s signaling for The End! The real The End!
Daniel: The End isn’t a high flying move!
Max: It is now! The real one is.
Shadow climbs up one more step so that he’s one away from the top, then swings his legs around to stand on the other side of the ladder ready to jump off.
Daniel: Someone could get hurt badly here!
Max: Good! Good!!!
Shadow looks as if he’s going to jump when suddenly the audio in the in the arena gets filled with the sound of a woman’s voice saying “oooooh no, have you ever felt lonely… heeeerrrreee…”
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What the fuck?
Daniel: That’s… Amanda’s music?
The crowd look around confused for a moment when… Low and behold, Amanda Rhyme appears on the top of the stage!
Daniel: Oh my God!
Max: What the FUCK?
Daniel: Amanda Rhyme is here, but… She’s here, like, up there, not down here!
Max: What the living fuck is going on?!
Amanda takes off running down the ramp as the “masked Amanda” at ringside looks at Shadow in the ring, then up to the real Amanda, then back to Shadow again. The camera picks her up yelling “What do I do?” to Shadow. Shadow yells back “Stop her!” The “masked Amanda” charges the real one but the real Amanda Rhymes clotheslines the imposter to the ground outside.
Daniel: I can’t believe this! Amanda Rhyme didn’t betray SiNN all along! When she said she wasn’t going to show up at Ruined Fate, I guess… I guess she really didn’t show up!
Max: I’m fucking confused.
Daniel: Amanda told SiNN she wasn’t coming, then this “masked Amanda” did come. It was a mind game all along, we just assumed it was her, but… Well… Obviously it’s not!
Max: Well then who the fuck is it?
Shadow looks back down to SiNN as he clenches his teeth together hard under his mask. SiNN, seeing the real Amanda show up stands up quickly. SiNN looks to her outside the ring and mouths the words “I’m sorry” to him. Shadow sees the distraction and jumps from the top of the ladder but SiNN turns around! SiNN catches The Shadow in mid-air and reverses the flying crossbody into The End!!!
Daniel: Holy Shit! SiNN hit The End! SiNN hit The End!
Max: Damnit no!
Daniel: Cover!!!
One
Two
Three…Foot on the ropes!!!
The crowd boo’s loudly as Shadow limply rests his foot on the bottom rope, and SiNN looks over in disbelief. SiNN pulls Shadow back up to his feet though, and then clotheslines him down hard into the mat!
Daniel: Even if SiNN didn’t get the pin there, it’s obvious that Amanda showing up and not being the woman who has been messing with his mind the last two months has fired him up!
Max: But why here? Why now?
Daniel: Maybe she was tired of sitting back and watching someone steal her identity? Whatever the case, this 5’5” blonde beauty has returned, and she has made it clear she is on SiNN’s side!
Max: Well it’s just a whole night full of stupid returns isn’t it Daniel?
SiNN lets out what can only be called a roar as he looks down to Shadow, then points to the ladder. He grabs the microphone and begins climbing the ladder one step at a time, and opposite to Shadow, the crowd cheers with every step up the ladder that he takes.
Daniel: SiNN has the respect of every man, woman, and child in this arena tonight!
Max: Not EVERYONE Daniel.
Daniel: I didn’t include idiots in my previous sentence did I?
SiNN gets to the top of the ladder when The Shadow gets to his feet below. The fake Amanda blindsides the real Amanda outside the ring and the two begin to brawl as SiNN pulls the microphone to his lips. He looks out to the crowd and yells “Raise your hand if you’re a Sinner!” The crowd all cheer and raise one hand high in to the air as a “SiNN, SiNN, SiNN” chant breaks out! SiNN looks to his left, looks to his right, then looks straight above him as he stands two steps from the top and screams into the microphone “BRING IT DOWN!”
Max: Bring what down?
Daniel: Oh my…
Slowly from up above something begins to lower down toward the ladder. Audience members in the first few rows begin cheering as they see what it is, and everyone else waits anxiously.
Daniel: Oh my God…
Max: What in the fuck is that smell?!
The audience members in the front rows cheers are quickly replaced by them covering their mouths and noses as the straps above the ring lower down a black, maggot covered, HAM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Daniel: It’s!!! …. Oh god that smell…. It’s HAM!!!!!!!!!!
Max: WHAT THE FUCK IS HAM!?
An audience member throws up behind Daniel and Max, but both men avoid the chunks as they land on the ground below.
Daniel: It’s an ham that SiNN used to carry to the ring with him! He debuted it over a year and a half ago!
Max: Then why in God’s name is it still there?! My God it smells putrid!
Daniel: It’s HAM!
Max: And you call me sick!!! You said you relate to this man! He is lowering a year and a half old, maggot filled, putrid smelling HAM from the damn ceiling. Listen to what I just said!!!! He’s lowing a MAGGOT FILLED HAM from the damn roof of this arena, and I’M SICK? ME?!
Daniel: Relax Max!
Max: I won’t relax! This is the most disgusting thing I’ve ever seen in God damn my life!
Daniel: In one match we saw the return of Kayne Risen, then the return of Amanda Rhyme, and now we see the return of HAM!
Another member, this time near the entrance ramp, throws up on the people in front of him as HAM finally reaches SiNN. The Shadow had begun climbing the ladder while HAM was lowering, but after seeing HAM he hesitates. SiNN reaches up to grab the HAM and Shadow suddenly runs quickly up 4 steps! SiNN grabs HAM from the straps holding it above, the camera zooming in on HAM to show a slimy, ooze dripping from it and a maggot dripping with it onto the top of the ladder. Shadow attempts to blindside SiNN while he’s reaching for the HAM but suddenly the lights go off, and the arena goes completely dark.
Daniel: What in the world?
Max: Nooooow what?!
The audience boo’s as the lights stay off, then everyone looks up in dead silence at the titantron as they hear a slow beeping noise.
Daniel: Oh my God…
Max: What?
Daniel: Were the rumors true…?
Beep…Beep…Beep… A huge 12:00 plasters itself on the titantron as the rest of the arena remains in darkness. For about 10 seconds the 12:00 continues to beat on the titantron, but then it disappears and just like that, the lights turn back on.
Max: False alarm?
Daniel: Max, look!
Inside the ring, SiNN still stands atop the ladder with HAM in his hands, and Shadow now lies on the mat below seemingly unconscious.
Max: Oh no! SiNN struck Shadow in the head with that God damn HAM while the lights were out.
Daniel: Or was he attacked…?
Max: Attacked by who?
SiNN stares down at Shadow and then signals to the fans. The fans applaud, many of them confused, and then cheer as SiNN pats his elbow.
Daniel: He’s signaling for the InSiNNcerity Max!
Max: Why do all his moves have to have stupid names?
SiNN climbs up to the top rung on the ladder, and almost slipping on the slime HAM has dropped, he then dives off with a monster elbow drop as hundreds of camera’s flash in the audience. The ladder falls with SiNN as he plants the huge elbow in the throat of Shadow as he holds on tightly to ham, all the audience members stand, and at least one more vomits from the smell. SiNN reaches over and hooks the leg as the referee goes down to count.
One
Two
Three!!!
Mina: The winner of this match as a result of a pinfall, SiNN!
Amanda Rhyme slides under the bottom rope and runs to SiNN. She closes her eyes and wraps her arms around his sweaty waist and reaches up to whisper something in his ear. The camera isn’t in position to catch her lips or hear what she’s saying, but it is in position to see the fake Amanda slide into the ring behind SiNN.
Daniel: SiNN! Watch your back… Max! She has a tire iron!
Max: What is she going to do with…
DING!!! The masked blonde woman low blow uppercuts SiNN between the legs from behind as Amanda jumps back in fear. SiNN stands in place and reaches down to grab his junk as he stands in pain for a moment, and the blonde haired woman throws the tire iron at Amanda’s face. Amanda ducks the tire iron and rolls quickly out of the ring as the masked woman moves toward the fallen ladder and drags it over in front of SiNN. SiNN regains his strength just enough to push the blonde haired woman away. HAM drops to the floor, as well as the pen he was pulling out of his tights.
Max: Holy shit that bitch kicks ass! Look what she just did to everybody’s disgusting hero.
Daniel: Someone get out here and stop this! This match is over.
Max: Please wheel that disgusting HAM to the back!
The masked woman moves back toward SiNN but he grabs her by the mask. SiNN begins pulling violently at the mask as she reaches up to stop his hands when all of a sudden The Shadow kips up!
Max: What the fuck?!
Daniel: What in hell? He just kipped up like nothing was wrong with him!
The Shadow quickly kicks SiNN in the groin and then grabs SiNN in a side headlock. Shadow grabs him by the belt and looks out to the fans for a moment.
Daniel: …No.
Shadow jumps backward and brings SiNN’s head down in a violent DDT on top of the ladder! The crowd gasp in fear as SiNN hits and bounces off of the ladder, then rolls onto his back with blood literally squirting from his head. Shadow leans down toward SiNN and begins to scream at him. “Is this what you wanted?! You couldn’t have just been content could you?! Let me show these people what you really wanted!”
Daniel: My… God… I can’t believe what I’m seeing.
Max: I’m not really sure what I’m seeing anymore.
Shadow violent kicks Ham out of the ring as it leaves a big nasty black stain near the turnbuckle. Shadow then leans down and grabs the pen SiNN dropped, then walks over to his fallen former tag team partner. He looks to the masked woman and commands “Lift him!” as Amanda Rhyme shakes outside the ring in fear.
Daniel: That’s enough Shadow! That’s enough damnit! Someone get out here and stop this!
Max: He’s going to ram that pen in his head like SiNN has been doing to everyone else.
Shadow positions the pen as if he’s going to ram it into SiNN’s head, but then he shakes his head. He hands the masked woman the pen as SiNN just drops to his knees.
Daniel: Thank God, Shadow had a change of heart.
Shadow then quickly pulls SiNN back up to his feet, grabs him in a side headlock, hooks his belt and jumps backward where the masked woman holds the pen straight up! SiNN’s head lands on the pen and without penetrating his skull, the pen simply bends in half between the mat and his head. The crowd look on shocked and speechless as a pool of blood begins to form around SiNN’s head, and The Shadow stands over him. Shadow reaches down and grabs the microphone laying on the mat and brings it to his lips. He looks from side to side to all the fans in attendance who aren’t even booing him anymore, but just looking at the scene silently. A few people in the crowd can be heart uttering things such as “Is he dead?” and “Is this part of the show?” Shadow breaks the silence.
The Shadow: God forgive me…
Shadow drops to one knee and the masked woman reaches over and pulls the mask off his face. The died blonde hair of The Shadow can be seen as his face is staring down at the mat, before he looks up and his grey eyes look darkly at SiNN on the mat giving everyone a good look at his face.
The Judge: For I’ve SiNNed…
The Shadow’s music blares through the arena as The Judge stands to his full height.
Daniel: Oh… My… God… I can’t believe what we’ve just seen…
Max: …I honestly don’t know what to say.
Daniel: Well that makes two of us…
Amanda still shakes outside the ring, wanting to enter but afraid for her life. The Judge closes his eyes for a moment then opens them as the blonde woman stands before him. She puts her hands on his waist as he reaches up and removes the mask.
Max: Isn’t that…?
Daniel: That’s Stephanie O’Donnell, the daughter of former PCW Owner Jeffery O’Donnell, she even controlled the company for a time.
Max: …Damn!
The Judge looks into Stephanie’s eyes as a smirk spreads across her face. Stephanie tries to hide the smirk by biting her bottom lip, but The Judge simply moves in and plants his lips on hers. The two kiss in the middle of the ring as the crowd finally reacts by booing the living hell out of them.
Daniel: This is absolutely disgusting! These two are taking pleasure in what they’ve done here tonight!
Max: Well… Wouldn’t you…?
Daniel: What?
Max: Think about it Daniel. The Sha… The Judge kept that mask on for exactly nine months today! Nine months he kept his identity a secret, and apparently settled an old score. Not only was he not identified after all this time, but his plan worked. He’s in the middle of the ring standing tall, with a woman I might add, while SiNN is on the mat possibly dead!
Daniel: Well he can be proud all he wants, but this is absolutely disgusting. I can’t even describe the levels of betrayal and lies involved here, and how this man for all this time kept the attention away from himself just so he could, apparently, do what he did today… It’s sick Max. SiNN isn’t sick, this man is.
The Judge and Stephanie finish a sloppy kiss before Judge looks back out to the crowd. He simply smirks and walks toward the ropes before pulling the top rope up, and pushing the middle one down with his foot. Stephanie leaves between the two ropes, then waits on the ring apron as The Judge climbs out himself. The two then leave the ring apron as Amanda Rhyme is finally able to crawl under the bottom rope, as are the EMTs that were also waiting in fear, and check on SiNN.
Daniel: Well, I wish we could talk more on this, but we still have one more match left tonight, and it’s the most important of them all.
Max: It sure is Daniel.
Daniel: I just hope that we get some answers from The Judge, sooner rather then later…
Max: Well while we clean up the carnage we have just witnessed, fans the next time we will see you on pay-per-view will be Redemption on Sunday, May 12th! And the only thing we know so far about WPW's biggest pat-per-view of the year is that we will finally crown an Undisputed WPW Champion as the PCW Champion *insert me here ;)* will go against our WPW Champion whether it be Dan Murph or the most prolific champion in wrestling today, James Moriarty Cassius.
Daniel: I can't wait! If you fans think you saw something here tonight, jsut wait when WPW pulls out all the stops for Redemption.
Max: It may sound cliche, but it is like our Superbowl.
Daniel: I wonder what other kinds of crazy....
Daniel's mike is cut off as all the lights drop down in the arena. An ominous blue light hangs over the entrance way as the crowd is standing in anticipation. A funeral dirge screeches through the arena as four masked men slowly emerge from the entranceway as they roll the casket down to the ring.
Max: Well I guess this is it...
Daniel: What a night it has been thus far as WPW brings to you Everything Ends, live from Patterson, Ga. But folks….and Max…we are not done.
Max: No sir, we’re not. It is time for WPW’s first ever Casket Match….and it is for the richest prize in the game. (Looks over at Daniel) Yeah, I know. That fat tub of lard Jim Ross says that all the damn time, but it is true. And, not to mention, I say it better than he does.
Daniel: Ok. (Shakes head) Guess I should be used to you going off on a tangent. But in any case, the WPW World Heavyweight title is on the line, and as Max stated….it is going to be fought over in a Casket Match.
Max: No rules. Anything goes. Only thing the referee is going to have to do is watch as one man puts the other inside a casket, but that aint the end of it.
Daniel: Nope. You must wheel the person in the casket and put the casket in the back of the hearse. (Both Max and Daniel look over to the side of the stage where a hearse has just backed into the arena and come to a stop. The fans are getting pumped, as they actually cheer…..yes, cheer the hearse’s arrival. Max and Daniel look out at the fans, taking in the moment). What a rarity. Fans are actually cheering for a hearse.
Max: Yeah. Under normal circumstances, I would say the people here in Patterson, Georgia are a bunch of wacko’s. But…..seeing as how they know what that hearse is symbolizing, and they know that the Main Event is just around the corner, I will give them a pass.
Daniel: I’m sure the fans are grateful to you, Max. Folks, get ready for a match that is sure to be one to remember. JMC and Dan Murph have been at each others throats since Dan won the number one contender’s spot. These two men can’t stand one another.
Max: That is an understatement, Daniel. Dan Murph wants to cripple JMC. Hell, Dan believes that JMC is not even a real wrestler. I mean, the guy did start out as a manager.
Daniel: That is true. But there is no question that JMC has earned his spot as the top dog in WPW. He has beaten all challengers. He has held on the Heavyweight title for seven months. Max…..JMC is the real deal.
Max: I agree. JMC has taken on all comers. He has held onto the title for seven months. No argument. JMC is good. But….this is a casket match. This is a match where any and every thing is legal. This is not a wrestling match. JMC is stepping into a world that is tailor made for Dan Murph. And I for one feel that the Champ’s time has come. Dan Murph is leaving here as the new…WPW….World Heavyweight Champion.
Daniel: You make a good point Max. Everything you said about this match is true. It is in Murph’s favor. It fits him to a “T”. But then again, JMC has gone into matches that he was told he had no chance of winning. And guess what? He overcame all the odds.
Max: But at some point…..at some point…..the odds will turn against JMC. And I feel that it is going to happen tonight. Don’t get me wrong. JMC will put up a fight. I am a believer. I know the guy is as tough as they come. But Dan Murph is going to walk out of here as the Champ. This match, along with Murph’s physical prowess, is just too much for JMC to have to overcome.
Daniel: Valid point, Max. Folks….the time for talking is now over. These two men….Dan Murph and the WPW World Heavyweight Champion, JMC….are about to settle this once and for all. This is going to good folks. Thank you for joining us. Now…..let’s do this.
Camera picks up Mina Henderson standing inside the middle of the ring. The fans are going crazy. The arena is buzzing. It is almost time to conclude what has been one hell of a PPV. Camera focuses back onto the lovely Mina as she prepares to talk.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, it is time for the Main Event for the evening. The following contest is WPW’s first ever Casket Match, and it is for the WPW World Heavyweight title.
“Victim” hit’s the speakers and the arena fills with a chorus of boos. After about ten seconds of the music, out steps Dan Murph. The fans are showering him with intense heat, but it is not affecting Dan at all. In fact, he seems to be happy that the fans are booing him. Dan said it best in one of his rp’s. Nobody is giving him a chance. And it is this “under dog” role that Dan has adopted. He walks to the ring with a purpose, not even looking at the fans as he walks down the entrance way. He gets into the ring and then shouts out a humongous “roar”. The fans can’t stand the self proclaimed Irish Bastard, but Dan does not care. He is all business tonight. And his business is walking out of Patterson as the new WPW Champion.
Mina: Introducing first, the challenger. He hails from Waterford, Ireland. He is the number one contender for the WPW World Heavyweight title….he is Dan Murph!
Daniel: Whether you like him or not, there is no denying that Dan Murph is a viable threat to the title.
Max: He sure as heck is. In fact, he might very well be the most dangerous threat JMC has had.
Daniel: He could. I will also say this. I have never seen Dan look this focused….this intense. He is all business here tonight folks.
Max: And I have this feeling he is going to succeed here tonight. Dan Murph is walking out of here with the title. Mark it down. Call your bookies. Dan Murph will win!
Daniel: He has a great shot at doing so. But….he still has to beat JMC. And that is easier said than done.
“Don’t Forget The Rules” hits and the fans come to there feet. After a few seconds, out steps the WPW World Heavyweight Champion, JMC to a thunderous pop. Sophie is by his side as the Champ looks out over the crowd taking in all the applause. JMC and Sophie look at one another and then make there way to the ring. JMC and Sophie slap some of the fan’s hands showing there appreciation for all the fans support. JMC gets to ringside and then locks eyes with his opponent. Murph has a cold stare on his face. JMC has one as well. These two look to be ready to tear one another apart. Sophie then tugs on her brothers shoulder, breaking his trance. He looks at his sister and then nods. He then climbs into the ring. Referee Paul Turner is now in front of Murph, telling him to back away. Surprisingly, Murph does what he is told to do. JMC then gets into the middle of the ring, takes his title off, and then holds it up over his head. The fans go nuts as the flashbulbs go off like fireworks. Murph then brings the title down and then hands it to Turner. JMC backs up to his corner. He tells Sophie something in her ear, and she nods. Sophie steps out of the ring.
Mina: And his opponent. He hails from Bad Segeberg, Germany, and he is the current WPW….World Heavyweight Champion….he is….JMC!
Daniel: This is a man who has been what a Champion is defined to be. JMC has never backed down from any challenger or from any challenge. He has defended his title against some of the best the business has to offer. He has wrestled in matches that were not made for him. And here he stands….as the WPW Champion.
Max: I will admit this. I thought JMC would be like a one hit wonder. Here today, enjoying his 15 minutes of fame, and then gone like that. But he has proven himself to be a resilient son of a gun.
Daniel: He has. And Max, I will agree with you on something you said earlier. This match could be the one that could end it all for JMC. Make no mistake about it. Dan Murph is for real folks. But so were Dust. Brock Goodman. And countless others. JMC has proven one thing. You are going to damn near have to kill him to take that title off of him.
Max: And Dan Murph is capable of committing “murder” here tonight. That man wants this. He has been waiting for this. He feels it is his time.
Daniel: No doubt he does. I……I……….meh! To hell with it. Let’s get this thing started and let’s let these two settle this inside the ring. Or outside the ring. In the bathroom. Wherever this match happens to go. Let’s get it on, BABY!
Mina Henderson has made her exit from the ring, but before she is to take her seat, Turner hands her the belt. Turner gets into the middle of the ring and calls for both Dan and JMC to meet him there. Both men make there way to the center of the ring, keeping there gaze upon one another. Turner begins to tell the men that anything…..ANYTHING…..in this match goes. He goes on to explain that he is there for two reasons. To see one of the men placed in the casket and then into the hearse, or to call off the match should one of the two men not be able to continue. Turner then orders both men back to there corners, and both men do as they are told. Dan and JMC back up, never taking there eyes off one another. But before JMC gets to his corner, he looks down and to his right and eyeballs the casket. He stares at it for a moment, and then looks back at Murph. Dan is now looking at the casket, but as he returns his gaze upon JMC a wicked smile comes across his face. Sophie then gets her brothers attention, telling him to not focus on the casket but to focus on Murph. JMC nods, as he kneels down in the corner, and he actually prays. We saw him pray in his last promo, and here he is doing it again. Murph just laughs it off, as he yells out “God won’t save you tonight…Champ!”. Turner makes his exit from the ring, and then he looks to the man who is sitting next to the bell. Turner motions for him to strike the bell, and the man does so. Once the bell sounds, the lights dim a bit as the match is now officially underway. JMC gets to his feet as Murph stays in his corner. Murph starts to walk to his left, as JMC is walking to his right. They are circling one another, as the fans (who are all on there feet) begin to stomp on the floor. They are ready. Max and Daniel are ready. The world is ready to see this match. Murph looks out at the crowd and then back towards JMC. Murph then walks to the center of the ring. JMC does the same. They tie up! Murph then shoves the Champ backwards and down to the mat. Murph laughs at JMC, but the Champ gets right back up to his feet and locks arms with Dan. Murph then scoops JMC up and connects with a body slam. Murph is laughing yet again, but the Champ gets right back to his feet and rushes in on Murph. They tie up, and this time shoves JMC backwards so hard that the Champ hit’s the ropes. Murph is laughing and is now looking out into the crowd as he tells them that JMC is no match for him. But he doesn’t realize that the Champ bounces off the ropes. When Murph turns around JMC is right there. The Champ begins to kick away at the legs of Murph. One kick to the right leg. One kick to the left leg. Kick to the right. Kick to the left. This is repeated several times. Then, Murph goes for a clothesline, but it is ducked by JMC. The Champ kicks Murph in the back of the right leg…and then the left leg…..right….left…..repeated several times. But Murph will not go down. JMC then dropkicks Dan in the back sending Dan into the ropes…but not over them. JMC gets to his feet as Dan turns around and faces him. JMC charges in, but Dan ducks and he sends Murph over the top rope. But the Champ lands on the ring apron. Murph turns, and as he does, JMC catches Murph by the head and brings the challenger’s neck down onto the top rope. Murph goes staggering backwards as JMC hops up onto the apron and then springs onto the top rope. JMC comes flying off the top rope as he lands on top of Dan, his legs places perfectly as he is looking for a hurricanrana. But Murph is too strong, as he fights it off. He has JMC in perfect position for a power bomb, and he looks intent on hitting it. Murph walks over to the ropes. The crowd sees this and they know what Dan is thinking. Murph is going to try to cripple the Champ, and quite possibly make this match shorter than anyone anticipated.
Daniel: He can’t be serious!
Max: Anything goes Daniel. And, I think we both know that Murph is serious about this.
Daniel: If he hits this, it could not only mean the end of JMC’s title reign, but it could end the career of JMC.
Max: Stop being so dramatic here. It is just a power bomb over the top rope and down to the hard, unforgiving……
Daniel: Enough!
Max: ….floor!
Murph is over at the ropes, ready to power bomb JMC. But as Murph attempts the move, JMC is able to grasp the top rope. As he does this, he is able to send Murph flying over the top rope, and down to the floor. JMC hangs on to the top rope, as the fans pop for the Champ and for the reversal. JMC is now back in the ring, and as he turns back to look at Dan, he sees that the challenger is back to his feet…and he is not pleased at what just happened. Murph pounds on the outside ring apron, obvious frustration is hitting him. But then he backs away and starts to walk around the ring….calming himself down. JMC looks on, studying what Murph is doing.
Daniel: Great reversal by the Champ.
Max: Yeah, but did you see what Murph did? Not only did the fall to the floor not do a damn thing to him, he also showed everyone watching that he will not let little things like that get to him. He knows what is on the line. He knows that he has all the time in the world and that he does not need to foolishly rush into anything.
Daniel: So you are saying that Murph is actually thinking?
Max: I am. Why are you so surprised by that?
Daniel: Because of how he has done things in the past. I mean, this match has been called “Braun vs. Brains”. Not “Brain vs. Brain”. (laughs).
Max: I’m not saying Murph is thinking about his next few moves. He doesn’t think like JMC does. I’m just saying that Dan is taking his time, and trying to avoid making that one mistake that could cost him this match and the title. However, you had better hope that Murph does not hear that you said he was some big dumb animal.
Daniel: I didn’t say that Max.
Max: Uh huh. Whatever.
As Max and Daniel continue there friendly banter, Dan has made his way back into the ring, as he has slowed things down. JMC has kept his eyes locked onto Murph. Dan then smiles, as he holds out his right hand. Dan is calling for a test of strength. JMC looks at Dan’s arm and then at him and asks “Are you serious?”. Murph nods that he is. JMC looks to the crowd, who (emphatically) tell the Champ not to fall for the trap that Dan is laying out. Murph tells the fans to shut there damn mouths, and he is replied to with a ton of heat. Murph then begs JMC to answer the challenge, but the Champ seems hesitant to do so. Murph pleads with the Champ to “be a man” and answer his challenge. JMC then, hesitantly, decides that he will “be a man”. Sophie cannot believe her brother would fall for this, as she screams her non approval of her brothers choice. Dan smiles as JMC comes towards him, his hand out. They are about to lock up, when suddenly JMC, using his “cat-like” reflexes, twirls to the side of Murph and then right behind. The Champ then jumps on the back of Murph and locks on a sleeper hold. The fans are loving it, as th “Prince of Cats” outsmarted the “Irish Bastard”. But Dan is able to grasp a hold of JMC, and as he does, he slings the Champ over his shoulder and down to the mat. The Champs back hit’s the mat with force. Dan looks for an elbow, but as he comes down JMC moves out of the way. Cassius to his feet as he quickly executes a leg drop that connects. JMC back up as he then connects with another leg drop. JMC then gets up and goes to the turnbuckle. He gets to the top of the turnbuckle, but as he does Dan has made his way back up to his feet. JMC looks at Dan. Dan motions for JMC to jump off at him, pounding his chest in the process. JMC doesn’t fall for it, and he looks to get down from the top turnbuckle. Dan begins to laugh, taking his eyes off of JMC and then looking to the crowd and talking smack to them. JMC sees this as he is still on the top turnbuckle. Dan turns and is greeted to a missile dropkick, compliments of JMC. The fans pop for it, loving that the Champ seized an opportunity.
Daniel: Dan Murph needs to quit talking to fans, or else he will find himself a loser in this match. You cannot take your eyes off of JMC. He is just too good for you to do so.
Max: It is still early Max. All Dan needs is one power move to turn the tide. All JMC needs is to throw everything he has in the hopes of somehow weakening the bigger Murph. Hell…..this is David vs. Goliath….in the flesh….in 2007.
Daniel: Can’t argue with that analogy there. But, remind me….who won that battle? Hmmm?
Max: Well, history says David won, but then again….how are we to know if that is really accurate?
Daniel: You amaze me sometimes, with the crap you say.
Max: Well, it is a “story”, and someone could’ve decided to write it as David winning, when Goliath could have actually won. But…back to the present…..cause this David vs. Goliath will have a true, accurate ending. Goliath will prevail.
JMC up to his feet, but when he gets up he sees that Dan is also up as well. Dan looks mad, but he calms himself down as he backs away to a corner to gather himself. JMC notices this and seems to be “shocked” to see Murph actually calming himself down. So, in an act that is usually not like JMC, The WPW Heavyweight Champ rushes in on an unexpecting Murph. As JMC rushes in, from out of nowhere Dan comes out with a vicious clothesline that almost decapitates the Champ. The fans let out a collective “ohhhh” as the back of the Champs head hit’s the mat with fierce force. Murph smiles, now knowing that he has turned the tide in the match. He immediately picks JMC up and applies a bear hug. Murph is looking to wear down the faster, more nimble JMC. He squeezes as tight as he can, letting out a roar as he does this. Sophie looks on, now with a worried look on her face. She knows that Dan is in control now, using his strength to squeeze the life out of JMC. But this is JMC we are talking about here. A man that has shown resiliency throughout his title run. He looks at Murph, smiles, and then head butts Dan. Dan laughs at the first attempt, but JMC then hits him with six consecutive head butts….and the sixth one staggers Murph enough to cause him to let go of the bear hug. Instinctively, as Cassius’ feet hit the mat he grabs Dan and takes him down with a Russian leg sweep. The Champ is to his feet, as he grabs Nurph’s right leg and then his left….JMC looks out to the crowd and they know what the Champ is about to do. Time for Dan to make a wish…or shall we say….wish that JMC would not do what he does, as the Champ brings his legs down right on top of Dan’s groin. No doubt all the men in the audience feel for Murph. We hear Dan and Max cringe through there voices into there headsets. JMC gets back to his feet and he is right back to the legs of Murph, this time the right leg. JMC begins to twist the leg, working it over for the next few minutes. Twist and turn. Twist and turn, as Murph winces in pain.
Daniel: A smart move by the Champ. Weaken the legs of Dan Murph and you can take away some of his power. The theory here is that it will make Murph think about trying a power bomb or something like it.
Max: No doubt Daniel. This is smart by the Champ. He has to find some way to weaken Dan because there is no way he can be physical like Dan can be to him. Hate to say that, but it is true. And we all know I am about telling the truth.
Daniel: Of course it is true! Everyone knows that JMC cannot stand toe to toe with Dan.
Max: Well, duh! There is one problem though.
Daniel: And that is?
Max: JMC will have to do this for the next hour, or even longer…just to barely weaken him. JMC will have to come up with something better than twisting and turning the leg.
JMC then drops an elbow on the inner thigh of Murph’s right leg. But this turns out to be a mistake, as Murph is able to overpower JMC and wrap both legs around the Champ. But wait….JMC sees it coming, and he is able to wiggle free before Dan can lock his legs. Murph sits up, but as he does, JMC comes running in with a drop kick right into the kisser of Murph. JMC is to his feet, but as he turns back towards Dan, he sees that the “Irish bastard” sits up. JMC is on top of it though, as he wraps his hands around the chin of Murph, driving his right knee into the back of Murph. But after about ten to fifteen seconds of this, Murph is able to grab hold of JMC, and then whips him over his head and down to the mat. This time, Murph is right on top of JMC, driving his elbow into the forehead of the Champ. He rubs, and rubs, and rubs away with force. Murph gets to his feet, trying to shake off the effects of JMC working over on his right leg. He pulls JMC up and then whips him into the ropes. JMC comes off the ropes and receives a back elbow from Dan. Murph then grabs both legs of JMC, spreads them…..”paybacks are a bitch Champ!”, screams Dan. Murph stretches the legs out as far as he can, as he “makes a wish”. Dan looks out into the crowd and then smiles. He is feeling confident.
Max: Haha! Dan Murph is one funny guy.
Daniel: Can’t blame the guy for wanting to give JMC a taste of his own medicine.
Max: Now we are about to see Murph take total control of this match. JMC is in trouble.
Daniel: It doesn’t look good for the Champ, but it is still early in the match.
Dan is right on top of JMC, as he sits on the chest of the Champ and punches away on the face of JMC. Right after right connects. Sophie looks on and then looks to referee Paul Turner. But there is nothing he can do, cause anything goes in this match. Murph gets up, and as he does he drags JMC up as well. Murph whips him into the corner. Murph runs in looking to bull rush him. But instinctively, JMC moves out of the way as Murph’s front side hit’s the turnbuckle. JMC grabs Dan from behind. Reverse neck breaker connects, as the fans roar there approval. Sophie is now clapping, seeing that her brother is no longer in danger….at least for now he isn’t. JMC then decides that he would like to give Dan a taste of his own medicine. JMC sits on top of Dan and then punches away at Murph’s face. The crowd is loving it, and so is Sophie. JMC gets to his feet and then starts to psych himself up, much to the crowds delight. JMC sees that Murph is getting up, and as Murph does get to his feet, JMC (ala Ric Flair) chops blocks the right leg of Murph. Dan goes right back down to the mat. The Champ is right back on him, grabbing the right leg and kicking the inside of it. JMC then wraps his legs around Murph’s right leg and fall to the mat. He is stretching on it, pulling on it, doing all that he can to weaken it.
Daniel: Well, thus far in this first ever Casket match, the action has stayed inside the ring and it has been more of a “wrestling” style match.
Max: And it has to stay this way if JMC wants to retain his title. He cannot get physical with Dan.
Daniel: But you have to wonder what it will take for JMC to weaken Murph enough to be able to get him into that casket.
Max: It is gonna take an act of God, Daniel. That is why we saw JMC praying in one of his promo’s. JMC will need “divine” intervention to pull out a win here.
Murph is in pain, as the fans at home see it on there TV screens and the fans in the arena see it on the tron. JMC is using all that he has to injure the right leg of Dan. Dan knows he cannot go for the ropes. That won’t do cause Turner cannot make JMC break the hold. Dan must figure out a way to get out of this and save his leg from further pain and suffering. After a few more seconds, Dan gets is able to sit up and as he does he begins to pummel on JMC’s legs. Punch after punch connects, as Dan is frantically trying to break the hold. But JMC is holding firm, taking the punches and trying his best to not break the hold. But Dan is not stopping, as the punches continue. Finally, Dan is successful is making JMC break the hold. However, some damage was done, cause when Dan gets to his feet we see that he is limping. JMC is up as well, and it looks like he is wanting to chop block Murph’s right leg yet again. JMC rushes in, but at the last second, Dan turns around, grabs JMC…..belly to belly connects! Dan Murph just hit a damn belly to belly, a move not normally seen in his moveset. But it does the job, and it gives Murph time to gather himself.
Daniel: Dan Murph getting “technical” here ladies and gentlemen.
Max: And you and all the fans of WPW thought that Murph was just a power guy. He looked as if he had hit that belly to belly a million times in his career.
Daniel: And I am sure it caught the Champ off guard. Nice surprise from the challenger.
Max: And I am willing to bet Murph has more surprises in store for us.
Daniel: He just might Max.
Murph grabs JMC by his throat, and then holds him up in the air. Dan is choking away on JMC and then he sends the Champ down hard to the mat. Murph gets JMC back up and then whips him into the ropes. He catches JMC, and connects with a sidewalk slam. Again, a move that Murph is not commonly known for using. But this is a World title shot, and it is clear that Dan is pulling out everything he has to try and win this match. Murph is to his feet, trying to shake off the effects on his right leg being worked over by JMC. Even with the noticeable limp, Dan is right back to work on JMC. He picks the Champ up and places him in the corner….into the tree of woe position. Dan then walks backwards. He pauses and looks out to the crowd. The fans know what is coming, and though Dan can’t run at full force, there is no doubt this is going to still hurt the Champ. Dan run-limps in with as much force as he can muster, ramming his body into JMC. The fans “gasp” at the sight and sound of the collision. Sophie turns away and winces. She can’t bear to see her brother in this position. Dan backs up and grabs at his right leg. That impact also hurt him a little bit, but he could care less. He will take some amount of pain if it means becoming the World Heavyweight Champion. Dan then slides under the bottom rope, his feet hitting the floor. He goes to the corner looks at JMC, who is still hung upside down in the corner. Dan grabs JMC’s arms and then brings them towards his body. Dan is stretching the hell out of JMC, as the Champ screams out in pain. Dan has a sadistic look on his face. He has JMC right where he wants him. Dan does this for about thirty or so seconds before he releases the arms of the Champ. The challenger then looks out to the fans and begins to taunt some of the fans sitting in the front row. Dan knows he is in control of the match, and he doesn’t mind telling some of the fans in the front row all about it. Dan is now back into the ring, preparing for another run at JMC. He executes it, run-limping his way into JMC with all the force he can muster. This time, the impact is such that it causes JMC’s body to hit the mat. In a way, that is good news as he is no longer upside down in the corner. But the Champ is now in trouble, and the fans in attendance can sense this. Sophie can as well.
Max: Even with Dan Murph not being able to run in like he normally could, it was still more than enough to do some critical damage to JMC.
Daniel: Sure was. I have to say this Max. Dan Murph has actually wrestled in this casket match. I honestly thought he would do all he could to get this thing out of the ring and do some damage on the outside.
Max: Well, JMC set the tone early and made this match into a “wrestling” match. Dan Murph is showing all of us that he can wrestle with JMC. But now, the power advantage that Dan has over JMC is starting to rear its’ head. He is in control of the match. A few more power moves and I am willing to bet Dan will do enough damage to place JMC in the casket and win this thing.
Daniel: Well, anything can happen Max. But you are correct. I don’t know how much more abuse JMC can take, even with Dan Murph having a hurt leg.
Murph, has just finished jaw jacking some more to the fans in the front row, as he goes over and picks up JMC. But the Champ begins to elbow the midsection of Murph, and the fans start to cheer. But it is short lived as Murph brings a clubbing blow to the head of JMC. Murph gets JMC up to his feet and then he places him on the top turnbuckle. Murph then climbs up to the middle turnbuckle. He can’t be serious! Murph then locks up and gets to the top turnbuckle. He is serious. Super plex connects! Dan Murph just hit a damn super plex. Murph sits up and is all smiles. He points to his temple and says that he is no dummy. He can plan out a match as well, and thus far, he is proving to all of us that he sure as hell can. Murph then gets to his feet and then waits for JMC to stir. After a few seconds, JMC is stirring and is beginning to make his way to his feet. Murph then places himself behind JMC, waiting patiently for JMC to get up. He is stalking his prey, and an unsuspecting JMC does not know that Murph is ready to pounce on him. JMC gets to his feet, and turns. Murph grabs him and places him in position for the Cyclone. This could be it! The fans are in shock, as Dan……NO!…………..JMC wiggles free. Dan turns and sees that JMC is on his feet. He rushes in towards JMC, but at the last second, JMC ducks Dan and helps propel the challenger over the top rope. But much like JMC did earlier in the match, Dan is able to land on his feet on the outside. JMC turns as Dan grabs him. JMC rakes the eyes of the challenger. We then notice that the casket is behind and beneath Dan. It is not opened, but it is the first glimpse of the casket we have seen since the match began. JMC runs to the other side of the ring, comes off the ropes runs and spears…..YES!……….JMC freaking spears Dan. Dan goes falling backwards right on top of the casket. It didn’t break though, as the fans come back to life. JMC sees Dan on top of the casket. He then climbs the turnbuckle and then gets to the top. The Champ looks out at the crowd, who are still standing on there feet. JMC signals for it. The fans ready there cameras. JMC comes off the top turnbuckle. Swanton! Swanton! The flashbulbs go off, as JMC connects with the Swanton. The impact was such that it sent Dan through the casket, tearing it into pieces. The fans are going rabid. JMC hit his move, but the casket is now in shambles. A “Holy Shit!” chant breaks out in unison. Both men are down.
Daniel: That was insane!
Max: JMC just broke the damn casket with that move. How the hell are we gonna finish this match without a damn casket? This is a casket match for Heaven’s sake!
Daniel: I don’t know Max, but you have to love this action. In a matter of minutes we went from a wrestling match to seeing something like that!
Max: But we lost the damn casket!
Cameras then pick up on Carlos Gonzalez talking to the four employees who brought out the first casket. We then follow them as the go and get another casket. Apparently, Mr. Gonzalez prepared for the worst, and it is good that he did. The four men then bring out the second casket down to the ring, as the fans cheer. Carlos walks out and he motions to Paul Turner that the match will continue. Turner nods as the men place the casket at ringside and then make there way to the back.
Max: Whew! Should have known Mr. Gonzalez would be on top of things. The man prepared for the worst.
Daniel: Indeed he did folks. This match will continue.
JMC is up. He sees that the casket Dan was on top of is now in shambles. But it doesn’t take him long to notice that another casket has been brought down to the ring. JMC makes his way to the new casket and opens it. Dan is still down, and JMC now senses that he can end this match. He grabs Dan by his head, using all the strength he has to get him to his feet. He walks Dan to the casket and is about set to try and put him in it. But when JMC attempts to do so, Dan blocks the attempt by placing his hands on the casket. Dan then drives an elbow into JMC. The Champ staggers backwards. Dan then turns, grabs JMC……DDT connects on the floor! Just like that the tide has turned. Both men down again, as Dan Murph has bought himself some time. After about a minute of so, Dan is up to his feet. He grabs JMC by the head and then looks to the steel barricade. He picks JMC up over his head, and then drops the Champ down, his throat catching the brunt of the blow from the barricade. Murph staggers backwards, and then rests his body against the outside ring apron. He is a little spent from being put through a casket and all, so he takes another moment to rest himself. JMC is now grasping at the barricade, trying to pull himself up. Murph then comes off the apron and makes his way to his right. Seems he has a plan. He backs up as JMC is now getting himself up. Murph comes running in, looking for a spear, wanting to pay back JMC for spearing him. But at the last second, JMC moves and Murph connects with the barricade. Well, actually, he goes through the damn thing and into the laps of several of the fans in the front row. Lucky fans. Getting up close and personal with a WPW superstar. No doubt a moment for all of them to remember. A “WPW” chant breaks out, as the fans clap and cheer for the action they are seeing.
Max: I think it is safe to say that this match has now turned into the type of match we thought it would. Throw out all the wrestling stuff now folks. This is about to get bloody. You can just feel it.
Daniel: Wow! Dan Murph just went through the damn barricade. Imagine if he had connected with the spear. Both he and JMC would’ve went through it.
Max: And this is the kind of action you get from WPW.
Daniel: Too true Max. And, you are right. You can feel that this match is about to take it up another notch. It was inevitable.
Max: In…..In…..what the heck?
Daniel: Inevitable, Max. Means it was bound to happen.
Max: Oh! Right. I knew that.
Daniel: (chuckles) I’m sure you did.
JMC looks over at the fallen Dan. Maybe that was enough to put the challenger down. As we get a glimpse of Dan, we see that he is now bleeding from his forehead. This actually gets a nice pop from the fans. Crazy Georgians. Loving the sight of blood. JMC gets to his feet. He goes and grabs Dan, again, using all the strength he has to get the big man to his feet. The Champ is able to get Dan up. He begins to walk both himself and Dan to the casket. They walk over the shambles from the original casket, and arrive to the replacement casket. JMC, struggling and using all he can muster to do so, is able to get Dan inside the casket. The fans roar there approval. JMC has to take a moment to gather himself. He then reaches for the lid. But then, a hand comes up and grabs JMC by the throat. Dan is not out of it yet. Dan then rams JMC’s head into the lid. JMC goes staggering backwards. Dan then sits up and then stands inside the casket. He then comes flying out of the casket, hitting a flying clothesline! Both men are down again, but Dan Murph just saved himself and the saved the chance to winning the title.
Daniel: Dan Murph saved himself there.
Max: Did you see that. Even after going through a casket and a barricade, Dan Murph is still plenty strong enough to hit a flying clothesline. Tell me how anyone could’ve betted against this man?
Daniel: Max, we all knew that Murph was a worthy opponent, and I don’t think anyone doubted he could walk out of EE with the title. But JMC is not an ordinary Champion.
Max: Well, Dan Murph is not an ordinary challenger.
Daniel: I agree. It looks like it will come down to which ever man is able to take the most punishment from his opponent.
Max: And that favors Dan.
Daniel: We shall see.
Murph gets to his feet, albeit a bit wobbly. JMC is down, but he is stirring. Surprisingly, Dan grabs JMC and tosses him back into the ring. He gets on the ring apron and begins to think about what he should do next. Dan then gets into the ring, scoops JMC up and connects with a scoop slam. He then grabs JMC and whips him into the ropes. Big boot connects, but for some damn reason Dan used his right leg which is the hurt one. This stings the challenger, as he winces in pain. He is also mad at himself for doing such a “dumb” move. Still, he is in control of the match. Dan then turns JMC onto his belly. The Black Death! The Black Death! Dan has his version of the Cobra Clutch applied. No doubt he is looking to wear down and possibly make JMC pass out. The Champ can’t even think about the ropes, as they will do him no good. He is in trouble. Serious trouble here. Dan rares back as much as he can, but when he does we see that he is wincing as well. Remember. Dan went through a casket, and the effects on his back are still lingering. Still, Dan will deal with the pain for now, as he works over on JMC. The Champ is fighting for all he can, trying to do all he can to not pass out. Sophie is at ringside urging the crowd the get behind her brother. The fans begin to stomp and clap, hoping that JMC will feed off of them and not give up. Dan yells at the fans to “shut up”, but this only intensifies there clapping and stomping. Sophie is banging on the outside ring apron as hard as she can. After another minute or so, Dan figures that JMC will not pass out. JMC is showing one reason why he has been the champ for so long. He is most resilient. Dan breaks the hold, and this makes the fans and Sophie very happy. But the damage has been done. Dan looks to the casket, and then looks back at the fallen JMC. He looks back to the casket and then looks out to the fans. Dan makes the gesture of the title going around his waste. The fans shower him with intense heat for doing so, but Dan could care less. He senses victory is near.
Max: Get ready Daniel. Get ready to crown a new WPW World Heavyweight Champion.
Daniel: It sure doesn’t look good for JMC. Dan might have let loose of the Black Death, but it looks like the damage was done.
Max: And it was a great idea by Dan Murph. He knew he had JMC down and hurt. So, he decides to hurt him some more and take a lot out of him. Dan Murph has been near perfect in this match.
Daniel: I have to agree. With the few minor mistakes, Dan has used his power wisely and has even hit some moves we don’t normally see from him.
Max: He has JMC up and by the head. It is time to place JMC in the casket, close it, and then place him in the hearse to win this thing. Mina, go ahead and hand the title to Paul Turner. This one is over with.
Dan walks himself and JMC to the ropes. He then places JMC on the outside ring apron, but when he does, JMC shocks him with a flurry of rights. The fans come to life, as there Champ is showing signs of life. He punches like a mad man, but then Murph rakes the eyes of JMC. Murph, now furious, gets on the outside ring apron, and then locks up JMC in position. No way! Dan Murph sets JMC up………….FUCKING CYLCONE! Dan Murph hit’s the Cyclone on top of the replacement casket, which shatters the casket into pieces. Dan and JMC have just destroyed a second casket, this time it is JMC going through it. The fans pop like crazy. They might not like Dan Murph one bit, but they can appreciate the action they are seeing in this match. Sophie’s jaw looks like it is about to hit the floor. Another “holy shit!” chant breaks out, along with another “WPW” chant.
Max: Un……freaking…..believable!
Daniel: I have to join in with the fans. WPW baby! That is all I can say.
Max: They just destroyed the replacement casket. This is insane. Now how can this match continue?
Camera then goes backstage and shows an irate Carlos Gonzalez. He walks into a room and sees that he has one more casket. It is quite larger than the first two, and this does not seem to sit well with him. He asks one of his staff members why he only has the one “large” casket left? Carlos says that he does not want to use it cause it means he has to pay the full price for it. The staff member says that that is the last casket they have. Carlos can’t believe it, but he takes a deep breath and then tells the staff member to leave. Carlos then calls for the four guys who brought out the previous two caskets. He tells them to get the large one and take it to the ring. We hear the fans applauding, as the four guys bring the large casket out. Carlos is one stage with a mic in hand.
Carlos: I don’t want to use this large casket, but this is WPW and this is Everything Ends. I am not about to end a World Title Match in a no decision. Dan…..JMC. I hope you two can hear me. If you guys break this final casket, then I will have no choice but to do just that. This match continues Paul. And please, make sure those two do not break this last casket.
Carlos walks to the back. Though he has made us fans happy, we can tell it doesn’t sit well with him having to use this rather large casket. The four men make there way to the back. The camera then focuses in on JMC, and now he is busted open after suffering from a Cyclone, compliments of Dan Murph.
Max: What a guy that Mr. Gonzalez is. He is willing to suffer a bit in the check book to give us all the match we wanted.
Daniel: I seriously doubt his bank account will suffer any kind of dent from a casket.
Max: Yeah, but look at the size of that casket. It looks like it could hold Andre the Giant. It is huge. I’m sure that cost a pretty penny Daniel. And Carlos Gonzalez was willing to pay for it to have this match continue.
Daniel: Well, I am thankful that he did decide to use the last casket he has. But man oh man, you know he has to be worried. JMC and Dan have already destroyed two caskets. What’s to stop them from destroying this one?
Max: Who knows? Maybe since this is a bigger one it means it could also be more sturdy. Let’s hope they don’t destroy this.
Dan stirs, trying to get to his feet. He grabs the ring apron and pulls himself up. He sees JMC lying over the shambles of the destroyed casket. He then looks to his left and sees that another casket has been brought down. This brings a smile to Dan’s face, as he makes his way towards JMC. Dan gets JMC to his feet and then walks him over to the new casket. It takes him a few moments, but he is able to place JMC inside the casket, and is now ready to close. Dan can smell victory, as he closes the lid on top of JMC. The fans are stunned. Now all Dan must do is wheel the casket to hearse, place it inside, shut the door, and he will be the new WPW World Heavyweight Champion. Dan begins to wheel the casket towards the hearse, all smiles as he does so. But before he can get halfway to the hearse, the lid comes open. JMC sits up, showing all of us his bloody face. Going on pure adrenaline alone, he jumps out of the casket and connects with a Lou Thiez press. The fans are going rabid now, as JMC pummels away on the head of Dan Murph. The Champ is not ready to relinquish his title. He still has fight left in him. But so does Dan, and he is able to roll the champ off of him. Dan and JMC both get to there feet. JMC goes in at Dan, but Dan connects with a boot to the Champ’s gut. JMC hunches down. Murph sets him up on his shoulders, looking for a power bomb! JMC begins to wail away on the head of Dan, trying to prevent the move. JMC then looks to counter with a hurricanarna, but Dan is able to prevent that move and bring JMC back up into position. Again, JMC fights it off with rights to the head of Dan. Then, JMC is able to turn himself around, and as he does this he wiggles free and slides off of Dan’s backside, his feet hitting the floor. Dan turns, and gets a super kick to the face. He staggers backwards. When he does this, JMC can see that the casket is not far from Dan. For a second time, JMC connects with another super kick, and again this staggers Dan backwards, inching ever so close to the casket. JMC looks winded, but for a third time he connects with a super kick. Dan is so close to the casket now, as he staggers backwards a little bit more. JMC the digs deep down, and for a fourth time he attempts the super kick. But this time, Dan is somehow able to block it. He then looks to JMC and points to his brain, as if to say he has caught on to what JMC is trying to do. He spins JMC around, but when he does so, JMC is able to connect with a spinning kick (ala Shelton Benjamin), which sends Dan Murph face first into the casket. The fans roar with there approval. JMC is spent, as he struggles to stay on his feet.
Daniel: Dan Murph thought he had outsmarted JMC, but he might have made that one mistake that could come back to haunt him.
Max: NOOOOO! Come on Dan. Get up! This is your time.
JMC then looks into the casket and sees that Dan is not out of it. No sense in trying to wheel Dan to the hearse. He would more than likely get out of the casket and the match would continue. JMC then thinks, and then he jumps into the casket with Dan.
Max: What the hell is JMC doing?
JMC then grabs then legs of Dan Murph, and……..no freaking way………………..CASSIUS SHARPSHOOTER INSIDE A FREAKING CASKET! The fans are going nuts! Sophie is jumping up and down, giving the boys at ringside a wet dream fantasy.
Daniel: Cassius Sharpshooter is what he is doing Max! He has the big man in the casket, and he intends to keep him in it!
Max: I can’t believe this. A sharpshooter inside a casket!
Daniel: You said it yourself Max. That casket could fit Andre the Giant. Well, Cassius must have figured he could do it, so…he did!
JMC is using all that he has…every bit of strength he can muster….to make Dan Murph pass out. No doubt that is the plan here. But as the camera picks up on Dan’s face, he is nowhere near ready to pass out. But then again, even with the casket being large, it doesn’t look like there is room for him to make an escape. He will have to come up with something clever, or just use all the strength he himself can muster to get out of the hold. Cassius has it locked on good and tight, and even though he is spent as well, he has the leverage on Dan. Dan is fighting though, doing all he can to stay in this thing. One thing to note is that Dan has not even tapped. Not that it would do any good, but it shows that he is doing all he can to survive the sharpshooter. After about three minutes of being in the sharpshooter, Dan uses his hands to push himself up a bit. We see the strain on his face as he is now attempting to muscle his way out of this. He strains, trying desperately to break the hold. It looks like he might have it……….NO!……he falls flat to his face. But immediately, he is right back to pushing himself up again.
Max: That’s it Dan. Don’t give up. You have it in you.
Daniel: Can it be possible? Can Dan Murph muscle his way out of this?
Dan is digging deep down now. But so is JMC, doing all he can to keep the leverage and not allow Dan to muscle his way out of this. Dan pushes up, and he is doing it. The fans can’t believe it. Sophie can’t believe. Hell, I am writing this thing and I can’t believe it. Dan is about to…………………..NO!……he falls back down to his face. The camera then focuses in on him and we see that Dan used all he had left. He’s not out of it, but he is well spent. JMC breaks the hold, and then he stumbles out of the casket. He then grabs the rim of the casket to pull himself up. He looks inside and sees that Dan is down and out. JMC looks at him and shakes his head. He cannot believe that Dan did not pass out. Before he closes the lid, JMC looks to say, “Damn good fight, Dan!”. He closes the casket and then gets in position to push it the rest of the way to the hears. The fans pops got louder and louder the closer JMC gets to the hearse. JMC opens the door to the hearse, and then he pushes the casket inside of it. JMC closes the door, and the bell sounds. It is all over. JMC has survived the very first Casket Match in WPW history, but it wasn’t easy. “Don’t forget the rules” hits as Mina Henderson makes the official announcement.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of the match, and still, WPW World Heavyweight Champion……James….Moriarty…..Cassius!
Daniel: What a match. What an ending.
Max: I can’t believe Dan lost in a match that he was tailor made for.
Daniel: Just goes to show you the resiliency of the Champion. But, even in defeat, Dan Murph proved that he is ever so close to becoming a Heavyweight Champion. My hats off to him for the effort. Hell, any normal man would’ve passed out from being in a Sharpshooter that long.
Max: True. And I hope Mr. Gonzalez saw that Dan Murph does, in fact, deserve a rematch. But, my hats off to JMC as well. He survived another match that was against his style of wrestling. The man took it to Murph, and I will say kudos to him for doing so. Man….I want to see these two wrestle again.
Daniel: I agree Max. I wholeheartedly agree with you. These two will, hopefully, meet again.
Sophie rushes to her brothers aid, as he is struggling to stay on his feet. His face is a crimson mask, and Sophie is concerned that her brother is losing too much blood. Paul Turner comes over and hands the WPW title to JMC. Sophie looks to JMC and wants to help him to the back. But he puts his finger up, and tells her that he wants a minute or so. JMC then makes his way to the hood of the car. He then gets on the very top of the hearse and stands. He hold the belt up high for all to see. He is beaten. He bloody. He is bruised. But he is still the Champ. The flashbulbs go off as the fans give him the loudest pop of the night.
Daniel: What a moment folks. What a moment this is.
Max: Well, he earned it. But he should savor it, Daniel. Cause Dan Murph is coming and when they meet again I have this feeling we could see a different outcome.
Daniel: Only time will tell, Max. Well folks, thank you so much for allowing us into your living rooms. It has been an honor to call this PPV for you, and we hope you enjoyed it as much as we enjoyed bringing it to you. On behalf of all of us at WPW, thank you and goodnight.
The camera goes back to JMC still holding the title over his head. What a sight it is, as the camera fades to black.
Credits:
Backstage Segments
Writers: Mike Adams, Chris F'n Cash, Prometheus, CTRanks, Neo, Legendaryken
Jamie Parker vs. The Main Man
Writer: Prometheus
Jokester vs. Gunnar Brian
Writer: CTRanks
Beno vs. Chris Cage vs. Phill Bennett
Writer: Paul O Mac
MVP vs. Twizted
Writer: Gunnar Brian
Justin Dreamer vs. The Stallion
Writer: Scorch
Gerard Carson vs. Spaz
Writer: Prometheus
PCW Championship Match
Writer: Neo
20 Man Battle Royal
Writer: Legendaryken
SiNN vs. The Shadow
Writer: The Judge
Dan Murph vs. James Moriarty Cassius
Writer: Chazz
Right after the song we are taken quickly to Amy White who is seen backstage with a mic in her hand infront of an Everything Ends Banner.
Amy White: Hello everyone, tonight looks to be a monumental night in WPW history as we will crown the final PCW Champion in a Six-Pack Ladder Match. I am standing here with one of the competitors. Jerimiah 'The Shocka' Ranks.
The camera zooms out and we see Jerimiah standing by with Amy looking at the ground as he chews gum.
Amy White: Jerimiah Ranks tonight you step into the biggest match of your career as you have you're first and final chance to become PCW World Champion . How are you feeling as the time grows near for your match.
Jerimiah spit his gum out off screen as he bobs back and forth.
Jerimiah Ranks: Ya know Amy you can talk and talk about the day when you get your opportunity to become a World Champion, but it's nothing like actually being in the moment. I'm here at Everthings Ends the biggest WPW event yet and I am stepping into the biggest match of my life. As the clock winds down to the time for me to step into that ring with five other men, i am getting more and more anxious. I mean look at me, I can't even stand still, but as anxious as i am.... i know that once i step into that ring and look around at the crowd in attendance and look around at my opponents and look up at that title belt that all this anticipation and anxiety will go away. I will stand there and the only thing i left will be my determination to win that match and walk out Champion.
Jerimiah then looks into the camera.
Jerimiah Ranks: To my opponents... as the time draws nearer for our bout i want you all to take a deep breathe and walk out there knowing that you are going to bring your best to that ring, knowing that when we meet that i am facing you at your peak performance. I say this because when the smoke clears i want there to be without a shadow of a doubt that the best man is walking out as the champion. I know i will be fighting at my best and I will do anything to walk out of this arena tonight as Champion. So when we get into that ring, don't expect any mercy or remorse because tonight there will be none. This is it.... i'm walking out there a man a misson and there will be no turning back and no surrender! This man has waited his entire life for this moment and he will not let there be any room for regrets or mistakes! I feel the electricity in me and I am ready to strike. So Dust, The One, Xavier, Adams and Scorch BE PREPARED TO BE ELECTRIFIED!!!
Jerimiah puts his hood on and walks away and we are taken to Max and Daniel at ringside.
Max: Jesus, who did Ranks blow to get that promo spot?
Daniel: What he means is....Hello fans and welcome to Everything Ends!!!
Max: Oh shit, we're on? We've got a hell of a show tonight for you fans. We've got the a two out of three falls hardcore match, two tag team title matches for the same set of belts, two count em TWO ladder matches, and the big one...
Daniel: The first ever Casket Match for the WPW Title!
Daniel: And it’s time for our first Match of the night and I think from memory this is the first time that we’ve ever started a Pay Par View show with a title match, no less one so odd.
Max: Odd? What the hell do you mean by that? It’s Just Stallion Vs. Dreamer, two outta three falls, awesome kick ass hardcoreness to see who is less affected by having their head wrapped around a signpost! It’s what all (He looks at the paper on his table) Georgians want to see... Wait We’re in Georgia? I thought we were still in Ocala! Man we spent ages in there?
Daniel: And the fact we went past all these signs saying “Georgia” and “Patterson” Never jumped out at You... Or when I said it earlier?
Max: I thought they were typos...
Daniel: ....
Max: What?
Daniel: Anyway let’s get back to the event which is NOT Stallion Vs. Dreamer, that’s slated for later in the Card... Tonight we have one of, if not the most interesting tag team title matches in the history of WPW...
Max: More interesting than when the Shadow defended the titles against those two guys from PCW?
Daniel: Oh yes indeed!
Max: More interesting than..... Okay, I’m out... that’s about it.
Daniel: Anyway this match is Jamie Parker, one Half of the WPW Tag Team champ and The Main Man... The second half of the Tag Team Champions... With both titles on the line! You see, whoever loses will lose their tag team title. And that very title will be put up in the Battle Royal to decide who the other champion will be.
Max: So really this match isn’t about winning, but more about losing? I mean the winner gets nothing, just the glee in taking something away from their partner...
Daniel: And knowing how much the Main Man and Parker hate each other, you know that’ll be a lotta glee!
“The Prisoner” By Iron Maiden begins to echo through the arena and soon out comes Jamie Parker. Parker holds his Tag team title belt in his hand as he holds it aloft..
Mina: The Following match is for both of the WPW Tag Team Titles, coming to the Ring first, he is one half of the tag team champions.... JAMIE PARKERR!!!
Parker begins to travel to the ring after doing his usual up at the top. Rather suddenly and unexpectedly the crowd begins to boo and change their pitch for the worse. The reason for this is shown as we see The Main Man holding a steel chair above his head with his tag team title around his waist. He is sneaking up on Parker who still seems oblivious to it. As soon as TMM gets close however, Parker ducks the swung chair and ends up behind him, TMM turns and Parker and he stare at one another!
Daniel: Parker must have read the audience reaction and knew something was coming.. Now we have a Mexican standoff!
Max: There are no Mexicans.. Parker is English though.
TMM look at Parker then back at his chair, noting the large gap of distance between himself and Jamie Parker. Parker seems cautious and ready to duck anything that TMM tries. TMM shrugs anyway and looks Dejected.. Before suddenly swinging the chair at Parker. Parker moves however but not fast enough as the chair misses but Grazes the side of his head. Parker spins away but holds the side of his head in agony.
Daniel: Oh, it clipped him. He didn’t get everything that was coming to him but he got some of it and boy it probably hurts...
Max: I think that would be worse. It’d be like a chair shot except you’re not knocked out enough to not feel it!
Parker doesn’t have time to dodge the next attack as The Main Man stabs the top of the chair into his midsection, doubling him over. The Main Man Then lifts his knee up as it collides with the same grazed spot on Parker’s head, sending him falling to the ground at the entrance. Parker slowly gets to his knees but he is met by a rather unorthodox move as TMM runs at him and allows his waist to collide with Parker’s head. His waist of course having the Tag team belt around it and that adding to Jamie Parker’s agony.
Max: That Main Man will be lucky if he doesn’t get disqualified!
Daniel: Look over at Referee Chris Kay, he definitely wants to...
Max: Then do it!
Daniel: The match hasn’t started! Neither men have stepped into the ring to begin the match so there’s nothing that can be done. It’s like a backstage assault, but at the eleventh hour, and in plainsight...
The Ever-beaten side of Parker’s head that has been taking the brunt of the attack has swollen along the graze and part has burst open, leaving a trickle of blood coming down his head, some of it has remained on The Main Man’s title. He holds it up and inspects it before throwing it over his head and celebrating with it, enjoying the blood stain. The Main Man is interrupted however by the yells of Referee Chris Kay. He looks over Irate at him and orders him to get into the Ring. The Main Man ignores him however and lifts the stunned Parker to his Feet.
Daniel: Well, we’ve seen some great action here so far and we technically haven’t seen the start of our match yet!
Max: You know how I was sad that this match wasn’t the Hardcore Match?
Daniel: Yeah...
Max: I’m not so sad now.
The Main Man decides it’s time to end it and begins to pull Parker to the Ring. He motions to throw him under the ropes but pauses, thinking to himself. The Main Man then decides o a better course of action and charges, with Parker in front of him, at the corner ringpost. Parker however ducks at the last minute, falling away from it, sending the Main Man alone into the corner, connecting with his shoulder as he tried to get out of its way. The Main Man still stand but grabs at it in agony.
Max: Parker Got lucky there. He fell just as he got close.
Daniel: I think you’ll find he ducked...
The Main Man moves over to Parker who still hasn’t reawaken, He grabs for a foot while still favouring one shoulder but as eh does So .Parker Grabs him Close and pushes him back with his legs, throwing him into the apron ring. TMM leans against it as Parker gets to his feet slowly. Parker then jumps at The Main Man, hitting a dropkick to his shoulder that slams it onto the hard side of the Apron, taking all the shock from it. The Main Man falls to the floor in agony.
Max: And Parker getting some really creative offensive in..
Daniel: His first offensive so far.
Parker then Grabs the Apron and pushes his boot into the face of The Main Man. Using the top rope to give him added push. TMM flails around before he uses his forearm to hit at the shin of Parker. Parker Eventually takes his foot away from TMM and TMM stops his attack. Parker then hoists him up and moves towards the barricade. He lifts up The Main Man’s head and slams it forcefully into the barricade. All the crowd around him begin to back away except for several seemingly braver fans who watch the action from considerably up close.
Max: Oh come on, if you didn’t want to see some up close action, then you’re wasted on front row tickets!
Daniel: I think they’re more worried for their own safety more than seeing violence...
Parker begins to reel his opponent back for a second attack but as he does another set of hands shoot up and latch on to Parker’s head. Parker is stunned and lets go of TMM, the second set of hand suddenly pulls him down and collide his own head with The Rail. The Hands look like they belong to someone from the crowd. A Fan! Parker falls back, the smear of blood still left on the rail. The Main Man begins to look over at the fallen Parker then back over at what did it and sees the fan standing there, Yelling at Parker. The Fan then Taps TMM on the back, whispers a word of Advise and then runs as Security enters the fray, looking for the aggressive fan. TMM Yells out at him something along the lines of “Thanks, Castor”
Max: Yeah, you better run!
Daniel: WPW would also like to point out that we in no way condone any action involving fans attacking wrestlers, so don’t try this! You’re likely to get an angry wrestler punch your jaw into your face.
The Main Man pulls Parker away from the rail and back towards the apron. He Then hoists Parker up in a spearing position and slams him into it. Parker’s back arches as he is rammed into the side of the unforgiving mat. TMM then grabs Parker and hoists him up so his arms hook around his shoulder. TMM then jumps up and pulls Parker down onto the hard, floor below! The Main Man just hit his signature finisher, The Purple Rain!
Daniel: Oh no! This might be all over for Parker without the bell even sounding!
Max: Go and pin him!
He Main man gets up and begins to shout in Parkers bleeding face. The Main Man then takes this chance to get into some crowd heat and does so quite easily, even though the crowd could care less for Parker as well. TMM then looks over at the announcers table and looks in glee, everyone knows what he plans to do with the man he hates and an announcers table!
Daniel: Oh nononono!
Max: Running Time!
The Main Man doesn’t cart Parker to the table but instead performs a killer Irish whip that throws him at it, taking out his knees and spiralling him to where Max and Daniel Would have been if it wasn’t for their ‘running time’... The Main man them climbs over there and pulls Parker Up to his feet. But is met with a steel chair to the face. Max Stockon’s Steel chair, even with his name written on it in Pen... The Main Man falls over and lands on the Table.
Max: That’s my Chair! I need that!
Parker looks over at the Main Man and starts to look formulaic. Parker seems convinced to not put him through the table as he kicks TMM from it and onto the floor. He then motions for Daniel and Max to return to their table as he drags TMM over to the ring, propping him up on the Steel steps and the ring, leaving him in a slouching position. Parker then places Max’s steel chair, name first, in front of TMM’s face...
Max: No, Not my Chair. I don’t wanna have to spend the next two hours standing!
Daniel: Then get another one!
Max: That one has my name on it!
Daniel: You spelt “Stockon” wrong on it! But what the hell is Parker doing?
Parker reveals this soon enough as he makes his way back to the Table and climbs it himself. The crowd and Daniel all realise what he is about to Do. He looks around and then springs off his feet, sending them flying across and connecting with the steel Chair in front of The Main Man, forcing it into his face!
Daniel: An Own Goal! Parker just hit The Main Man with an own Goal from the Announcers table to the ringpost!
The Main Man falls limp as Parker holds his Leg, the move taking as much out of him as it did out of TMM. The Referee, Chris Kay still hasn’t been able to get the match to officially start and he seems to just want to leave it until one of them accidentally comes into the Ring. Eventually, Parker gets on his knees, leaning against the steel steps, his face more bloody than ever from that chair right at the start. Parker then slowly, and I do mean slowly gets to his feet, pulling TMM with him.
Daniel: I’ve just received a word from our employer, Carlos Gonzales. He states that if these two are carted off to hospital before the match can take place, then they will both be stripped of their tag team title and we will have TWO winners of the Battle Royal to take their places.
Max: Do you think that will happen?
Daniel: I have no idea what these two might do to none another that they haven’t already done!
Parker Begins to look as if he might actually start this match. He leaves TMM on the outside as he slowly climbs the stairs he was leaning against. He reaches the top ropes and tries to climb out but he is met with a forearm to his Back! TMM is groggily up and pounding on him as high as he can Reach. Parker Tries to Kick But TMM has omne more trick. He Grabs Parker and Pushes him as hard as he can against the Ropes. Parker leans forwards and Chris Kay, the Referee, looks relieved he can finally start the match. But soon Parker is thrown Backwards by the Ropes, Landing on the outside again behind TMM!
Max: Oh that was Brilliant Stuff By the Main Man! He Just threw parker form the Ring!
Daniel: And Chris Kay is irate at this!
The Main Man definitely isn’t. He seems rather pleased with his effort and Is now Scouring the steps himself. He shuffles along so that he si in line t where Parker Fell, obviously wanting to elbow drop him from up high. Chris Kay however has had enough and he yells at TMM to get in the Ring. TMM ignores but Kay has had it and grabs TMM, trying to pull him into the ring. TMM Looks at Kay with a lock of pure venom and anger!
Daniel: Oh no.. What has young Chris Kay done?
Max: TMM Gonna Kill You!!!
Daniel: You’re probably right there, even if you are stealing other superstar quotes.
The Main Man shaves Kay off Him. Kay retreats to the other side of the Ring as TMM looks back and then bovver At Kay. He then enters the Ring and move s over at Kay, looking incredibly menacing as he does so. As soon as he does enter the Ring. Kay lets out a yell and motions to the timekeeper. The Time keeper then quickly hits the bell!
*Ding Ding*
Max: Ding Ding?
Daniel: The Main Man just entered the ring! He Just started the match!
The Main Man doesn’t seem to care, he si still belligerent from Kay trying to tell him what to do! TMM raises his hands to push Kay, but the Kay points to his shirt. He’s the referee that can’t be touched. TMM hesitates and gets angrier. Suddenly the Main Man disappears from View!
Max: What the hell?
Daniel: It’s Parker!!
It is Parker! He has Snuck into the ring and set up Behind TMM. Parker rolls up TMM in a Schoolboy Pinfall as TMM is caught completely offguard!
1..................
2.....................
3!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*Ding Ding*
Daniel: He’s done it! Parker has snuck it over his old partner and now he is the only remaining champ!
Mina: Here is your Winner.... And STILL one half of the WPW tag-team champions.... JAMIE PARKERRR!!!
Parker balks now and runs out of the ring grabbing his title as he runs. Leaving The Main Man in the Ring Alone. As he retreats, Chris Kay, also retreating form TMM, raises his hand!
Daniel: Well we have a new team nonetheless and it’s going to involve Jamie Parker! But who else? Find out in the 20 man battle Royal later tonight!
The camera then fades to Connie and Tina walking around backstage.
Connie: Oh ho! Are you getting nervous for our Killing Joke's match tonight?
Tina: He's still going by Killing Joke?
Connie: I don't know it's so hard to keep track, maybe it's the Man in Black now?
Tina: No, I distinctly remembered a joke in there somewhere.
Connie: Ba-zing.
Tina: No, I didn't just tell a joke I just....
Connie: You just what?
Connie and Tina stop suddenly as they bump into the casket for tonight's main event. They peer around the casket looking ominously at it.
Tina: This isn't the buffet table is it?
Connie: No...but we really should go find The Killing Black Joke.
As Connie runs screaming away from the casket, Tina start running right behind her.
Tina: See you next tuesday!!!!!!!!!!!!
The camera then rejoins Max and Daniel at the announce booth.
Max: God, I hate those fat cows.
Daniel: But everyone is taken aback by the casket match that will be our main event here tonight at Everything Ends.
Max: Well anyways our second match of the evening will be on the crazier side of the spectrum as Gunnar Brian goes one on one with The Jokester.
Daniel: After Gunnar loosing his chance to compete for the Florida State Title he blamed The Jokester.
Max: Dan tell the real story here. The firkin nut Gunnar claims to being stalked by some lady and he’s figured out who his stalker is and plans to reveal the who it is right here tonight. Personally I think it’s probably one of those obese chicks.
Daniel: The Bees?
Max: Do you really have to ask that question. ….. Yes The Bees those fatty’s with the casket. Sheesh.
Daniel: Asshole.
DING
DING
DING
Mina Henderson: The following contest is for one fall……
The lights fade and “The Importance of Being Idle” plays.
Mina Henderson: Making his way to ring from Manchester, England; weighing in at 225 pounds Gunnarrr Brian!
The music continues to play and Gunnar doesn’t come out.
Max: Where is this nut?
Almost on cue Gunnar shows up with a microphone in hand on the stage.
Gunnar Brian: Cut the music…….
The music goes dead.
Max: Now what!?
Gunnar Brian: As I promised last week on Tuesday Night Turmoil…. I am here to expose my stalker. Now please excuse her for she is very shy.
Gunnar goes back behind the curtain and walks out with a hooded mannequin. He walks down with a slight smirk on his face nodding his head as his music begins to play again.
Daniel: By god…..
Max: Is it me or is that person under the hood kind of stiff?
Daniel: You fool that’s a mannequin, a female mannequin.
Max: Not just any mannequin Dan… that’s you wife.
Daniel: Shut up Max.
Gunnar sets the mannequin down in his corner and he takes of the hood. Nearby fans begin to laugh and Gunnar just smiles at them. Gunnar kisses the mannequins forehead and rolls into the ring.
“I am The Jokester” hits and the crowd goes wild.
Mina Henderson: His opponent from Chuckletown, New Me’hico weighing in at 250 pounds… The JOKESTERRR
Max: Did she just say Me’hico.
Daniel: I think so.
A spotlight waves over the Edward Newton Center. And then suddenly we see The Jokester swing from a rope from the ceiling, (how he got there without anyone seeing I don’t know). He swing past the ring and the fans on the other side grabs his feet slowing him down.
Daniel: What an entrance by The Jokester here in the Edward Newton Center. The fans love this guy.
Max: I think he’s a jack ass.
The Jokester drops into the crowd as they give him high fives each getting a surprise sting from a hand buzzer… some even dropping knocked out cold. The Jokester then jumps over the steel barricade and looks up into the ring at Gunnar Brian, he then look at the mannequin smiling. He looks back at Gunnar and then walks over to the mannequin and lays a big kiss on it.
Max: Oh wow… Dan you just gonna let him get away with that…
Danieal: Stop it Max…
The fans love it as Gunnar in the ring gets livid. Gunnar slides out of the ring and goes after The Jokester but the Jokester catches him with a kick to the gut and a right hand, then another kick to the gut and another right hand. Gunnar stumbles backwards holding his mouth and Jokester grabs him and tosses him into the ring following him in.
DING
DING
DING
Daniel: And this match is underway with The Jokester getting the quick upper hand by getting into the head of Gunnar Brain.
Max: Yeah by kissing his mannequin…. Can you believe this…. I feel stupid just announcing this match.
Daniel: Max…….. Nahhh that’s too easy.
The Jokester hits Gunnar with another right hand and then a left and then a right and the Jokester spins around and close lines him. The Jokester beats his chest as the crowd once again goes wild.
Daniel: Jokester seems to be more ready than ever for this match as he’s been on fire so far.
Gunnar scoots across the ring floor towards the ropes and pulls himself up slowly. The once The Jokester turns around Gunnar runs at him and give him a high to the gut followed by a side Russian leg sweep.
Max: Spoke to soon Dan… That seems to happen often… I think you’re a jinx
Daniel: Whatever you say Max.
Gunnar then drop an elbow on the Jokester and goes for a pin.
1……….
Kickout by The Jokester.
Gunnar stands and begins to stomp the Jokester over and over until the Jokester grabs his foot and trips him. The Jokester tries to quickly secure the “You’re not laughing anymore” submission but Gunnar squirms and gets to his feet and kick The Jokester in his face as he tries to get up.
Daniel: Whoa Jokester seems to be trying to end it quickly here.
Max: To no avail…I might add.
Gunnar pulls Jokester up by his head and backs him up to the ropes and whips him across the ring and catches him with back elbow sending him down. Gunnar then drops to his knees and lock Jokester in a sleeper hold. The ref is checking on Jokester to make sure if he knocks out but Jokester seems to be alive. Jokester keep shaking his head but Gunnar then tightens the hold stopping the shaking. The crowd tries to liven up Jokester up with some claps. Jokester begins to shake his arms as he seems to feed off the claps. Gunnar looks worried as Jokester is makes it onto his knees. Gunnar immediately releases the hold and hits Jokester with elbows to the head then some fists before locking the sleeper hold back on.
Daniel: Gunnar wants to give Jokester absolutely no breathing room as he locks him back into the sleeper hold.
Max: As crazy as he is I think Gunnar has the right idea here. He wearing down his opponent early here on in the match. Even if Jokester gets out of this hold it’s gonna take him some time to recover from this.
Jokester looks to be in a daze and Gunnar tightens the hold jerk Jokesters head each time. The ref then waves a hand in front of the Jokester to get a response to avail. The ref then raises the Jokesters arm..... it drops, he raises it again….. it drops, for the third time the ref raises Jokesters hand and…….. it stays up.
Daniel: The Jokester is still in this.
The Jokester pumps his arm as the crowd cheers in excitement. Jokester makes it to his feet little by little and Gunnar tries to tighten the hold but it doesn’t work. Jokester is finally on his feet and backs up forcing Gunnar into the turnbuckle and forcing the breaking of the hold.
Daniel: And Jokester is free form the sleeperhold.
Gunnar holds his back as Jokester runs across the ring and comes back closelining him back into the corner. Gunnar hangs in the corner by both arms and Jokester climbs to the second rope and starts to wail on Gunnar with punches as the 504 in attendance counts along with him.
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
8…
9…
10...
Jokester looks up at the crowd and shrugs his shoulders and continues with the punches.
11…
12…
13…
14…
15…
16…
17..
Max: See now Dan those are the thing I can’t stand about Jokester, who goes up and does 17 punches. Huh?! Name me one person you ever seen do 17 punches, this guy is an idiot.
Daniel: Well he’s definitely an originator if you as me, he unpredictability is one of his greatest characteristics.
Jokester then hops down from the turnbuckle and Gunnar stumbles out of the corner. Jokester quickly picks Gunnar up and drops him onto his knee with a back breaker. Jokester goes for the pin.
Daniel: Jokesters goes for the pin..
1……….
2…..
Kickout by Gunnar.
Jokester then gets up and walks over to the turnbuckle and climbs to the top rope.
Max: What’s he doing now?
Daniel: I don’t know Max but like we always know expect the unexpected with The Jokester.
Gunnar reaches gets up hold his back and spots Jokester on the top rope and quickly runs over and pushes his legs straddling Jokester on the top rope.
Max: Haha nice move by Gunnar.
Daniel: I agree… he scouted it and prevented him from getting of whatever Jokester had in mind.
Gunnar then gives Jokester a head butt and then climbs up to the second turnbuckle. Jokester tries to fight Gunnar off but Gunnar hits him with more head butts. Gunnar then finally hooks his arm over Jokester head and the other one under Jokesters leg and takes him back down to the ring with a super fisherman suplex. Gunnar surprisingly maintains the bridge as the ref makes the count.
Daniel: What a move by Gunnar Brian.
Max: It’s over!
1……….
2…….
Kickout by Jokester.
Both men lay there trying to catch there breathe but Gunnar is gets to his feet first. Gunnar stumbles back to the ropes as he catches his breathe, but then he spots his mannequin and starts to speak to it.
Daniel: Is Gunnar talking to that mannequin?
Max: What the hell is he doing?!
Daniel: He need to focus on the match at hand and follow up. He’s just wasting time.
Max: Dan I think you should get your wife out of here.
Daniel: Max……!
Jokester begins to stir and slowly makes it to his feet. Gunnar turns around and sees Jokester and walks over to him and is met with a low blow.
Max: Low blow! Low blow! That’s a disqualification…… ref!
Daniel: I don’t think he saw it Dan.
Max: Of course he didn’t. Frikin blind as a bat.
The ref doesn’t see it and as Jokester quickly picks Gunnar up in and hits a fall away slam. Gunnar slides out of the ring holding his crotch and Jokester stands gets up in the ring and sets up for Gunnar to get to his feet. Once Gunnar reaches his feet Jokester hit him with a surprisingly fast baseball slide sending Gunnar into the front row.
Daniel: What a baseball slide! Jokester really picked up speed there.
Jokester having slid out of the ring from the momentum of the baseball slide goes over to the Gunnar and tosses him over the guardrail back onto the ringside floor. Jokester pulls Gunnar to his feet and points to the steel steps. Jokester then irish whips Gunnar but Gunnar reverses it sending Jokester flying into the steel steps.
Max: Another great move by the psychopath
Daniel: That reversal may have been the turning point in this match up. The Jokester seems to be in a lot of pain.
Gunnar walks over to Jokester and lifts him up and proceeds to slam Jokester head first into the steel steps. Jokester looking dazed stumbles backwards onto the ringside floor. Gunnar then walks around the ring over to his mannequin friend and points to Jokester as he talks to her.
Max: Enough with the damn mannequin!
Daniel: Can you believe Gunnar actaully said that they had alot in common?
Max: I think he's trying to steal your wife.
Gunnar then realizes the ref is at the count of 5 and he rolls back into the ring.
6!
.
Jokester still looking groggy makes it to his knees at the count of
.
.
7!
.
Max: C’mon ref count faster 7, 8, 9 10! C’mon The Jokester should’ve been counted out already.
.
Jokester walks on his knees and grabs onto the apron.
.
8!
.
Jokester pulls himself into the ring and Gunnar pounces on him hitting him with rights. Gunnar then pulls Jokester to his feet by the strap of his pink leotard a then irish whips him to the ropes. Jokester rebounds and Gunnar goes for a closeline but Jokester ducks it. The both then bounce of off opposite sides and meet in the center of the ring with a double closeline.
Daniel: They both go down with a hard impact.
Both men are down and the ref checks on them and begins to count.
1……………
2……………
3…………..
4……………
5……………
6……………
Gunnar rolls over onto his stomach
7……………
Gunnar gets onto his knees and stands up.
Daniel: And Gunnar makes it to his feet first.
Max: Again!
8…………..
Jokester rolls over to the ropes and quickly pulls himself up with a burst of energy. Jokester bounces off the ropes and runs at the unsuspecting Gunnar taking him down with a powerful closeline. Gunnar gets up and Jokester knocks him down one more time.
Daniel: The Jokester is a house on fire with a sudden burst of energy.
Gunnar gets up and Jokester body slams him and then runs to the ropes and instead of doing a leg drop or elbow drop Jokester on the return drops down to Gunnar and bites his forehead.
Max: That’s another DQ, ref do something!
The ref admonishes Jokester and Jokester stands up looking at the ref with a smile. Gunnar rolls over holding his forehead and Gunnar ceases this opportunity to lock in the “You’re Not Laughing Anymore”.
Max: Ahhhhhhhh!
Daniel: The Jokester has it! He’s locked Gunnar in the “You’re Not Laughing Anymore”
Max: This is a crime, Jokester should have been counted out and DQ’ed twice and the ref let him get away with it.
The crowd gets to their feet with excitement. Gunnar claws trying to get to the bottom rope as he yells in pain. The ref asks him if he give up but he doesn’t. Gunnar continues to claw trying to get to the bottom rope and his finger tips keep tapping it but he just can’t reach it. The ref ask Gunnar if he gives up and he looks as if he’s gonna tap out.
Daniel: I think this is it Max, I think Jokester is about to pull it off.
With one final stretch Gunnar grabs the bottom rope and the ref forces Jokester to release the hold. Jokester releases the hold and get to his feet shaking his head.
Max: Yesss!
Daniel: I take it you’re rooting for Gunnar huh?
Max: Well….. there both wackos, so I’ll guess I take the person who’s not been cheating the entire match.
Jokester then pulls Gunnar to his feet by his hair but Gunnar pulls Jokester by his leotard sending Jokester through the tope and middle rope and to the outside of the ring. Gunnar begins to regroup as he holds his lower back. Jokester on the outside gets up and climbs up onto the apron. Gunnar catches Jokester with a right hand to the face and he pulls Jokesters head down guillotining him. However Jokester does not fall off the apron as he holds onto the middle rope. Jokester pulls himself back up and Gunnar suplexes him back into the ring and quickly goes for the pin.
1……….
2…..
Kickout by Jokester
Daniel: Close but no cigar as Jokester gets his shoulder up.
Gunnar pulls Jokester to his feet and hits a belly to belly suplex on Jokester and pins him again.
1……….
2……..
Kickout by Jokester
Daniel: Another kickout by The Jokester.
Max: C’mon ref I counted to 20.
Gunnar gets frustrated and signifies to the ref to count faster. Gunnar drops an elbow on Jokester and goes up to the top rope.
Daniel: It looks like Gunnar is thinking of getting high.
Max: (Gasps) Dan how can you talk about drugs in the middle of the match.
Daniel: You’re an idiot.
Gunnar poises himself and he looks back at the Jokester before leaping off hitting him with a beautiful moonsault. Gunnar hooks the leg of the Jokester going for the pin again.
Daniel: He hit it! He calls that Brians Best.
Max: It’s over, thank you.
1……….
2……….
Kickout by Jokester
Gunnar this time gets extremely pissed off and begins to pounds on Jokester with lefts and right over and over again. The ref has to calm Gunnar down and pull him off of Jokester. Gunnar turns to the ref and gets in his face tell him not to put his hand on him again.
Daniel: Can you believe it Jokester kickout! Gunnar was sooo close but The Jokester kicked out again.
Max: Argh! Damn you ref! Damn you!
Daniel: Relax Max relax!
Max: No you relax… this ref has been biased this whole match. I’m surprised you haven’t notice seeing as you like to point out unjustice all the time.
Daniel: Well Max I just don’t see it that way.
Max: Of course you don’t you like that pink leotard wearing freak.
Daniel: Say that to his face.
Max: Well maybe I will god damn it.
Gunnar then waits as Jokester stirs and Gunnar sets up for the Gun Slinger. Once Jokesters in the position Gunnar goes for the Shining Yakuza Kick but Jokester dodges it and Gunnar hits air.
Daniel: Jokester just evaded the Gun Slinger… man that could have been it right there.
Max: It would have been it.
Jokester then quickly gets up to his feet as Gunnar is turning around and Jokester sticks his fingers high up Gunnar’s nostrils.
Max: How disgusting this man is a freak see.
Daniel: It’s The Rejection Slip!
Gunnar jumps on his tippy toes in pain as The Jokester give Gunnar the Rejection Slip over the top rope. Once again the crowd goes nuts. Gunnar on the outside of the ring holds his nose as he makes it to his feet. Gunnar then slams his hands on the apron in anger and walks over to his mannequin and takes it as he proceeds to walk towards backstage.
Daniel: Where the hell does Gunnar think he’s going he’s in the middle of a match.
Max: Gunnar is pissed off and he shouldn’t have to deal with this biased referee. So he’s taking your wife and getting the hell out of here.
Daniel: Shut up Max we all know that’s not my wife so would you please stop saying that.
Max: Oh…. Wait that’s a mannequin….. That’s right your wife is a Betty Boop blow up doll. Sheesh and I’m calling Jokester the freak.
Daniel: (Grumbles under his breath)
The fans boo in unison as the ref is counting Gunnar out. Once Gunnar reaches about halfway up the ramp Connie and Tina appear from the curtains and the fans cheer.
Daniel: Look who it is… it’s Connie and Tina.
Max: Show I throw up now or later?
Gunnar shakes his head no as the two obese women chase after him. Gunnar begins to back up but Connie and Tina grab him and turn him around throwing him back into the ring forcing him to drop his mannequin in the process.
Daniel: And right back into the ring goes Gunnar Brian.
Gunnar in the ring back right into Jokester and turns around. Jokester kicks him in the gut and lifts him up for The Whoopie Cushion.
Daniel: The Jokester has him up for The Whoopie Cushion!
Gunnar somehow reverses the move into a sunset flip maneuver and he has Jokester in a pinning predicament.
Max: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 7, C’mon ref make the friking count you imbecile... I just learned that word this morning.
Daniel: I think Connie seems to have him distracted.
However Connie has made it onto the apron and the ref is busy trying to get her off. Gunnar sees this and gets up walking over to the ref and Connie. Gunnar bickers with the ref then out of nowhere Gunnar pie faces Connie off of the apron onto Tina below.
Max: Did you just feel the ground shake?
Daniel: As a matter of fact I think I did.
The ref admonishes Gunnar then goes to check on the Bees and Gunnar just walks back over to Jokester who has his back to Gunnar. Gunnar turns him around is met with a face full of black ink coming from The Jokester’s octopus.
Max: What the hell was that!?
Daniel: It seems The Jokester just sprayed Gunnar if the face with…………. I don’t know what he sprayed Gunnar in the face.
Max: You know that’s illegal in most states right.
Jokester then kicks Gunnar and hits The Whoopie Cushion.
Daniel: The Whoopie Cushion!
Max: Oh no….
The ref suddenly turns around and makes the pin
1……….
2……….
3!
DING
DING
DING
“ I am The Jokester” hit as Jokester quickly rolls out of the ring and walks over to the Bees celebrating his victory. Gunnar in the ring lays there trying to get the ink out of his eyes.
Mina Henderson: Winner of this match via pinfal THE JOKESTERRRRR!
Max: Now this idiot wants to make the pin. Jokester just stole a win and you know it Dan.
Daniel: The Jokester did spray whatever that substance was into Gunnar eyes…….
Max: Exactly and there was about 500 hundred other times when Jokester should have been DQ’ed. Man I hate this guy, just look at him he’s a grown man that’s balding, wearing a pink leotard and hangs out with two fat chicks. He’s a freak.
Daniel: Well I don’t know about all that but what I do know is that the 504 in attendance love The Jokester, do you hear them Max…….?
Max:………………
Daniel: Max....?
Jamie Parker is walking backstage holding both tag team titles looking very pleased with himself.
Parker: Finally, now I don't have to deal with that lead weight around my neck and I can get back to defending these titles with pride.
Parker walks past a few officials and hands the second tag title to the lead official of the battle royal for later on tonight. He then gets into the locker room and he can overhear a few guys talking in the other half of the locker room.
Man 1: Oh man this is going to be sweet, I'm gonna be a tag team cahmpion tonight!
Man 2: Jeez, man I don't think you should be so confident, especially after I throw your ass over the top rope.
Man 1: Wanna fight about it?
Man 2: Yeah, let's go!
Man 3: Whoa, save it for the ring ladies. You two can bitch and moan while I take out everyone else in that match.
Parker seems very curious and peers around the corner to see that the three men agruing are Alex Christopher Diamond, Big Red, and Daisuke Ryo. Parker gets an alarmed look on his face as he turns around as El Pollo struts into the locker room.
El Pollo: Hey Parker, good win out there tonight. Hope your keeping that other title warm for me.
Pollo then starts preening his own feathers and heads onto the other side of the locker room.
Parker: Jesus, what the hell did I get myself into?
Daniel: Next up tonight, we have the triple threat match for the God of Live title where Chris Cage puts his title up against the ex-God of Live Phill Bennett and Beno.
Max: There’s been quite a feud building between both Cage and Bennett, just a few weeks ago, Bennett was able to defeat Gerard Carson to become the new God of Live, and he was clearly happy with the victory and his new title achievement, he was ready to start his road to success, until just a week later, Chris Cage was able to take it away!
Daniel: Indeed, Phill is angry and he wants the title back, but he’s going to have to go through two competitors in his current rival, Chris Cage and Beno to get it.
Max: Remind me, just why the hell is Beno involved anyway?
Daniel: Because Max, Beno won the right to become number 1 contender to the God of Live title, and on the same night Beno became number 1 contender, Chris Cage became God of Live, so it was only fair to put Phill’s rematch clause and Beno’s number 1 contendership be put into the same match, and so, the result was this, a triple threat match for the God of Live title here at Everything Ends! This is gonna be one intense match-up right here, and we’re just about to get underway, let’s head to the ring for the announcements.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: The following contest is scheduled for one-fall and is a triple threat match for the God of Live championship!
The Sound of rolling dice is heard before going into "One Night Only" by Saliva. Out comes Slater wearing a matching sleveless trench coat to his attire. He then flips off the crowd before making his way to the ring. Chance once in the ring stands on the ropes as pyro rains down from the rafters, and up from the turnbuckles Chris then springboards off the top tope and lands on his feet and waits for his opponent.
Mina: Introducing first, from Las Vegas, Nevada, weighing in at 220 pounds, he is the God of Live champion, Chris Cage!
Daniel: This is going to be a tough match for the God of Live here tonight…
Max: Pfft, yeah right! Cage has already beaten both men in singles competition, what else does he have to prove? To put it plain and simply, he is the better man by far!
Daniel: Not necessarily, Cage may have defeated Phill Bennett, but he only defeated Beno by disqualification. Either way, when he’s got two opponents to focus on, it’s going to be a lot more difficult for Cage walking in as champion, added to the fact that Cage could very well lose the title without even being pinned!
Max: So, you’re saying Cage is going to lose then? Sheesh, and you call me the biased commentator…
Daniel: No, I didn’t say he was going to lose the title, just that he could lose the title, although I wouldn’t put it past Chris Cage to win here tonight, there’s no denying he has been impressive over the past few weeks.
The lights dim as It hurts blares throughout the arena. Beno hesitates for about a minute before walking out onto the stage. Beno points to the sky as pyros shoot off into a form a an X. Beno slowly walks to the ring where he rolls into and looks into the eyes of all the fans. Cheers and boos can be heard as he leans against the turnbuckle.
Mina: And the opponent, from Gwinn, Michigan, now residing in Venice Beach, California, weighing in at 290 pounds, Beno!
Daniel: This is a great opportunity for Beno here tonight to shine if he can win the God of Live title.
Max: Yeah, a great opportunity, but it doesn’t exactly mean Beno’s gonna wi…
Daniel: Wait a second there Max, what’s going on here?
Chris Cage has suddenly got up in Beno’s face as he turned around and starts trash talking him. Being the bigger man though, Beno just pushes Cage away as suddenly, Cage is about to charge at Beno but the ref gets in the way of the two men, holding both of them back.
Daniel: Looks like Cage wants to run his mouth off here, but he only gets it returned from the bigger man in Beno.
Max: Damn it ref, let them fight! I wanna see Cage kick Beno’s ass!
Daniel: What makes you think that Cage is gonna kick Beno’s ass?
Max: Oh come on, isn’t it obvious who I’m rooting for here?
Daniel: Ha, it’s obvious every time who you root for!
As Cage and Beno continue to trash talk each other while the ref holds them back, ”To Be Loved” hits and blue flame shoots down the ramp as blue smoke covers the top of the ramp. Phill emerges through the smoke and walks down the ramp.
Mina: And the opponent, from Canterbury, England, weighing in at 215 pounds, he is the ‘British Crippler’, Phill Bennett!
Daniel: Here comes a man with a mission, and that mission is to take back what he believes should be his in the God of Live title!
Max: Yeah, well it’s just going to be mission failed for him in the end Danny boy…
Daniel: Can I just ask, Do you ever have a fair opinion on just more than the people you like Max?
Max: Erm…I do sometimes, but really, pointing out everyone’s good sides is just not for me…
As Phill gets to the ring area, he walks over to the steps and walks up them stopping on the apron. Phill then and uses the ropes to flip into the ring and when he lands blue pyro comes raining down ala Randy Orton’s entrance, but all around the ring and inside it. Phill runs and jumps onto the top turnbuckle and stares at crowd for a couple of seconds then back flips off of the top turnbuckle and as he turns around suddenly, Cage charges at him and connects with a clothesline!
DING!
DING!
DING!
Daniel: And this match is underway, but with a cheap shot from Chris Cage as he starts to unload punches on the grounded Phill Bennett!
As Cage continues with the assault on Bennett, Beno walks over to Cage and hits him with a boot to the back. Beno follows it up by grabbing Cage by the hair off Phill into a standing position before taking him over with a Snapmere Takeover, as Cage is in a seated position Beno then goes to apply a choke hold to Cage, but Cage hits Beno with a right as Beno stumbles backwards. Cage now stands on his feet as Beno suddenly runs in trying to hit a clothesline but Cage ducks the attempt and hits Beno with a surprise dropkick. As Beno is down, Cage is up again, but so is Phill, who strikes Cage from behind with an axe handle and taking him down to the mat, as he returns the favour from earlier on by keeping Cage on the mat and hitting rights and lefts over and over on Cage.
Max: Right, so I’ll predict a victory just under three minutes for Phill Bennett then?
Daniel: Huh? Wait a second, a few minutes ago you said Cage was gonna win?
Max: Yes I did, but I’m allowed to change my opinion, okay smart ass?
Daniel: Whatever you say…just don’t expect the bookie to allow you to change your bet every ten seconds…even though most of the time your bets are wrong anyway…it makes me wonder how you’ve still even got a house!
Phill has now dragged Cage to his feet and is hitting knife edge chops across the chest of Cage as Phill moves Cage over to the ropes before Irish Whipping Cage to the opposite ropes. As Cage fires back, Phill ducks to lift Cage back for a Back Body Drop, but Cage flips over Phill and grabbing him connects with a Sunset Flip into a quick cover!
1
…
2
Kickout by Phill as both men are back on their feet. They both go in for a quick lock-up as Cage is able to quickly push Phill into a corner turnbuckle. A Knife Edge Chop by Cage connects to Phill before Cage mounts the turnbuckle and is about to start punching Phill with repeated punches, but before he has the chance to start, Phill suddenly hits a hard right hand of his own to the mid-section of Cage, causing the God of Live to stumble. Phill takes advantage of this as he grabs Cage onto his shoulder as he moves away from the turnbuckle and is about to drive Cage to the mat with a Powerslam, but Cage is able to wriggle free behind Phill and counter with a Neckbreaker. Cage then goes for a quick cover, but the pin attempt is broken by Beno before the ref even counts one! Beno, now on his feet has lifted up Cage and hits a hard Uppercut which causes Cage to stumble before Beno lifts Cage up and slams him down hard on the mat with a Spinebuster!
Daniel: Devastating Spinebuster by Beno there!
Max: Yeah, it was devastating…devastatingly poor!
Daniel: Whatever Max, I’d like to see you say that after you experience being hit with a move like that…
Max: Erm…I’ll pass on that offer Dan…
Daniel: Heh, typical, never were the one to put your money where your mouth is huh Max?
Beno hits a quick standing elbow for good measure before he goes for the cover on Cage, hooking the leg as the ref counts.
1
…
2
Pinfall broken up by Phill Bennett, who is now hitting boots on the back of Beno after breaking up the count. Phill continues with the boots, but Beno struggles to his feet and is able to reach a vertical position as Phill attempts a swift right hand, but Beno ducks and gets behind Phill before locking in a quick waist lock and connecting with a German Suplex. Beno gets up quickly, and while Phill slowly reaches his feet, Beno runs to the opposite ropes and as he runs back, Phill is up to a full standing base as Beno lifts his leg up to hit a Big Boot, but Phill ducks and quickly gets behind Beno. As Beno turns around, Phill is about to kick Beno in the mid-section, but Beno is able to catch it, but Phill is quick to respond and connects with an enziguiri! Beno stumbles but is not down as Phill attempts to take the bigger man down with a running clothesline to send him over the top rope. But as Phill runs at Beno, he suddenly ducks and sends Phill over himself with a Back Body Drop!
Max: See ya later Phill! This is Cage’s match now!
Daniel: Err, Beno’s the only man standing…
Max: Yeah, well not for long! Look!
As Beno looks over the top rope, pleased with sending Phill over it, he makes the mistake of stepping back as he is taken down by surprise by Chris Cage with a schoolboy pin! The ref counts!
Daniel: Cage may retain here! Can he get the 3?
1
…
2
…
Beno kicks out! Both men find their way to their feet as Cage is quick to act first and attempts a running forearm at Beno, taking him down once. Beno is up to his feet again as Cage attempts another running forearm, which takes down Beno again and as he stands up once more, Cage attempts a running clothesline but Beno ducks it as Cage is caught by surprise. He turns around as Beno grabs him by the throat and wastes no time in lifting Cage up for a Chokeslam… which Cage escapes. As Beno turns around, he is met with a kick to the mid-section from Cage before a DDT connects to Beno! Cage wastes no time as he runs over to the turnbuckle and jumps to the top rope and is about to bounce off the top rope and connect with a Springboard 450 splash… before being knocked off the top rope by Phill Bennett to the mat outside! Cage lands hard on the outside mat as Phill takes Cage’s place on the top rope and looks down at Beno, ready to hit his finisher!
Daniel: Can Phill Bennett hit the Frog Splash and become a two-time God of Live champion?
Max: You damn right he can! Fly Phill, fly!
Phill is ready as he jumps to hit the Frog Splash…which connects…with Beno’s knees! Phill rolls off of Beno holding his back in pain as Beno is slowly reaching a standing position.
Max: Damn it!
Daniel: High risk manoeuvres can bring bad consequences when they go wrong, and in this case, it may have costed Phill Bennett the match here.
Max: Against Beno? Give me a break!
Daniel: You underestimate him Max, Beno is certainly not as bad as you say he is. He’s gotten some good offence in so far, and stopping Phill Bennett’s momentum by lifting up his knees was a smart tactic that could very well put him in control of the match.
Beno has now reached his feet and walks over to Phill before grabbing Phill by the legs, and twisting him around into a Texas Clover Leaf, reaching down to lock in an armlock as Phill tries to struggle free, but Beno seizes the arm and locks in the armlock as well to successfully lock the Beno Lock submission finisher in on Phill Bennett! Phill screams in pain with his back as Beno stretches further back as Phill tries to reach out for the ropes with his free arm, and slowly gets close…his fingers are almost touching…but Beno steps away from the ropes! Phill is still screaming in pain as he tries to move towards the ropes, but Beno has the hold locked on tight!
Max: No, not this way! Please Phill, don’t tap to Beno of all people!
Daniel: Any second now, we could have a new God of Live crowned in Beno if Phill taps to the Beno Lock!
Phill waves his free arm around rapidly, trying to prevent himself from tapping out as he grabs his hair, his arm still shaking. Beno uses all of his strength to keep the hold locked in as he keeps the pressure locked on tight. Phill meanwhile tries to use all of his strength to move towards the ropes, but only manages to move less than an inch towards the ropes, still far from them as the pain of the hold is immense. Phill waves his free arm rapidly in the air, about to bring it down to tap…until Chris Cage suddenly breaks the hold from above with a Springboard Moonsault landing on Beno and Phill, breaking the hold as all three men lie on their backs in the ring!
Daniel: Wow! What a Springboard Moonsault by Chris Cage breaking the Beno Lock just in time!
Max: Phew!
Daniel: I guess you’re relieved that Phill didn’t tap out then Max?
Max: No, I’m just glad that Cage saved the match! I would’ve been so disappointed if Chris Cage lost the match!
Daniel: Changing opinions on who your favourite is again are we?
Max: Yep!
Cage is slowly up to his feet, shaking off the landing slowly as he looks at both Phill and Beno lying on the mat, knowing that he’s in control now as he goes straight for his rival Phill, picking him up off the mat as he whips him into the turnbuckle. Cage then stands back as he charges in at Bennett, and connects…with nothing as Phill steps out of the way, but Cage is able to stop himself at the last second. Phill wastes no time however as he rolls Cage up for a schoolboy pin!
Max: Come on Phill! End him!
Daniel: (sigh)
1
…
2
…
Kickout by Cage! Cage is quickly up to his feet as Phill is slowly trying to get up, still in pain from the Beno Lock earlier, which Cage takes advantage of as he hits a boot to Phill once before lifting him up and using the ropes, whips Phill off one set of ropes to the opposite ropes. As Phill comes flying back, Cage grabs Phill by the throat and looks to set up for the Rock Bottom, he looks ready to lift Phill up and as he does…Beno hits a forearm to Cage’s knees from behind! Cage breaks the hold as Phill falls to the mat on one knee, still not fully recovered and Cage is now on both knees as Beno is back to his feet, Cage is slowly reaching his feet, but Beno runs from the ropes behind and bounces off them, timing it well as Cage reaches his feet before Beno takes him down to the mat again with a Running Bulldog. Beno then turns to work on Phill, who is still on one knee as Beno grabs Phill by the hair but is suddenly met with a hard right by Phill. Beno stumbles as Phill slowly reaches his feet, in which as Beno turns around again, he goes to meet Phill with a right hand of his own, but Phill ducks the attempt and ducks behind Beno. Phill then catches Beno by surprise as Beno turns around once again, Phill hits a kick to the stomach of Beno before twisting him into and connecting with a Spinning Neckbreaker!
Daniel: Phill Bennett is slowly working his way back into the match here, he still doesn’t look 100% from being locked in the Beno Lock before, but no doubt he’s working his way back into this…and Max is most likely going to change his mind on who his favourite is once again…
Max: Did you say Phill Bennett Danny? Totally agree, this guy is gonna be the first ever two-time God of Live here tonight!
Daniel: See what I mean folks?
Phill slowly reaches his feet as he turns his attention to his rival, Chris Cage. Cage is on his knees and is slowly reaching his feet as Phill sets up for the Super kick ala Shawn Michaels, waiting in the corner as he tunes up the band, waiting for Cage to get up and turn around.
Daniel: This doesn’t look good for Cage!
Max: Yeah, coz Phill’s gonna win, and that’s the bottom line, coz Max Stockton said so…ha!
Daniel: Seriously Max, you have no idea how annoying your commentary is, Eugene would make a more mature broadcasting partner than you for Gods sake!
Max: Here’s an idea Daniel…shut the hell up! In the meantime, come on Phill, hit that god damn sweet chin music!
Cage reaches his feet, Phill stomps once more and as Cage turns around, Phill moves in for the super kick, lifts his leg up…and Cage ducks it! Phill is caught by surprise as Cage gets ready to hit his own Super kick on Phill! Phill turns around as Cage lifts his leg up to hit his Super kick, but Phill ducks that and Cage is the one caught by surprise this time as Phill kicks Cage in the mid-section and sets up for the Twist of Fate, Phill twists Cage…and it connects! Cage is down on the mat as Phill has taken his rival down, Phill looks about ready to go for a cover, until suddenly, he is turned around by a now standing Beno! Phill is met with a boot to the section by Beno, who lifts Phill up for his finisher, the Beno bomb! Phill is trying to struggle out of it as Beno is trying to keep Phill on his shoulder.
Max: Ah, screw it, Beno’s your man to win this thing!
Daniel: Max Stockton, you are the biggest hypocrite known to wrestling commentary today! All you’ve been doing is bashing Beno throughout this match and now he’s suddenly your favourite man to win?
Max: Shut up and watch the Beno Bomb end this thing!
Beno hits a punch to the back of Phill as he gets ready to connect with the Beno Bomb…but Phill escapes by wriggling out from behind! Phill suddenly runs up in front of Beno and grabs his head, connecting with a sudden RKO!
Daniel: RKO connects to Beno!
Max: Okay, so Beno hasn’t won it, on the other hand, Phill Bennett is so gonna win this matc…
Daniel: (annoyed) Don’t…say…another…word!
Phill goes for the cover as the ref slides down.
1
…
2
…
…
3!!!!!!!!!
Daniel: It’s over! Phill Bennett wins it!
The ref signals for the bell as Phill is lifted up by the ref with his hand raised as 'To Be Loved' by Papa Roach hits and Phill is thrilled to have won.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: Here is your winner and the NEW God of Live, PHILL BENNETTTTTTT-AH!
One of the ring crew hand the title to the ref, who hands it to Phill, who holds the title high and proud as he poses on the top rope for a moment before sliding under the bottom rope and posing with the God of Live title now on his waist.
Max: What did I tell you Danny, I knew Phill was gonna win it all along, plain and simple!
Daniel: Oh come off it! You’ve been changing your mind all the way through this match and you’ve been heavily annoying me in the process! Jeez, I need a drink…or a new commentary partner, either will do! Anyway folks, what a match we just saw there between three competitors who all fought well for the God of Live title, and in the end, Phill Bennett was able to come off with a huge victory.
We cut to the back where Matthew "Twizted" Clark is seen taping his wrists up, preparing for his match against MVP. Matthew finishes taping his wrists and put his gloves on before someone taps him on the shoulder.
Matthew: Gah!!
Matthew turns around to find Marilyn Lee Cross looking at him, a smal smile on his face.
Matthew: Jesus Marilyn, you scared the hell out of me. How'd you get in here?
Marilyn: The door was open.
*Somewhere, Max can be heard muttering "moron"*
Matthew: Oh. Well, let's get going shall we?
Marilyn: Let's.
Matthew finishes putting his attire on and walks alongside Marilyn to the main stage. As he walks out of the locker room, he bumps into The Stallion.
Matthew: Hey man, what's up?
Stallion: Just wanted to wish you luck in your match against MVP. Trust me, he's no walk in the park.
Matthew: Thanks. And uh.... *taps the belt* make sure you retain that title.
Matthew walks away with Marilyn as Stallion just looks at them.
Stallion: I plan on doing so....
Dan: We have a match now that promises to see each man leave it all in the ring.
Max: Twisted vs. M.V.P, and the good MVP as well, both men could pick up a big win and move up and possibly become the next contender for that Florida State title.
Dan: That’s what its all about, a move up the picking order, and an impressive showing could do that, while a poor showing could see someone pushed all the way back to square one.
Mina: Introducing first, he is M…… V……. P……..
Fly From the Inside by Shinedown hits the PA and MVP walks out slowly. He stops halfway down the ramp and green and white lights begin to flash while the crowd boos loudly. MVP walks down cockily, stopping to talk with some fans in the front row. He gets into the ring through the middle rope and goes to all four corners and puts his arms in the air like Stone Cold.
Mina: And his opponent, he is the man known as Twisted, he is Matthew ‘Twisted’ Clark.
"Anxiety" by Black Eyed Peas hits as the lights die out. As the main vocals kick in, Matthew Clark comes out to cheers from the fans. Matthew lifts his hood a la AJ Styles before making his way down to the ring. As Matthew gets to ringside, he pumps himself up before diving through the ropes. Matthew hops up and jumps onto the nearest turnbuckle before tossing his hood off before posing for the fans and tossing his cap out into the audience. Matthew jumps off and tosses his jacket to the outside before stretching a little bit, preparing for the match.
MVP climbs into the ring reluctantly after watching Twisted’s entrance, he waits in his corner as the ref stands between the two.
Dan: Looks like MVP doesn’t want to go one on one with Twisted
Max: Nah, he was just letting the idiot have his few seconds of fame before he gets slapped back down the card.
Ding! Ding! Ding!
Twisted charges in with a jumping shot to the head on MVP, making him stumble back a little, he charges in and begins to hit rights on a clearly stunned MVP forcing MVP into the corner. Twisted then tries to whip him into the opposite turnbuckle, but MVP manages to reverse it and throw Twisted back into the same corner. He forces an elbow into the face of Twisted before whipping him into the opposite turnbuckle. MVP charges at Twisted nailing a clothesline and Twisted, holding the ropes, pulls himself from the corner only to be met with a clubbing blow to the upper back or neck.
Max: Ouch, MVP was caught by surprise a little but he has pulled it back a little and has gained control
Dan: Twisted exploded into the beginning, but he may not be at the level of MVP.
MVP kicks Twisted , almost punting him like a football. Twisted rolls onto his back as MVP drops for a cover. The ref slides into position but Twisted kicks out before a one count. MVP looks up and grins as he raises to his feet. He kicks Twisted in the side again, forcing the man onto his front, another kick and Twisted rolls out of the ring and to the floor clutching his side from the kicks. MVP leans over the ropes as he shouts at the fallen man ‘Your just not at my level’ with that MVP climbs out of the ring and grabs the head on Twisted forcing him to his feet. He whips Twisted into the steel steps before throwing his back into the ring as the ref reaches a count of 6. MVP slides in and drops an elbow to Twisted and covers.
1..
2..
Kick out by Twisted.
Dan: MVP almost gained a big win there
Max: Twisted almost fell, but this one won’t be over so quickly.
MVP gets up pulling Twisted to his feet, pulling him to the middle of the ring before kneeing him in the midsection. He whips him into the ropes again, this time missing a clothesline, Twisted bounces off the ropes gaining more momentum as MVP tries a back elbow as Twisted ducks again. Once again Twisted bounces off the ropes hitting a clothesline of his own, only jumping a little to gain more height.. Twisted jumps around a little. MVP gets up again quickly as Twisted ducks his attempt at landing a blow and catches him with the Ace of Spades Superkick sending MVP down to the mat, but the man rolls out of the ring to the outside, believing that he had in fact outsmarted Twisted. Twisted ran against the ropes and come over the top with a suicide dive type of move.
Max: Woah, Twisted putting his body on the line, even when MVP thought he outsmarted him
Dan: Twisted upping his game a bit here and the ref has begun the count
The ref begins the count as Twisted gets up followed by MVP, both before 3. Twisted grabs MVP and twists his arm as MVP jumps around trying to counter. Twisted reverse whips MVP right into the metal pole as MVP yells because of the twisted arm. Twisted slides into the ring and back out to break the count as he follows up with a suplex to MVP. He picks him up before throwing him back into the ring as he goes for a cover.
1..
2..
Kick out by MVP.
Twisted gets up and goes to the top rope. He begins to measure MVP up for the M-Bison. MVP gets to his knees as Twisted comes off the top rope but MVP rolls out of the way, he ducks a countering clothesline before catching Twisted with a kick to the mid section. MVP goes for a suplex, but Twisted counters pushing MVP into the ref.
Max: The ref is down boys
Twisted looks at the arm of MVP which he seems to be clutching still as a sick grin appears on his face. He slides to the outside an grabs a chair coming into the ring with it. He lifts it up and brings it down onto the arm of MVP. MVP yells out as Twisted opens the chair, placing the arm inside of the chair. He stamps on the chair once before climbing up to the top rope.
Dan: Twisted isn’t, he can’t
Max: Nooooooo, don’t do it
Twisted comes off the top rope with a Way of the Warrior type move landing on top of the chair as MVP yells in pain. Twisted quickly covers MVP , hiding the chair in the process as the ref comes to due to the yell. The ref begins to count
1...
2...
3.…
Ding! Ding! Ding!
Mina: The winner of this match Matthew ‘Twisted’ Clark
The music doesn’t play as Twisted leaves, passing several members of the medic team who all run into the ring to check on MVP. One looks up and calls for some more medical service as they surround him. Twisted standing on the ramp mouths ‘You aren’t in my league’
Dan: MVP looks hurt
Max: it’s a broken freaking arm Dan, Of course he is hurt, Twisted cheated, blatant cheating.
Shadow is shown walking backstage his face shrouded by the ever-present hood. He comes to the door of a locker room that says SiNN. He knocks three times and SiNN answers the door looking shocked.
Shadow: Listen, for all the problems we've had in the past I just want to have a good match out there and wish you luck.
Shadow extends his hand to his former partner. SiNN looks at Shadow with confusion, then smirks and slams the door right in his face.
Max: I cannot wait to see Dan Murph shut up that whiney actor we call a champion later tonight.
Daniel: I do not agree with your assessment of JMC, but you are right, Murph does have a chance to silence the champion later tonight in our main event, a casket match for the WPW Championship. Up now though is a match that could get ugly very quickly. Justin Dreamer and Stallion have had a hard hitting feud that has seen them both exchange the hardcore title. Now they will settle the score tonight in a two out of three falls match for the WPW Hardcore Championship. Let’s through it over to Mina Henderson for the introductions.
Max: I want to throw something to her.
Daniel: The antibiotics she will need afterwards?
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the following contest is a best two out of three falls match for the WPW Hardcore Championship. Introducing first, the challenger from Los Angeles, California, he stands at six feet five inches, he weighs in tonight at 232 lbs, Justin Dreamer
Max: Look at this man, Daniel. He has the look of a champion.
"Out of My Way” hits as the lights go on and off for a few seconds and the crowd chants “Next Hardcore Champ!” and Justin Dreamer walks out of the curtains with a trashcan full of wares in his hands, the lights come back on normally as he walks down to the ring with no look of emotion, no look of remorse, he tosses the can into the ring before climbing onto the apron and stepping through the ropes. Once in the ring, Dreamer raises both arms in the air with the can lying on the floor. He stands their ringing his hands as waits for the champion.
Mina Henderson: And his opponent, from Dallas, Texas, he stands at six feet one inch, he weighs in tonight at 215 lbs, the WPW Hardcore Champion, Stallion!
Daniel: Call me strange, but I would say the guy wearing the belt has more of a champion’s look to him.
"Take On Me" by Reel Big Fish hits the speakers and a large portion of the crowd start to chant “Stall-ion!” They then join in chanting the beginning countdown of the song after which fireworks flare from the ramp, and Stallion bursts out with the WPW Hardcore Championship belt around his waist and runs to the ring. Stallion slides in under the bottom rope and gets to his feet. He avoids the trash can and steps on the middle of the bottom rope on the left side of the ring and raises his left arm, posing for the crowd. He then goes to the turnbuckle closets to the entrance way on the other side of the ring and poses there as well. Dreamer keeps his eyes fixed on the champion the entire time. Stallion finally stops posing as the music comes an end.
Max: Look at that showboat, you would never see Dreamer gloating like that.
Daniel: All he was doing was showing his appreciation to the crowd.
Max: What good is the crowd? Who needs them anyways.
Daniel: Without them, you would not have a job. So, I guess they do have their flaws.
The two men stare eachother down in the ring as the referee takes Stallions belt off and shows it to both men before holding it up in the middle of the ring. Stallion watches as the referee hands the belt to the time keeper and turns his head when he hears the bell, only to be taken out of his boots with a lariat! Dreamer laughs triumphantly as he drops down for the first cover of the match up, only to be pulled into a small package…
Daniel: What a clothesline by Justin Dreamer and what a counter by Stallion!
One…
Max: This is absurd, Stallion is hooking the tights!
Two…
Daniel: This pin is as clean as can be!
Three!!!
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of the first fall, Stallion!
Max: No way, he had to have cheated. This one cannot be over already!
Daniel: It is not over, Stallion still needs a second fall.
Max: Oh yeah, remind me to get indignant again later.
Stallion immediately rolls off of Dreamer and out of the ring. He leans against the guardrail as fans pat him on the back and shoulders. Dreamer gets up and cannot believe he lost a fall so quickly. He immediately picks up the trashcan he brought with him to the ring, as various objects fall out of it. He then hurls it at Stallion who gets caught in the face by the trash can. Stallion puts his hands up to his face and when he takes them off he looks and sees a bit of a blood on them. Dreamer then takes a cooking tray and places it on the outside of the ring, leaning it against the bottom and middle ropes. He waits for Stallion to get close and delivers a running baseball slide to the try, knocking it into the face of the champion.
Daniel: That one could bust the champion open.
Max: See that woman back their, I want to open her bust, or bust her open. If you know what I’m saying.
Daniel: Nobody ever does, Max. Well not true, they just never care.
Dreamer steps through the ropes and stands on the apron. He shouts at Stallion saying something like “ready to die!” before running and leaping off with a dive onto the champion. Dreamer immediately follows up by reigning down on the champion with a series of punches to the open wound. He then switches to a choke as the referee tries to break his stranglehold. Dreamer finally lets go of his neck before telling the official “this is hardcore.” He turns back around and Stallion hits a right hand to the stomach. Dreamer winches a little before kicking him square in the face. Dreamer goes for a cover…
Daniel: He could have knocked some teeth loose with that one.
One…
Two…
Max: Dreamer is one sick man, toying with the champion like this.
No, Stallion gets his shoulder up. Dreamer picks him back up and tries to whip him into the guardrail. Stallion resists, but after a brief struggle his back crashes into the steel. Dreamer follows behind him and takes him into the crowd with a clothesline. The fans immediately create a circle around the two men with everyone picking a side. “Neu-ter Stall-ion” seems to be competing with a “De-stroy Dream-er!” The two men begin to exchange punches as Dreamer gets his foot caught in a chair. Stallion drop kicks the chair, causing it to bend around the leg of the challenger. Holding his leg, Dreamer is unable to stop Stallion from cracking him over the head with another of the ring side seats.
Max: Am I hearing this right? Are people starting to appreciate the excellence that is Justin Dreamer?
Daniel: He does seem to be gaining his own collection of supporters, though I would say the majority of the fans are still behind Stallion.
Stallion continues to reign down on Dreamer with chair shot after chair shot. Finally Dreamer is able to free his leg and he just chucks a chair up at Stallion causing him to drop his seat. The two men then notice the sea of seats around them and Stallion picks up another before tossing it at Dreamer who catches it and laughs. Stallion then tosses another, knocking the first chair into the body of Dreamer as the one he tossed bounces and clips his head. Dreamer picks up a chair as well and tosses that one at Stallion. The two begin to start picking up seats and hurling them at one another as quickly as possible. Chair after chair flies as fans around the two wrestlers start picking up their seats and offering them to the two men. The champion starts to slow a bit, dropping to a knee after a shot. Dreamer moves in close to take advantage and gets cracked across the skull with a baseball like swing of a chair by Stallion. Dreamer’s body collapses on the community center floor but Stallion does not go for a cover.
Daniel: Stallion has to have just given a concussion to Dreamer.
Max: Perhaps, but he may also have one of his own. This is utter chaos.
Daniel: I have to agree, there is no way they can keep this pace up much longer.
He begins to take the chairs around and stack them up in a pile, reminiscent of the one from Activation. Dreamer turns over onto his stomach as Stallion builds the pile. He turns to pick up Dreamer and drags him over to the pile. Dreamer hits an uppercut to the groin and gets up holding his head. He hooks Stallion in a headlock and starts to pick him up for the extreme drop to chants of “Déjà Vu!” Stallion blocks the move, refusing to be lifted off the ground. Stallion fires away with right hands to the side of Dreamer, breaking the headlock. Stallion goes for another right hand, but Dreamer tucks and in one motion sends Stallion in the pile of chairs with a spinebuster! Dreamer quickly tosses some of the chairs aside enough to make a cover…
One….
Daniel: Oh, that is just not right.
Two…
Three!!
Max: No, this is not human. How the hell was that not a three count?
Daniel: I have no idea, Max.
No, Stallion got his shoulder up just in time. Dreamer is irate but he does not have the energy to complain. Instead he simply falls off of Stallion’s body and lies on his back looking up at the lights. Both men just lie on their backs, Stallion gasping for air, Dreamer trying to reenergize himself. Stallion starts to roll over and is able to drape an arm over Dreamer, almost entirely based on instinct…
One…
Two…
Dreamer kicks out before the hand starts to come down for three.
Daniel: Stallion almost stole the match right there.
Max: What a dastardly human being.
Stallion and Dreamer each start to come to their feet, Stallion stumbling over some of the chairs. Dreamer is able to get the advantage, clubbing him from behind with a forearm to the back. The champion stumbles forwards as the circle of fans scrambles to avoid being hit by him. Dreamer grabs him by the hair and drags him a few feet before chucking him into the wall face first with a hard Irish whip. Stallion stumbles back as Dreamer picks up a merchandise bag from off a fan’s seat and cracks Stallion in the back of the head with it. Dreamer follows that up dumping the contents of the bag and wrapping it around the champions’ throat. He turns Stallion over and tries to even the match…
One…
Two…
Thre…no, Stallion rolls the shoulder up.
Daniel: Wow, Stallion was moments away from finding himself facing a sudden death, winner take all fall.
Max: Those sure are rare in wrestling.
Daniel: Shut up.
Dreamer picks him back up and starts to set up for a vertical suplex. Stallion fires away at his sides with right hand, slowing Dreamer down, but the challenge starts to lift him. The momentum is stopped by Stallion hooking his leg around Dreamers. Stallion tries to take Dreamer over, but he blocks it as well. Both men break their grasp and begin to punch away on each other. In the midst of the punches, Dreamer grabs Stallion again and lifts him up, forcing him into the wall, Stallion’s body slide down and his head hits the floor with a nauseating thud. Dreamer quickly hooks the leg for the cover…
One…
Two…
Three!!!!
Max: Yes! Yes! This one is all tied up.
Daniel: Try to remain unbiased.
Max: I am, I just love sudden deaths.
Mina Henderson: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of fall number two, tying the match up at one fall each, Justin Dreamer!
Dreamer holds his hands up, each index finger raised and says “last one, champ!” to the delight of some fans and the disgust of others. The challenger waits for the referee to give the go ahead to resume the match for the first fall and as soon as he gets it, he picks up Stallion and drags him towards a table covered with concessions, mostly boxes of candy and some cans of pop. He slams Stallion’s head into one of the boxes then picks up a stack of the cans. Dreamer drives the cans down, but Stallion moves out of the away and slams Dreamer’s head down into the cans. Stallion grabs Dreamer by the back of the neck and pulls him away from the table.
Max: Oh great, I bet we have to pay for that. Nobody is going to want to eat bloody Snickers bars!
Stallion points towards a door and the fans respond with “Take It Out-Side!” Dreamer drops to a knee and tries to stop Stallion with an uppercut to the nether regions, but the Champion catches his wrist. Stallion then pulls Dreamer to the exit by the wrist. He smacks him face first into the glass before shoving it open. Stallion pounds away on Dreamer in the breeze way, but Dreamer fights back. Dreamer hits a kick to the midsection, causing Stallion to bend down holding his stomach. The challenger walks to the far wall of the breeze way and charges at Stallion. He looks to be going for a Yakuza kick, but Stallion undercuts him and sends him crashing through the ticket taker’s table! Cover by the champion…
One…
Daniel: This one has to be over. Stallion is about to retain his title.
Two…
Max: Never count out Justin Dreamer, Daniel. You should know that by now.
No!! Dreamer refuses to stay down for the count. Stallion gets up and pushes the second door open and walks outside. Dreamer stays inside trying to gather himself. He gets up and at first seems confused and demands the referee tell him what happened to Stallion. The referee refuses to respond and Dreamer goes to deck him until a fan points out that Stallion went outside. Dreamer steps out onto the sidewalk and still cannot find the champion. He keeps walking around when he sees a body climbing up a mobile staircase to the top of a semi-trailer pressed against the building, apparently there to drop off some wares.
Max: What the hell is that staircase doing there?
Daniel: You know, I have no idea, Max.
Max: That is not exactly breaking news. It is almost as if Stallion planted it there before the match.
Daniel: You could be right, but the one thing I do know is this is not going to end well for one or possibly both of these men.
Dreamer runs over behind him and starts to climb up as well. Dreamer gets near the top and Stallion tries to kick him away, but Dreamer picks the ankle and Stallion falls down, taking him out long enough for Dreamer to climb up to the top of the trailer as well. Both men stand up as fans begin flooding outside to see the two men, blood pouring down their faces, exchanging punches on the top of the trailer. Stallion’s blows cause Dreamer to walk back until his foot meets nothing but air as the challenger quickly pushes it forward to avoid falling off the edge. Dreamer hits a quick DDT on the trailer and stands over Stallion. He starts to hook him, setting up for Dream Street, but Stallion counters with a hurricanrana! Dreamer is up quickly and goes for a clothesline, Stallion ducks. Dreamer stops himself from falling off and turns around, only to be leveled with a spinning heel kick sending him off the trailer, crashing onto the top of a dark blue sedan below! The roof of the car collapses in slightly as the side windows, windshield and back window all crack and glass starts to fall to the floor.
Daniel: I need to, you take the rest of the match Max, that was just…
Max: Stop being such a baby, that was spectacular! I only wish it had been Stallion’s body crashing onto that…hey my rental car!
The crowd begins a chant not fit for the ears of the children amongst them. Stallion looks down at Dreamer’s body and notices he is lying on his back. Stallion turns his body and kisses his necklace. The crowd sensing what is coming begin to give Stallion the “Please Don’t Die!” chant. He bends his knees and flips himself back with a moonsault off the trailer. The impact of Stallion’s body crashing onto Dreamer’s at the completion of The Showdown causes the rest of the glass to shatter and pour down onto the asphalt of the parking lot. The referee rushes over and slams his hand onto the car’s now crushed rooftop…
One…
Daniel: Alright, I think I am alright now, unlike Dreamer. Sorry about your car, man.
Two…
Max: Shut up. Just shut up.
Three!!!!!!
Mina Henderson: Here is your winner and still WPW Hardcore Champion, Stallion!!
Daniel: What an incredible showing by both men! Dreamer gave Stallion everything he had but in the end he came up just short.
Max: I have to give Stallion credit. I never thought he would have the guts to go for The Showdown off the top of that trailer. He certainly earned this victory.
Daniel: I am amazed you said that. Well Stallion retains the WPW Hardcore Championship and wins his blood feud with Justin Dreamer in the process. Just think, we still have even more action to come right here at the Edward Newton Community Center tonight at Everything Ends!
Dan Murph is shown backstage resting his head in his hands. He seems very focused and intent on his match tonight. Amy White walks up to him.
Amy: Dan, I don't mean to disturb...but can I get some last minute comments on your match tonight?
Dan: Amy, this is the biggest match in my career. I am sitting here focuisng on my gameplan for the champion and you come in here and start asking me asinine questions like that?
Amy: I don't mean to be rude, I'm just doing my job...
Dan: I'm aware of that but i'm sure there are other people you can focus on instead of me.
Amy: Well you are in the main event...
Dan: Don't you think I know that? Can't you let a man sit in peace and mentally prepare for a match?
Amy: Okay, I'm sorry Dan. Good luck tonight.
Max: Dan Murph is obviously very focused tonight.
Mina: The Following Match is for the WPW FLORIDA State Title.....
Daniel: And you can’t exactly be upset at this matchup either! This is Gerard Carson Vs. Spaz! These two know each other inside out!
Max: Eww! Well anyway, I can so! Carson has hardly been impressive lately; He lost to Phill Bennett of all people...
Daniel: Well you have to admit that Carson, as much as he seemed destined to rule WPW when he moved over from PCW. He’s had several losses that have put some doubt in his step and Even that close win over Tank might make him wonder.
As ‘Give ’Em Hell Kid’ by My Chemical Romance hits, the arena goes pitch before suddenly dark green lights flood the arena and flash rapidly as out walks Gerard Carson with his Florida state championship draped around his shoulder, standing on the ramp as he looks sideways at the fans for a moment before charging towards the ring and sliding into the ring.
Mina: Introducing first, the Florida State Champion... From Liverpool, England and weighing in at 225 pounds... GERARD CARSONNNNN!!!
Gerard then stands up as he walks over to one of the turnbuckles and climbs it, where he poses on the top rope for a moment for the crowd as he back flips off the top rope and lands on his feet, in which green pyros explode from the turnbuckles. He hands his title to the referee.
Max: He’s not exactly letting the losses get to him... The sucker!
Daniel: I just can’t wait to hear this logic!
Max: Humility is good! You have to recognise your weaknesses and just say when you’re wrong or lost or just plain beat!
Daniel: I can’t believe I hear this coming from you!
“I’m not Okay” by My Chemical Romance hits and soon out charges Spaz, wearing his sunglasses with his wrestling attire. Spaz throws his hands up to the noise of the crowd, mostly boos.
Mina: And now the Challenger... From Canada and weighing in at 245 pounds.... He is Spaz!!
Max: Canada? Just Plain Canada? Did he grow up with travelling Canadian Gypsies?
Daniel: And My Chemical Romance seems quite popular today as well!
Max: Are you hitting on me?
Spaz spins in the ring and looks over at his opponent. He takes off his sunglasses and looks over at his rival...
Daniel: You wanna know something about Spaz and Gerard Carson? They have one of, if not THE biggest history together than any wrestler I know!
Max: There’s gotta be bigger than these two..
Daniel: Nope, this si the third federation they’ve fought in and almost every time, they’ve had it for a title.. PCW, Here in WPW and they both feuded for the world title of a place Called WWC...
Max: As in the PPV?
Daniel: As in a separate fed.. nothing to do with us!
*Ding Ding*
Spaz and Carson move to the Centre of the ring. The referee steps back and the two superstar congregate in a lockup. Carson gets the advantage and Soon Spaz’s head is caught in a standing side headlock. Spaz pulls back and now has Ranks’s arm behind his back. Spaz pushes back on the much lighter Carson and they collide with the turnbuckle, Carson taking the brunt of the collision. Spaz holds Carson there and delivers chop after chop into his Sternum.
Max: three chops, four chops.... Who ended up as World champ outta those two?
Daniel: I believe Spaz did!
Max: I’m going for Spaz.. He’s winning now and will keep doing so.. Go world Champ!
As Spaz reaches the tenth chop, he releases Carson who slumps down onto his knees. Spaz, not one to waste time, immediately grabs the smaller man and places him on the turnbuckle. He moves back and looks ready to climb the Turnbuckle himself. Spaz mount the bottom buckle but is met with a headbutt from Gerard. Carson battles back and after a Punch has sent Spaz off the turnbuckle to flat on his back in the middle of the ring, he begins to stand upright on the top buckle. Carson the hoists up Spaz and throws him at the turnbuckle.
Max: Look, Carson is finally doing something... Too little too late old friend..
Daniel: Why don’t you go put money on it if you’re so sure.
Max: No one was taking bets...
Carson then charges at him ready yo Spear Spaz through the turnbuckle. Spaz sees this and hits a European Uppercut that sends Carson back to the mat! Carson stands up again and as he does so Spaz Leaps from his position at The champion. Carson however disappears and ducks Spaz. Spaz However jumps and has hoisted Carson into a powerbomb Position! But the Crafty Ex-PCW star is ready and grabs Spaz by the waist and falls off of his shoulders. Executing a Sunset Flip!
The referee makes the count.
1...........
Spaz kicks out!
Daniel: Did you see that? These two are as Athletic as they come...
Max: You always call things too much down the line!
Daniel: Yeah, you start doing that!
Carson is the first up, but Spaz trips him over and jumps on his back, latching on a side headlock. Carson is quick to get to his feet but Spaz comes with him and keeps the hold on. Carson wears his way out of it, shifting his lighter mass until he is essentially behind Spaz. Carson is acting fast and picks Spaz up and hits a Back suplex on him, breaking the hold. Spaz holds his neck.
Daniel: Still going for Spaz?
Max: I’m not gonna give up.. and Neither is Spaz!
Carson gets up and bring Spaz with him, he holds Spaz’s head under his body and motions for a DDT. Carson jumps to try and hit the move but it doesn’t work and Spaz has slipped under him and connects with a European uppercut that spins Carson on the Spot. Spaz then charges, his arm outstretched for a vicious looking Clothesline. But as he gets Close, Carson shoots his hands up behind Spaz’s head and pulls him down with a spinning neckbreaker.
Max: Carson showing a slight bit of skill there. Just slightly
Daniel: Oh come on. Ranks is a shining star, what the hell hasn’t he got? He has athleticism, muscles, great connection with the crowd.
Max: Oh look, pin attempt!
Carson has Spaz’s leg hooked, the referee count
1...........
2.
Kickout.
Carson is the first up again. He tries to give himself the edge by lashing a foot out at Spaz while he kneels but Spaz dodges and rolls. Carson moves in and wails on Spaz. But he however blocks the third punch and lashes out with a European Uppercut once more. Carson stumbles and Spaz seizes the opportunity. He whips Carson into the ropes, Gerard reverses the move and sends Spaz at the ropes. He returns and is ready for a manoeuvre duck. Carson however had no plans to do any sort of shot and jumps over Spaz to the Crowds delight. Spaz returns again and the exact same thing happens once more, Carson jumps and Spaz ducks. Spaz however this time falls through the ropes.
Daniel: Is Carson Showing off?.
Ranks sees Brian fall and decides it Is his time to entertain, the laps up the crowds attention like he promised he would. However Brian only fell onto the apron and is already backing in the ring. Ranks is still entertaining the crowd as he turns around and is met by a high Superkick!.
Max: Perfection! The Perfection Superkick!
Daniel: You know the name of a move? This is amazing!
Max: No Siree! It’s written on your paper! I can read, you know!
Gunnar falls down and hooks the leg.
1............
2............
No! Kickout!
Daniel: Carson is very lucky, just got his shoulder up... He’s still the lucky Florida champ!
Max: He was lucky to escape with his head still connected to his body!
Spaz is in disbelief at this, angry he lets out several stomp aimed at the neck of his long-time Rival. Carson convulses slightly with every Kick, the crowd boos and Spaz gestures in a similar way that he did at the entrance, riling up the crowd against him once more! Spaz laughs at his own joke and moves down to grab Carson. Carson, seemingly running on nothing but impulse, suddenly jumps up and rolls up Spaz himself!
1............
Max: No! That Possum! He’s playing Possum!
2.........
Max: No No No No!!!
Kickout!
Max: Oh Thank God!
Spaz scuffles backwards at this and looks over. Carson is on his back but he is laughing and holds one fist up in the air to the crowd. The Crowd cheers and Carson begins to get to his Feet. Spaz does so too and starts on the offensive laying in a series of punches but Carson answers with a kick to the knee that takes Spaz to one leg. Spaz however doesn’t let his newfound lack of height discourage him. He reaches right up and hits a Jawbreaker on The former IOW champion. Carson is down but jumps up again. Spaz moves over and hooks in a Belly to Belly Suplex, he lifts but Carson doesn’t move, he has wrapped his leg around Spaz and effectively halting the move. Spaz releases his leg from Carson but He doesn’t have time to try for a second suplex as Ranks has taken the sudden advantage. He spins Gunnar 180 degrees and brings him down!
Daniel: The Carsonator DDT! Carson has battled out of that Belly to Belly Suplex to hit one of his signature move!!
Carson goes for the pin!
1...............
2..............
Gunnar Kicks out!
Max: What the hell is it with kicking out of finishers in this match?
Daniel: You should be happy, Spaz is still there!
This time it is Carson surprised by the turn of events, he almost looks like he might be cracking and losing his cool but he regains his composure. Carson looks over at the turnbuckle and grins. He points at it and the crowd responds with a positive reaction.
Max: Mr. Statistics, tell me what his rope finisher thing is...
Daniel: a 450 Degree splash
Max: (Different Voice) My god, Carson is going for a 450 Degree Splash!
Carson has thus climbed the ropes and looks over at the fallen Gunner Brian. Ranks sees Gunnar come to as his arm moves. Ranks looks over at the crowd pondering for a moment before leaping out and spinning 450 degrees....
Before he crashes onto the mat with no Spaz there!!! He has rolled out of the way! Spaz stirs to see the train wreck awaiting him in the ring. He moves over as Carson begins to get up on all fours. Spaz is ready and grabs ranks arm, taking in a La Magistral Cradle!
1............
2...........
Carson moves his weight and now sits on Spaz’s chest! He reaches over and grabs both his legs, placing Spaz’s weight onto his own and forcing them onto his shoulder....
1................
2.................
3!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*Ding Ding*
Mina: Here is your winner....And STILL WPW Florida State Champion.... GERARRRD CARSONNNN!!
Daniel: And He retains. Carson puts a moth of turmoil behind him and succeeds in defending his World Title!
Max: Curse you Spaz!!!
Carson jumps up and grabs his Florida title from Mina, the referee then raises Carson’s hand as Spaz looks either knocked out or emotionally stunned!
Daniel: Sometimes I wonder about your idiocy... You’re betraying him and you didn’t even bet on him!
Max: He failed Me!!! Noo!
The One is shown backstage heading for the ring when all of a sudden Brock Goodman runs up from behind The One and clotheslines him with Smada screaming at Brock.
Smada: Take him out and you get your damn title match Brock!
Brock looks to continue attacking The One when he is assaulted by Scorch and Dust who chase off Brock and Smada. Dust and Scorch attend to One but he pushes them off and gets back to his feet.
One: The time has come Adams! Now we'll really see who's better!
The One then glances back at Scorch and Dust staring a hole though One.
Scorch: We'll all see who's better.
A promo for the next WPW Pay Per View airs and it is simply the Redemption logo. The screen then cuts back to the arena and there are four ladders set up around the ring with other ladders laid on the arena floor.
Max: Look at all those ladders!
Daniel: Yeah, it is quite a sight to see!
Max: There are so many of them! I’m counting at least eight ladders, and there are only six competitors!
Daniel: Well folks, Max just showed he could count… Anyway, the following match is our first main event of the evening, and what a main event it is! We have a six-man ladder match for the PCW Championship. You heard that right, a six-man ladder match for the PCW Championship!
Max: Yeah, even I want to see this one! You have 6 of the best in the industry all vying for the PCW Championship!
Daniel: And all of the six participants want the right to call themselves the last ever PCW Champion and I am sure each and every one of them will put their bodies on the line for that title!
Max: All for the glory of being the last ever holder of the PCW Championship!
Daniel: And what a night we have had so far. To recap the action we have seen; we have seen Jamie Parker win the solo tag team match in a great bout, we saw Jokester beat Gunnar when Jokester squared off against Gunnar Brian in another great match-up, Phill Bennett proved…
Max: Just how he was screwed out of the God of Live belt in the first place when he won it back in the God of Live triple threat match, then there was MVP vs. Twizted where Twizted showed his dominance, the hardcore championship was decided when Justin Dreamer took on Stallion and Stallon walked out with the belt…
Daniel: Don’t cut me off like that. And finally, we watched as Gerard Carson and Spaz faced off against each other for the Florida State Championship. Carson was able to leave the arena with the belt, and both Gerard and Spaz made it a great match. And we still have three great matches lined up for the rest of the night, with the twenty-man battle royal to determine Parker's new tag team partner. Then we have our second ladder match of the evening, except SiNN and The Shadow have to score a pin fall to secure a win in the match…
Max: And finally, the main event everyone is waiting for, Dan Murph vs. James Moriarty Cassius for the greatest championship in the business, of course I mean the WPW Championship, in of all matches, a Casket Match! Yes folks, one man has to get his opponent into a casket and close it for the win!
Daniel: So in all, it has been a great night thus far and if this match is anything to go by, things will only get better as the night goes on! So now, lets hand you over to Mina Henderson as she makes her way to the ring!
Max: Damn, she is hot! I would…
Daniel: MAX!! Enough! Just focus on calling our first main event of the evening will you?
Max: But look at that little black mini skirt! Those legs… I wouldn’t be able to focus on the match if she wasn’t sitting out of my sight!
Daniel: My god Max, my god!
Max: What?!
Daniel: Never mind!
Mina is approaching the ring steps, mic in hand. She walks up the steps and enters the ring through the bottom and second ropes and walks to the centre of the ring. Mina brings the mic to her lips and addresses the crowd.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, the following contest is our first main event of the evening and is to decide the holder of the PCW Championship! The match is a ladder match, which means that pinfalls and submissions do not count and there is no disqualification! The winner of the match is the man who simply climbs the ladder and unhooks the championship belt from the belt ring. And now…
Faint hits.
Mina: Introducing first, from Boston, MA and weighing in at 340lbs, he is ANDREW XAVIER!
As the intro to faint echoes through the air the crowd goes silent, than as the song continues the curtain opens and out steps Andrew Xavier. He holds his left wrist with his right hand then raises it above his head as blue pyro goes off in a circle all around him. As the song cuts into the main beat Andrew runs forward through a break in the fireworks and heads towards the ring. As he reaches the ringside area, he stops and quickly surveys the area before dashing the rest of the way to the ring and sliding right in. Xavier gets to his feet where he raises his arms to taunt like before. He then stands in the middle of the ring and awaits his opponent.
Mina: And his opponent, from Cork, Ireland, weighing in at 230lbs, he is ‘The People’s King’ DUST!
As Mina says Dust’s name, Xavier shows respect and exits the ring as the lights dim to a low glow as the spoken intro to 'The Champ' goes out over the PA. After 29 seconds the music kicks in at full throttle and pyro erupts on the stage. The Peoples King steps through the curtains with his hands raised at his sides. He wears a no-sleeve zip up hoody to match his gear. 'People’s Republic' is written on the back of the hoody and Dust has the hood up. Dust stops at the top of the ramp and looks out at the crowd. Dust pulls the hood down and pyro erupts from behind. He makes his down to the ring, slapping hands as he goes. Dust, like Xavier, stops at the ringside area and surveys his surroundings, taking in the amount of ladders available. Dust then slides in under the bottom and hits the nearest turnbuckle. He unzips the hoody, drops it to the outside and raises his hands at his sides again as pyro comes from the ceiling. Dust drops to the canvas and taunts to the crowd once more, then like Xavier, Dust also exits the ring.
Daniel: Well, at least Dust made it to the ring this time, but only time will tell IF he has what it takes to walk out with the championship!
Max: Time will tell us indeed Daniel, time will tell!
Daniel: That’s pretty much what I just said Max, you repeated what I said for the sake of saying something!
Mina: And the opponent, from New York City, weighing in at 265lbs, he is JEREMIAH RANKS!
The lights dim then begin to flash blue and yellow over and over again. ‘By Myself’ hits the speakers and the crowd goes wild. The Shocka walks out to the top of the stage with his hoody on and his head bowed down. Three big pyros blast down the ramp way and he lifts his head instantly as it ends. He then makes his way down to the ring feeding of the crowd and giving fives. The Shocka doesn’t stop when he gets to the ringside area, instead he quickly glances around at the different sized ladders on display and slides into the ring. Jeremiah plays to the crowd once more as his music stops. Ranks then exits the ring.
Mina: And the opponent, from Tinley Park, Illinois, weighing in at 240lbs, he is SCORCH!
‘Blisters and Coffee’ starts and Scorch comes from the back and runs down one side of the ramp, slapping hands of as many fans as possible. He continues to play up to the crowd a get them hyped up for the coming match. Scorch however, doesn’t stop to take note of his surroundings and flips over the top rope to get in the ring. He then goes to the top turnbuckle to "strike a match." At this point, during the pose does Scorch survey the area. He takes in his opponents and the ladders before he drops from the turnbuckle and exits the ring.
Mina: And the opponent, claiming to be from parts unknown, he weighs in at 245lbs, this is THE ONE!
3… 2… 1… 1… 1…
The Lights go out and one single white light shines from the rafters. The light focuses on The One standing in the entrance. Suddenly, 'Better' hits the speakers and he begins his walk down the aisle towards the ring. He stares right at his opponents and enters the ring. One goes to the nearest turnbuckle and does the god like pose on the as is still looking at his rivals. He then walks towards the turnbuckle on the opposite side and looks towards the sky. One then drops backs out of the corner and, like everyone else, scans the ringside area taking in his surroundings. One then exits the ring.
Mina: The following man’s PCW Championship belt will be hung from the rafters and will be the ultimate prize in this match. And now, introducing the last opponent, the self proclaimed PCW Champion, he is from New York City and weighs in at 245lbs, this is MIKE ADAMS!
A new beat starts pumping through the crowd and smoke emanates from the stage as Adams walks out onto the stage wearing jeans and an open hoodie covering his whole face. The base line kicks in and Adams screams and taunts for the fans as pyro shoots out from the stage and ‘Petrified (LA Mix)’ fills the arena. Adams walks down to the ring slapping a few hands but keeping his head down, ignoring the ladders, and still focusing on the ring as the first verse pumps the crowd up. As the chorus kicks in Adams rolls into the ring. As the songs screams “Why is everybody so petrified?” Adams flips up the hoodie poses for the crowd in the centre of the ring and pyro shoots out from the turnbuckles as Adams finishes posing for the fans. Adams removes the hoody and reveals the PCW Championship under his hoody, around his waist. Adams then unclasps the belt and removes it from his waist. Adams holds his arms out with the PCW belt across his arms and Mike stares at the belt longingly. Mike then slowly walks across the ring towards the referee. Mina then exits the ring and returns to her chair at ringside to a few dozen wolf whistles. Adams then stops in front of the ref and fully extends his arms. The ref reaches out and takes the belt from Mike’s arms and holds it in his right arm. With his left arm, the ref reaches into the air and beckons downwards. Seconds later, a ring on a length of chain descends from the roof of the arena and the ref hooks the belt to the ring. The chain, ring and belt are then hoisted into the air and the ref signals for the bell.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Daniel: This match is officially underway!
The five men on the outside of the ring then rush the ring, all sliding in under the bottom rope at almost the same time. Seconds later, Scorch, One, Ranks, Xavier and Dust are all on their feet. They all move to the centre of the ring while facing each other and all six men start arguing. The arguing lasts all of about thirty seconds before the six men start blasting each other in the face with right hands. Dust squares off against Mike, Scorch against the One, and Ranks against Xavier.
Daniel: And what an explosive start to this match! All six men are exchanging punches with one another, with no one getting the early advantage!
Max: Why cant all matches start out like this? This is a great sight to see, six men all beating the hell out of each other for one prize. It’s a shame it isn’t for WPW’s greatest title belt though!
Mike gets an arm up and blocks Dust’s incoming punch at almost the exact same time as One blocks Scorch and Ranks blocks Xavier. One then head butts Scorch and as Scorch staggers backwards, One quickly grabs Scorch’s head and shoulders before forcing him down into the DDT formation. One then quickly drops to the canvas, nailing Scorch with a vicious DDT. Adams, with Dust’s arm still held from the blocked punch, brings Dust’s arm into a hammerlock position. Adams wrenches upwards on Dust’s arm and as Dust rears upwards, Adams uses his other arm to force Dust to bend over, further increasing the pressure on Dust’s arm. With Dust bent over, Adams thinks quickly and breaks the hammerlock to place Dust’s arm between Dust’s legs. Adams now has Dust in the pump handle slam formation and quickly nails Dust with a pump handle slam. Ranks meanwhile has retaliated on Xavier and as Xavier is knocked slightly backwards, Ranks dashes forwards and forces Xavier to bend over. Ranks then grabs Xavier’s head and nails Xavier with a spinning neck breaker. As Ranks gets to a vertical base, One quickly intercepts him. One opens up with a right hand and Ranks quickly responds with a right of his own. Ranks and One are now exchanging punches as Adams looks on. Ranks then blocks an incoming punch from the One and quickly locks in a collar and elbow tie up. Ranks then breaks the collar and elbow tie up with a quick kick to One’s midsection. Ranks then grabs One’s head and punches him in the jaw. As soon as Ranks connects with One’s jaw, Ranks quickly moves behind the One and locks in a waist lock. Seconds later, Ranks lifts One off his feet, looking to nail the One with a German Suplex, but One shows great athleticism to roll through the attempted German and land on his feet behind Ranks. Ranks hears the landing and his head quickly moves from left to right. One then steps forwards and shoves Ranks. Ranks stumbles forwards… And is taken off his feet by Mike Adams. Adams then hits a big spine buster on Ranks, Faarooq style. Adams quickly gets to his feet and turns to face the One. They step forwards and lock eyes. There is an intense stare down between One and Mike, before Adams takes his eyes off his opponent and looks up at the PCW title that is hanging high above the ring. One realises he has an opportunity and blindsides Adams with a big right hand. One is punching Adams repeatedly in the face as Scorch, Xavier, Dust and Ranks start getting to their feet. Scorch and Ranks are next to each other and as they get to their knees, they start punching each other and Dust and Xavier start exchanging right hands as they are still getting to their feet!
Daniel: This match has been intense thus far Max! Neither man wants to give in at all!
Max: Well, it is for a World Championship, even if it is the PCW Championship!
Daniel: Don’t try to bring down the PCW championship, many great competitors have held that belt Max!
Max: And now, they all wrestle here in WPW, they should be looking to obtain the WPW Championship!
The four combatants that have just got to their feet, effectively pair off and exchange right hands, leaving Adams and the One to their own devices. Adams is exchanging punches with the One as One returns the favour. One then ducks an attempted right hand and quickly goes behind Mike Adams. One then grabs Adams shoulders and rakes his hands down Mike’s back! Adams turns on his heels holding his back. Adams then extends his arms and grimaces as he fully extends them. Adams then screams WHAT THE HELL!? as One stands there and grins at him. With Mike still shocked at just being nailed with the old-skool back rake, One simply blasts Mike in the face with a right hand again. Adams stumbles backwards and holds his jaw as One advances towards him. One then pounds Mike in the face with repeated shots to the jaw. One then quickly places an arm between Mike’s legs and hoists him into the air. One then brings Adams down with a hard body slam as Ranks whips Scorch into the corner. Ranks follows up by sprinting to the corner and connecting with a hard clothesline on Scorch. Ranks then climbs to the second turnbuckle and rains right hands down on the head of Scorch, with the live audience counting in unison as each right hand connects to Scorch’s head. Meanwhile, Dust has got the upper hand over Xavier and ducks a right hand to quickly go behind Xavier. Dust then leans forward and wraps his arm around the head of Xavier. Dust then brings Xavier down with a modified snap mare. Xavier rolls through into a sitting position and Dust follows up with a quick kick to the back before nailing a low dropkick to the back of Xavier’s head!
Daniel: There is so much action to call, its hard to concentrate on a single pairing of athletes!
Max: I’ll say, I mean you have Scorch trapped in the corner and getting punched repeatedly by Ranks, Xavier just got laid out by Dust, and is now on the receiving end of a stomp down and One has Adams in the air for a Brain buster!
…
I think I just called the action quite nicely, don’t you think Daniel?
Daniel: Shut up Max!
One does indeed have Adams up for a brain buster. One then drops down and dumps Adams on his head, hard. One then pops his hips and rolls both himself and Mike Adams to his feet. One then hoists Mike into the air, in the Suplex formation, looking for a second brain buster. One then drops down and drives Mike’s head into the canvas. Adams folds up from the impact and lands face up, eyes glazed over. One then gets to his feet and quickly drops down, nailing Mike with a spinning leg drop across the throat! One then gets to his feet, bends over and slaps Mike’s head and measures Mike, who is groggy on the canvas.
…10!! … … 11! … 12! … 13! … 14!
In the corner, Ranks has nailed Scorch over 10 times and is still continuing to rain blows down on his head. Ranks looks to nail a fifteenth punch to the head of Scorch, but Scorch seems to snap out of it and blocks the fifteenth punch attempt and shoves Ranks off the turnbuckle with authority. As Ranks is launched backwards off the turnbuckle, Scorch quickly moves out of the corner. However, Ranks lands on his feet. Meanwhile, Dust is getting to his feet after stomping on Xavier. Dust plays to the crowd but he unknowingly moves closer to the Ranks, who has his back to Dust. Scorch quickly turns to the side and attempts a roundhouse kick, obviously looking to nail Ranks, but Ranks ducks and Scorch connects with the jaw of Dust! Dust drops to the canvas and Scorch looks at him before nonchalantly shrugging his shoulders. Ranks then pops up in Scorch’s view and nails him with a kick to the gut, doubling Scorch over. Ranks then places Scorch’s head between his legs and hoists him up onto his shoulders. Ranks attempts a powerbomb as Mike has gotten to his knees. Scorch then counter’s Ranks by raining shots down on his head. Ranks is taken off balance and Scorch capitalises. Scorch takes Ranks down with a hurracanrana however, as they are still close to the turnbuckle, Ranks hits the corner turnbuckles, which slows his descent long enough for Scorch to turn around, catch him and lock Ranks in the tree of woe. Meanwhile, with Mike on his knees in front of the One, The One charges forwards and attempts a running shining wizard… But just as Scorch hits a blatant low blow on Ranks, Adams blocks the attempted running knee, quickly gets to his feet and grabs One by the throat. Adams then hoists One into the air in the chokeslam formation and moves as fast as he can to the closest corner. Adams then slams One into the turnbuckles and reapplies his grip on the One’s throat. Scorch meanwhile hits a second closed fist shot to Ranks nads as Adams, who has a hold of One’s throat forces him up and into a sitting position on the top turnbuckle. Adams, while keeping his grip and limiting the air One can take in, steps through the ropes and with one leg on the apron and the other in the ring, Mike releases his grip on One’s throat and quickly steps out onto the apron. Adams then re-applies his grip to One’s throat… The arena goes silent in anticipation for what is about to befall the One… In the opposite corner, Scorch unhooks Ranks from the tree of woe position and lets him drop to the canvas below. Scorch reaches down and grabs a handful of Ranks hair and forces him up to his feet. Ranks cradles his nuts with one arm as Scorch puts his other arm over his shoulder, setting him up for a vertical Suplex… Seconds later, Adams chokeslams the One, from the top turnbuckle to the unforgiving arena floor! One hits the arena floor, narrowly missing one of the many ladders that are laid across the floor as Ranks hits the ring canvas. Adams has an evil look in his eyes after delivering a top rope chokeslam to the One!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel and Max: OH MY GOD!
Daniel: Are we looking at Adams or Smada?
Max: I don’t know, but something is telling me that Mike Adams has just left the building!
Adams then drops to the canvas as Dust gets to his feet after taking the roundhouse kick. Scorch then steps backwards. Dust tries to grab Scorch before Scorch dashes forwards and nails Ranks with the Spark! Dust looks over at Xavier and notices he is getting to his feet. Dust then dashes over to Xavier and ‘helps’ him up to his feet. Dust then shows great strength and hoists Xavier up onto his shoulders. Dust then nails Xavier with a Death Valley Driver! Dust quickly gets to his feet and turns to spot Scorch once more. With Ranks out on the canvas, Scorch gets to his feet and plays to the crowd. He turns on his heels and is met with a crushing knife-edge chop across the chest from Dust! This gets a loud WOOO! from the crowd as Dust nails Scorch with another knife-edge chop. Meanwhile, on the outside of the ring, Adams is staring down at the body of the One. Adams then turns on his heels and glances into the ring where Scorch is getting nailed with Chop after chop, each one getting a WOOOO!! from the live audience. Adams then walks over to the closest ladder, grabs the sides of said ladder and snaps it shut. Adams then turns to the ring and approaches the ring. However, Adams stops just short of entering the ring as Dust now has Scorch in Suplex formation. Dust then falls backwards and nails Scorch with a vertical Suplex before rolling and bringing both himself and Scorch back up to a vertical base. Dust then hoists Scorch up and hits the second vertical Suplex. Dust then rolls through and returns to a vertical base. Dust then breaks the Suplex formation, but keeps a hold of Scorch’s arm. Dust then short arm’s Scorch, ducks as Scorch approaches and hoists Scorch up onto his shoulders in a fireman’s carry position. Dust then completes the tri-factor by modifying the move into a neckbreaker across the knee, hitting the ‘Three Cheers’!
Daniel: Woah! What a chain move there by Dust!
Max: I have to say, that was impressive!
Daniel: Looks like Dust is showing us why he should be PCW Champion… One thing puzzles me though, why did Mike Adams stay outside and let him hit his signature move?
Max: If a man like Dust is on a roll, would you want to step into the ring?
Daniel: I see your point there Max!
Max: Exactly!
Dust then plays to the crowd and as a result of taunting to the crowd; Dust doesn’t notice Adams slide the ladder into the ring behind him. Adams then follows the ladder and slides into the ring himself. Adams then bends down and picks the ladder up. Adams lets out an almost primal war cry that gets Dust’s attention. Dust turns around and is greeted by a horrific sight. Adams has the ladder raised and is charging at Dust. Dust hasn’t got time to react and the ladder connects solidly with Dust’s face, sending Dust sprawling to the outside, and making him bleed almost at impact! Dust hits the outside floor hard and Adams smacks the point of the ladder into the canvas. Adams then surveys the ring and spots both Xavier and Ranks are still down from the Death Valley Driver and the Spark respectively. Adams then advances menacingly to the downed form of Jeremiah Ranks and raises the ladder above his head, obviously with malicious intent. Ranks slowly gets to his knees and notices the approaching Adams. Ranks expression turns to fear as Adams brings the ladder down to waist height. Ranks knows what’s coming as Adams swings the ladder forwards and catches Ranks in his exposed midsection! Ranks doubles over holding his abdomen. Ranks is face down on the canvas and Adams brings the ladder down on his back. Adams looks possessed as he assaults Ranks. Adams then throws the ladder down and forces a wheezing Ranks to his feet. Adams then grips the top of Ranks tights and Ranks shoulders and throws him out of the ring with authority. Ranks lands in a heap as Adams bends over to pick the ladder back up. Adams appears to be totally disregarding Andrew Xavier as advances on Scorch, who is still down from the triple move he suffered at the hands of Dust. However, as Adams gets closer to Scorch, Scorch manages to get to his feet… Only to be met with a ladder to the head, courtesy of Mike Adams. However, Scorch doesn’t go down, instead he is staggered somewhat so Mike takes aim and literally levels Scorch with another shot to the head. Blood trickles down Scorch’s face as Adams moves to the centre of the ring, still seemingly disregarding Xavier. Adams then looks down at Xavier and smiles. Adams then moves the ladder to the closest turnbuckle. Adams smiles once more and slides out of the ring. He looks over at the One before turning his back on the one and looking under the ring. Adams then returns to a vertical base and reveals he has retrieved two steel chairs. Adams slaps them together and slides one of the chairs into the ring. Adams then turns to the One and waits as the One is slowly getting to his feet. One gets up to his knees and…
BAM!
It sounds like a gunshot as Adams brings the steel chair down across the One’s skull. One slumps back down to the arena floor as Adams raises the bloodstained chair into the air.
Daniel: WOAH! What a chair shot by Mike Adams!
Max: Yeah! It sounded like a gun going off!
Daniel: … Wait… You know what I have just realised? There is only one person left who hasn’t been blasted with a weapon by Mike, and he still hasn’t moved after getting nailed with a Death Valley Driver! Mike could win this one right here!
Max: Yeah, I just noticed that too!
Mike seems to hear the commentators as he points up to the belt that is hanging from the rafters before he brings his hands to his waist and while still holding the bloody chair, Adams makes the belt symbol across his waist. Adams then slides the other chair into the ring then slides into the ring himself. Adams then walks over to the body of Andrew Xavier, who is still down from the DVD and raises the chair above his head… Adams hesitates a few seconds, looking up at the chair and then down at Xavier… Adams then drops the chair.
Daniel: What?! Is Mike actually showing some compassion?!
Max: I doubt it very much!
Adams then looks over at the ladder that is set up in the corner. Mike then grins wickedly before he reaches down and grabs a handful of Xavier’s hair. Adams then attempts to pull Xavier up to his feet by his hair, but Xavier appears to be out cold, almost like dead weight in Mike’s hands. Finally, Adams manages to get Xavier up to his feet. Mike then engages a collar and elbow tie up with Xavier and forces him over to the corner near the ladder. Mike punches Xavier in the head as he forces him nearer the turnbuckle, then Mike rests Xavier against the turnbuckle. Adams then climbs to the top turnbuckle and gets to a standing position on the top turnbuckle. Adams then reaches down and grabs Xavier and pulls him up with him. Adams climbs onto the ladder, ascends to the top and sits at the top of the ladder. Adams then reaches down from the top of the ladder and grabs Xavier once more. Adams then pulls Xavier forwards, causing Xavier to instinctively catch the ladder and groggily regain his footing on the ladder. Adams then pulls Xavier up the ladder and slowly, step by step, Xavier is two rungs away from the top. Adams then signals for the Splash Mountain Power bomb!
Daniel: NO WAY!
Max: Oh no!
Daniel: Will the ladder actually be stable enough for this?!
Adams then places Xavier’s head between his legs… Adams attempts to hoist Xavier into the air… Suddenly, Xavier comes to life! He wriggles out of Adams grip and nails a quick low blow! Adams doubles over and Xavier grabs Adams head and smashes it into the top of the ladder!
Daniel: Xavier was playing possum!
Max: I…
Daniel: He fooled Mike Adams!
Max: I know, I can see that!
Xavier then smashes Mike’s head into the top of the ladder once more and quickly steps down a couple of rungs before dropping the rest of the way to the canvas. Xavier then quickly moves around to the opposite side of the ladder and climbs a few of the rungs, positioning himself beneath Mike Adams. Xavier then looks up and nails Adams with a second low blow before Xavier turns on his rung, placing his back against the ladder and positioning his head between Adams legs. Xavier then reaches upwards and grabs the waist of Mike Adams with both hands…
Daniel: I have a feeling this will all end badly for Adams…
Max: Duh, Xavier looks like he is setting up for a powrbomb!
Xavier then powerbombs Mike off the ladder to the canvas below!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Xavier is looking down at Adams and taunts to the crowd. Xavier then drops down from the ladder, turns to face the ladder and lifts it over the body of Mike Adams before positioning it under the championship belt… On the outside, Dust is starting to come round and he uses the ring apron to help him to his feet. Dust then notices Xavier as he steps onto the first rung of the ladder, beginning his climb to the belt. Dust then rolls under the ropes and into the ring before getting to his feet. Dust seems to be the victim of a head rush as he gets to his feet and seems unsteady at first. Dust then steadies himself and advances towards Xavier, who is now at the top of the ladder! Xavier reaches out and grabs the belt and attempts to unhook it… Only to have Dust move the ladder out from underneath him! Xavier instinctively lets go of the belt and grips the belt ring and finds himself hanging twenty-feet in the air! On the outside, Ranks is getting to his feet and notices the goings on in the ring. He is holding his midsection as he gets to a vertical base. Ranks then spots Dust climbing the ladder and Ranks slides into the ring and advances towards Dust and the ladder… As Dust gets half way up the ladder, he grabs Xavier… Only to be left hanging from Xavier’s midsection and legs as Ranks moves the ladder out from beneath him! Ranks then positions the ladder and places a foot on the bottom rung. On the outside, Scorch is just coming to and uses the ring apron to help himself to his feet. Scorch gets to his feet and notices Ranks climbing the ladder. Scorch then gingerly slides into the ring and almost as slowly as Ranks is climbing the ladder, Scorch advances towards the ladder… As Ranks gets within striking range of the belt, the worse possible thing happens as Ranks grips the belt ring with one hand and the belt with the other… Scorch pulls the ladder out from underneath him! Scorch then re-positions the ladder and looks to climb the ladder, as One gets to his feet on the outside. One then groggily gets to his feet and enters the ring. One seems to be out of it as he walks to the middle of the ring… Scorch meanwhile is getting ever closer to the top of the ladder… One gets to the middle of the ring and instead of climbing the ladder, he gets beneath Dust!
Daniel: What the hell is the One doing here?
Max: I honestly haven’t a clue Daniel! I thought he would try to stop Scorch!
One then positions himself under Dust so that Dust is basically sat on his shoulders, while still gripping onto Xavier, is still hanging from the belt ring… Scorch reaches the top of the ladder… But instead of taking advantage of the clear cut shot to the belt, Scorch opts to… LEAP from the top of the ladder and catch both Ranks and Xavier with a double clothesline! Scorch then drops to the canvas below and This causes Ranks and Xavier to lose their grip on the belt ring and Ranks falls the twenty-feet to the canvas below… While Xavier drops backwards and catches the back of Dust’s head, meaning Dust is in a reverse DDT formation, which takes Dust down, which in turn causes the One to be on the receiving end of a hurracanrana! All 5 men crash down to the canvas and hit hard!
HOLY SHIT!! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Max and Daniel: HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: That was the biggest thing I have ever seen!
Max: I’ll say! What the hell just happened?!
Daniel: Well, it looked to me like Scorch flew off the top of the ladder and nailed a double flying clothesline on Ranks and Xavier. Scorch then dropped to the apron, as did Ranks because he lost his grip right…
Max: Right…
Daniel: Well, Xavier also lost his grip and ended up falling backwards. Now, Xavier was instinctively grabbing out for something and he found it… Unfortunately for Dust, Xavier found him because he was perched on the One’s shoulders… Xavier managed to grab the back of Dust’s head which, due to the laws of physics, means that Dust also falls, and to the best of my knowledge, that is the single biggest reverse DDT to ever befall a wrestler… And as Dust was falling, because of the way he was positioned on the One’s shoulders, the One was taken down with a huge hurracanrana!
Max: Right, right… I never thought I’d say this, but you just made one of the best things I ever saw sound boring!
Daniel: But… But you asked me to explain!
All six men, Dust, Xavier, Ranks, Scorch, One and Mike Adams are now laid out in the middle of the ring, not moving! Suddenly, the One rolls onto his stomach and crawls to the ladder, using it to pull himself to his feet. One then gets to his feet and surveys the ring, watching as his five other opponents writhe in pain. Seconds later, Dust starts moving, only to be met with a right hand from the One, and as Dust gets to his knees, One keeps striking, causing Dust to crawl around the ring to try and escape. Dust ends up in a corner as One rains punches down on him. One then looks around behind him and notices Xavier slowly moving and One treats him exactly the same as he dashes over and pretty much punches Xavier into another corner. One positions Xavier like Dust, sat down with his back to the turnbuckle and legs spread. One then looks behind him and spots Scorch crawling to the corner nearest him, so One waits a few seconds for Scorch to get to the corner before dashing over and raining punches down on Scorch’s head. One then positions Scorch like Dust and Xavier. Now, One turns around and faces Ranks, who still hasn’t moved. One then advances on Ranks before he reaches down and grabs Ranks head. One then drags One to the last remaining corner and One positions Ranks like Dust, Xavier and Scorch. One then returns to the centre of the ring and hits the God… Like… Pose… Before grabbing the sides of the ladder and snapping it shut. One then turns the ladder on its side and places it on the canvas. One looks over at Ranks before smiling and charging forwards with the ladder… The ladder then hits Ranks right between the legs! OOOOH! Ranks is writhing in pain as One removes the ladder from his crotch. One then turns the ladder and ‘aims’ at Scorch!
Daniel: OH NO! He is aiming at Scorch!
Max: Just how in the hell do you aim a ladder?!
Daniel: Easy, by pointing it at your intended target!
Max: Shut up Daniel!
One then smiles wickedly and runs forwards… One then drives the ladder into the crotch of Scorch! OOOOH! One then removes the ladder from Scorch’s crotch and backs up to the middle of the ring. One then turns to face Xavier as he checks over at Adams who still hasn’t moved after being powerbombed from the top of the ladder! One then charges forwards and drives the ladder into the crotch of Andrew Xavier! OOOH! One then backs up, removing the ladder from Xavier’s crotch. One turns to face his final prey, Dust. One smiles before he charges towards Dust and One drives the ladder into Dust’s crotch! OOOH! One then backs up and removes the ladder from Dust’s crotch before returning to the centre of the ring. One then sets the ladder up directly beneath the belt, but before he begins the lengthy ascent to the top, One moves the chairs that are around the ladder. One kicks the chair covered in his blood out of the ring and moves the other chair to the side of the ladder. One then begins the lengthy climb to the top of the ladder.
Daniel: Woah… What a sseries of low blows there from the One!
Max: Yeah, I doubt we will be seeing any little Dust’s, Xavier’s or Ranks in the future!
One is gingerly climbing the ladder, but where he has his back to Mike Adams, One doesn’t notice Mike start to stir. When One is half way up the ladder, Mike gets to his feet. Adams then manoeuvres himself so One doesn’t see him coming. One is within range of the belt and attempts to unhook the belt… Only to be met with a body shot from Mike Adams! Adams then moves to the opposite side of the ladder as Ranks and Scorch roll out of the ring under the bottom rope while holding their nads. Adams then climbs the other side of the ladder, punching at the One, who is still trying to unhook the belt… One is then abruptly stopped just before he could unhook the belt as Adams connects with a right hand to the One’s jaw. One then returns to a stable base while still being punched by Mike, and the two men begin exchanging right hands atop an eighteen-foot ladder. Meanwhile, while the One and Adams duel atop their ladder, Ranks and Scorch, who slid out moments ago, grab a ladder each and slide them into the ring. Ranks and Scorch set up their ladders next to the One and Mike’s ladder. So now there are three ladders in the ring, Mike and The One are on the middle ladder and there are two ladders either side of them. Meanwhile, Dust and Xavier have gotten to their feet and as Scorch and Ranks climb separate ladders, Dust and Xavier gingerly move towards the three ladders in the ring. Dust begins to climb the other side of Scorch’s ladder and Xavier climbs up Ranks ladder. The four men that are climbing the ladders get to the top at the same time and instantly exchange punches. There are now six men punching each other eighteen-feet in the air!
Daniel: Oh no! This can only end badly!
Max: What do you mean badly? The way I see it, things can only end well for everyone watching!
Daniel: Well, I meant things will end badly for the six men that are fighting eighteen-feet in the air!
Max: Oh, well when you put it that way, I agree with you!
As the six men exchange punches, Ranks is able to block a punch thrown by Xavier. Ranks then hits Xavier with a stiff right hand that shivers Xavier. Ranks then quickly capitalises and grabs Xavier’s head and arm. Ranks then hoists Xavier into the Suplex formation as Dust ducks a right hand from Scorch. Dust then places his arm across the chest of the now off balance Scorch and Ranks comes off the ladder and nails the ‘Total Shock’ on Andrew Xavier as Dust takes Scorch down with a ‘To Dust’ from the top of the ladder! Dust and Scorch’s momentum topples the ladder and the impact Ranks gets from his ‘Total Shock’ finisher knock the 2 unoccupied ladders over, causing them to bounce against the ropes. Dust, Scorch, Ranks and Xavier are down and not moving…
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: OH MAH GAWD!
Max: HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: Two top of the ladder finishing moves and the One and Mike Adams are still brawling!
Mike and One are still brawling atop their ladder, but One counters an attempted punch from Mike Adams and grabs his head. One then rams Adams head into the top rung of the ladder, then sets up for his ultimate finisher from a ladder, the ‘Redemption’
Daniel: THE REDEMPTION!
The One then comes off the top of the ladder and hits Mike with the ‘Redemption’… But they actually land the steel chair that One moved to the side of the ladder! One has just nailed a ‘Redemption into an Adams Ender’!!
HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!
Daniel: OH MY GAWD!
Max: HOLY SHIT!
None of the men are moving until the One seems to get an adrenaline surge. One then gets to his feet and his hand shoots to his lower back, but he works through the pain and picks up the ladder he just fell from. One then positions himself in front of it and places his right foot on the bottom rung. One then climbs the rungs of the ladder…
1st Rung …
2nd Rung …
3rd Rung …
4th Rung …
5th Rung … All the other participants are down and not moving…
6th Rung …
7th Rung …
8th Rung … One is now within reach of the belt and has an easy task ahead of him to unhook the belt! One gets the belt and drops from the ladder as the bell sounds! One lands hard on his back and raises the hand holding the belt into the air! The referee assigned this contest signals for the bell.
DING!
DING!
DING!
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, here is your winner and new PCW CHAMPION, THE ONEEEEE-AH!!
3… 2… 1… 1… 1…
The crowd erupt in a show of appreciation for what they have just witnessed as ‘Better’ fills the arena.
Daniel: What a match we have just witnessed ladies and gentlemen! We have a new PCW Champion, and that mans name is The One! Each man put on a valiant effort to walk out with that title, but only one man could do it, and he happens to be known as The One!
Dust, Ranks, Scorch, Xavier and Adams all slowly get to their feet. The 5 men look around the ring and Adams goes to one of the ladders leaning against the ropes while Scorch goes to the other ladder that is propped up against the ropes as Dust grips the ladder the One just climbed to the top of. Adams and Scorch dump their ladders out over the top rope as Dust snaps the ladder he has closed. Dust then walks over to the ropes and shoves his ladder over the top rope. As soon as Dust’s ladder hits the arena floor, Dust, Adams, Scorch, Xavier and Ranks look down at the one, who is still down. All five men advance towards One before they surround the new PCW Champion. The ref advances and starts admonishing the 5 men, but as they, in stereo, turn and stare at the ref, he turns white and the ref hastily exits the ring.
Daniel: Oh no, this cant be good for the One…
Max: And he doesn’t even know what’s happening yet!
The One slowly looks up from the ring canvas and notices he is surrounded. He tries to back peddle, but Scorch cuts him off. The One realises he has no choice and tries to get to his feet. One manages to get to his knees, but he is unsteady even on his knees. Suddenly, Ranks extends his hand forwards… One braces himself, but the anticipated punch doesn’t come… Instead, Ranks is offering his hand to One! One then grabs Ranks hand and Ranks helps One to his feet. Ranks releases the One and gets in his face… Seconds later, Ranks steps back and extends his arm forwards, motioning for One to shake his hand!
Daniel: What?
Max: What the hell?!
One then shakes Ranks hand and Ranks steps to the side. Seconds later, Adams steps forwards, and he to offers his hand. One looks confused but shakes hands with Adams as well. Adams steps to the side, next to Ranks and Scorch steps up and extends his hand to One. One and Scorch shake hands and Scorch joins Ranks and Adams before Dust also offers his hand to One. One and Dust shake hands and Dust joins Ranks, Adams and Scorch. Xavier then steps forwards and shakes hands with the One. As soon as Xavier shook hands with the One, Ranks, Adams, Scorch and Dust line up next to the One. Seconds later, the six men raise each others hands into the air as ‘Better’ continues playing.
Daniel: Wow! What sportsmanship shown there by Ranks, Adams, Scorch, Dust and Xavier!
Max: I’ll say, and now all six men are raising each others hands!
Daniel: This was a great match!
Xavier, One, Ranks, Adams, Scorch and Dust turn to face the four quadrants of the ring in synch, before releasing each other and exiting the ring. The One is the last one left in the ring, and before he exits the ring, One goes to the turnbuckle and does the God… Like… Pose… With the PCW Championship belt. One then exits the ring and joins Dust, Ranks, Xavier, Adams and Scorch as they walk up the ramp and disappear backstage.
Daniel: What a match we have just witnessed ladies and gentlemen, what a match!
Max: And there is still more to come tonight as we have the twenty man battle royal up next!
We cut backstage where Unit sits alone getting his kit in order, putting on a pair of familiar boots. Internal monologue.......
Unit (voiceover) : .......so this is it. My "final" chance to prove myself in WPW. And what a chance it is. A battle royal. It seems like only yesterday that I sat on my Pop's knee watching people like Jimmy Snuka, Arn Anderson, Gorilla Monsoon, Andre the Giant make the world shake in a battle royal. In fact, it was only yesterday. 'You should be in the Earthquake shelter and I'm too big to fit on your knee, Pop' I said, but he insisted on watching that old video.
When I first came to WPW, they said I wasn't fit to lace JMC's boots. Now look at me. Hope he doesn't realise where they've gone.
(Ties boot tight. We now see a JMC logo on the side)
And, of course, my record in WPW is unparallelled - no-one else has an 0 for 20. Oh, they're gonna be surprised when I walk out of that ring as Tag Team Champion. Mike Corral, Big Red, Forsaken......they're gonna be sorry they ever stole my lunch money. Even Amy White used to get her cut, but no more. No more. Tonight, the world will see a new Unit, a Unit 2, I might even shorten it to U2 in tribute to my favorite band.
(We hear huge boos from the crowd, announcers, commentary team, popcorn monkey and even Bono who has sneaked in wearing a disguise. Unit looks up, confused)
Strange. Must be something weird happening in the ring. Beno winning a match or something.
(He relaxes and slaps his knees in readiness for the battle. He winces slightly with the pain this brings)
And now, destiny awaits. The biggest match of my life. Possibly the biggest match of WPW's life. I have to go through men of the caliber of Tank, Sky Ryder, Ben Whyndam, Jason Bennett. None of them pushovers. None of them bribable. I know, I've tried. But tonight, my superior mic skills, my immense wrestling talent, my oh so frequent appearances on WPW programming will finally pay off. That, or my grovelling at Carlos Gonzalez' feet. It's time. Time to go.
Unit rises and goes over to the corner of the locker room where Jokester is reading a script marked 'Unit voiceover' through a lip mic.
Unit glares at Jokester.
Jokester: Oh, hi, Unit. Just practising a routine I thought I would use at this year's comedy awards. Hope you weren't offended. Look, behind you!
Unit glances over his shoulder, camera whip pans to reveal nothing, then pans back to find Unit on his own, Jokester gone. Unit fumes and storms out quickly to the ring as we head back to the announce table.
Daniel: Tonight’s show is proud to be sponsored by 300 – Stickin’ it to ‘em Iranians where it hurts.
Max: But the Iranians win in the film, don’t they, Daniel?
Daniel: First of all, shhhhh. That’s a spoiler. And second, it’s not that they win, it’s that they nearly lose.
Max: Well, that’s a great comfort for all of us in the forthcoming nuclear conflict with those plucky Persians.
Daniel: Also sponsored by the Waycross thrift shop. Looking for that second hand Andy Williams LP you always wanted? You could buy this and many more thrilling objets d’art at the Waycross thrift shop, 143 Sputnik Boulevard, Waycross, Georgia.
Max: And by Budweiser!!!! Three cheers for a long cool Bud, though I’m more of a Miller Lite man myself.
Daniel: Why does that not surprise me, Max? Have we got that Redemption commercial organized? Yes? No? Well, here goes for either a tour de force of direction and editing by the guys in the studio truck…………or 30 seconds of blank screen time. Don’t go away.
(Gap)
Max(doesn’t realise the camera is back on him) : He’s like an agarophobic homosexual – no sooner out of the closet than he’s back in again……what?.....are we on?....did they hear who I was talking about?
Daniel: Welcome back to this next match in which twenty superstars try to win an Over-the-top-rope Battle Royal to join Jamie Parker as WPW Tag Team Champions.
Max: That’s some prize, Daniel.
Daniel: It certainly is, Max. Nine men in the ring already here. In the ‘soon to be ejected’ corner, we have Zachary Jemmy, Unit, Daisuke Ryo, Big Red, Damian Wreck, Alex Christopher Diamond, Ben Whyndam, Sky Ryder and Number 2. And, oh my Lord, here's the next man who thinks he's Jimi Hendrix but looks more like little Jimmy Osmond, it's Johnny.....and he's not being ironic...'Rockstar' Saxton.
Superstar 2 pumps through the hall and several of the men already in the ring stifle laughter at Saxton's poses as he breaks one of the strings on the guitar, yelping as he cuts his finger.
‘Blow Me Away’ by Breaking Benjamin throbs the speakers next as Nick Comoroto does his drop to the knees and throw up the hands pose but he gets such a hail of abuse from the crowd that his music cuts short and he stomps angrily to the ring.
Blade Lavigne is next to arrive but he doesn’t even wait for his music, charging to the ring and overtakes Comoroto before he gets to the steps. Comoroto looks even angrier at this upstaging.
‘Never Let Me Down Again’ by Depeche Mode is next to play and Mike Corral makes his entrance though unaccompanied by his usual manager, Bella. He does his usual Jeff Hardy style antics, walks up the steps and claims the center of the ring, giving warning looks to the other superstars clustering for a fight.
Forsaken appears to ‘In the Shadows’ by Rasmus. He walks a few steps then stops to look around at crowd, giving a short nod after about two seconds. He continues to walk confidently to the ring. When at the ring, he grabs the top rope and pulls himself up, flipping over it.
Brock Goodman thrusts his way through the curtain as the Marilyn Manson version of Sweet Dreams plays. The usual fireballs are missing from the entrance, but the fashionable hoodie remains. He adds it to the growing pile of clothing by the timekeeper’s table who hands him a receipt with a shrug of his shoulders.
Tank is next to appear through a curtain of yellow sparks. A technical glitch means that his music doesn’t play so some smart cookie backstage puts on ‘Tank’ by the Stranglers instead. Tank doesn’t seem bothered by the switch and walks cockily down to the ring.
The lights suddenly go out.
Daniel: What on earth……….
A single spotlight suddenly picks out the face of Jason Bennett who has appeared in the ring without music or warning. The lights flash back on again to show him posing ‘Rock style’ on a turnbuckle. We get a brief snatch of ‘Getting Away with Murder’ by Papa Roach before it is replaced by El Pollo’s music.
Max: Next up is the chicken officially on the discount shelf. He is two nuggets short of a full Happy Meal, going cheap cheep cheep, he is El Pollo.
Daniel: And that, ladies and gentlemen, is the barrel well and truly scraped.
El Pollo strides to the ring with more purpose than usual, a fire in his eyes.
Daniel: Oooh! El Pollo was stung by the criticism last week. That defeat hit him hard and he wants this one bad.
Max: Two to go. Who’s next?
A Justin Timberlake track starts briefly before being drowned out by a hail of boos. These subside as………someone dressed as X-P*c with inked on facial hair, 3 quarts of cooking oil in his hair and a plastic bag as a bandana shakily makes his way to the ring.
Max: It’s X-P*c!!! He’s back! He’s back! ………but doesn’t he look awful? He looks 101 years old.
Daniel: That’s not X-P*c, you idiot. That’s legendaryken, sometime manager of the greaserat who won WPW’s last Battle Royal.
Max: Of course it’s X-P*c – look at the slimy trail he has left behind him. Watch how the front row babes recoil as he glances in their direction.
Daniel: No, I think that’s Ken’s colostomy bag malfunctioning again. He’s back to put the final nail in the coffin of our former WWE Superstar, X-P*c.
Max: Well, I don’t think that his identity was ever officially confirmed. That could have been anybody under that mask.
Daniel: Anyone who has appeared in a sex video with Chyna, you mean.
Max: Well, that doesn’t narrow the field down much.
The faux X-P*c steps through the ropes as the other wrestlers take a step backwards, fearful of getting their hands dirty on the aged figure.
Daniel: Last man in the ring is our mystery entrant. Who is it going to be?
Max: Well, last week we had fourteenth in line to the British throne, MVP in the ring. The buzz on the internet is that this week, we’ve got Number 2.
Daniel: He’s already there.
Max: No, I mean number two in line…….Prince William……Big Willy Windsor himself, looking to make himself a proper living prostituting his talent in the Bingo halls and Bowling Alleys of the Deep South.
Daniel: Have you put money on it? Of course you have.
“Just Close Your Eyes’ by Waterproof Blonde hits the PA.
Daniel: Not Britain’s most eligible bachelor, it’s WPW’s own Laydeez Man, Mykal Adams!!!
Adams makes his entrance in black and gold hoodie, some screams coming from the more excitable of WPW’s young female fans. He gets to the ring, slides under the bottom rope and climbs the turnbuckle, removing his hoodie to throw to a female fan, but before he can do so, Big Red and Mike Corral rush him and club him on the back.
Ding Ding
Daniel: Twenty men in the ring…….only one can be Tag Team Champion. Let battle commence.
The ring explodes with a flurry of punches as several one on one battles break out. Legendaryken positions himself behind Unit as he takes on Johnny Saxton and Ben Whyndam. Tank lambasts Mike Corral and floors him quickly with a Roundhouse right.
Max: That Tank sure is one hell of a wrestler for one of the Negro persuasion.
Daniel: The Negro persuasion? What the hell talk is that?
Max: Well, we’re not allowed to call them niggers anymore.
Daniel: Aw, Max. Get outta here! You racist imbecile!
Max: Some of my best friends are……..um…….highly tanned.
Daniel: Ruth Lowenstein who spends 24 hours a day under a sun bed does not count.
Max: She could pass for black.
Daniel: Lalalala. Not listening.
Tank continues the assault on Corral with a Powerbomb then tries to tip him over the top rope with the assistance of Zachery Jemmy, but Corral holds on and eventually the two abandon the attempt. Tank turns and walks into a Big Boot from Alex Christopher Diamond. Daisuke Ryo sees the chance and goes to the top rope before landing a Shooting Star Press on the fallen Tank.
Daniel: That could have been suicidal in this sort of match, but Ryo pulled it off. Unfortunately a pin can’t win this contest so we’ve got to wonder ‘why bother?’
The action continues with Brock Goodman trying to reach legendaryken who has managed to avoid any contact with physical violence by cowering in a corner. Unfortunately, Sky Ryder drop toe-holds Brock Goodman and he falls, headbutting Ken as he sits in the corner. A few wrestlers spot the opportunity, with the geriatric in perfect position and they line up to humiliate legendaryken.
Max: No! They can’t do this. X-P*c patented this move. It’s like stunning Stone Cold Steve Austin, Sharpshooting Bret Hart, Beno Driving Beno.
Daniel: Maybe, but it is a good laugh.
Nick Comoroto straddles legendaryken and BroncoBusts him for a few seconds followed by Damian Wreck, Forsaken, Blade Lavigne, and El Pollo. legendaryken slides to the mat.
Daniel: legendaryken will wake with the taste of chicken nuggets in his mouth and only the sweet tang of victory can hope to wash that away.
Max: Very poetic, Daniel. A Pulitzer awaits.
Daniel: I don’t think they have a ‘Sports Entertainment Commentary’ prize, Max.
Brock Goodman has recovered from his fall and angrily seeks out Blade Lavigne for revenge. He hits him with a German Suplex, then a second, releasing Lavigne so that he soars over the top rope to the ring surround.
BLADE LAVIGNE OUT
Big Red spots legendaryken lying dazed in the corner. He looks to be considering another BroncoBuster, but wiser council prevails and he picks the ageing Scotsman up like a rag doll and Military Presses him clean out of the ring so that he CrossBodies Blade Lavigne as he gets to his feet. Both men go sprawling and referee Todd Franklin calls him out.
‘X-P*C’ OUT
Max: No!!!!!!! Our last Battle Royal winner bites the dust, taking a nation’s hopes with him.
Daniel: For the very last time, Max. That wasn’t X-P*c, that was legendaryken.
Max: That’s not what my bookie said.
Jason Bennett seems to be commanding his section of the ring and floors Forsaken with a Missile Dropkick. Unit tries to lock in a Sleeper Hold but Bennett quickly reverses it and pushes Unit in the back so that he barges into Big Red. The two big men face up to each other then start forearming and stamping for all they’re worth. Bennett goes after Forsaken, pulls him to his feet and applies the Sick Twist (Twist of Fate). In the confusion of all the action in the ring, and because the only rule in a Battle Royal is ‘Survive’, he applies a blatant choke hold to Forsaken. Forsaken slowly sinks into unconsciousness and Bennett only releases the hold when Nick Comoroto kicks him in the back in the middle of a tussle with Zachery Jemmy.
Daniel: Bennett looks strong in these early exchanges but there’s still eighteen men in the ring and technically, any of them could still win.
El Pollo has picked on Number 2, hitting him in quick succession with a wing drag then a Peck of Doom. Number 2 reels backwards before slumping against the ropes. El Pollo picks him up and Tombstones him to the mat.
Max: El Pollo is dropping Number 2 all over the ring.
Daniel: Was that a chickenshit gag?
Max: A brave attempt at one.
Daniel: Not brave enough.
Number 2 attempts to defend himself with a shoulder charge as El Pollo moves in for the kill, but El Pollo sidesteps this and helps Number 2 over the top rope.
NUMBER 2 OUT
El Pollo struts back into the middle of the ring but is struck by the High Knee of Mykal Adams.
Daniel: Adams has been quiet this far in the match, but I’m sure that’s part of the strategy – let the others tire themselves out, then mop up what’s left in the ring when they’ve got no energy to fight back. Yes. Look. Adams Knife Edge Chops El Pollo three times then melts back into the crowd while Mike Corral takes over the offense. He Dragon Suplexes El Pollo then locks in a Walls of Jericho. El Pollo is unable to get himself out of that one , no thanks to his stubby little wings.
Tank saves El Pollo by clubbing Corral on the back, forcing him to release the hold. Corral maneuvers behind Tank and attempts to arm drag him but loses his footing and crashes down to the mat.
Max: Wow, if that's not a Momentum Killer I don't know what is.
Daniel: Looks like someone isn't as technically gifted as they thought they were going into this one, Max!
Tank lands an elbow drop on Corral, then pulls him up and whips him into the ropes. Corral bounces back and is Clotheslined to the mat by an aggressive Tank. Tank applies an ankle lock. The lights go out again.
Daniel: What the…….I hope these technical problems are not spoiling your enjoyment of the entertainment, ladies and gentlemen. Rest assured we are trying to solve these prob……
The lights come back on, brighter than ever and we see Daisuke Ryo and Zachery Peg Leg Jemmy on the outside. Ryo is holding Jemmy’s wooden leg but has a look of confusion on his face as he seems to have no idea how he and Jemmy got there. Todd Franklin points the way backstage to both of them, indicating that they had come over the top rope. In pulling the rope down, Johnny Saxton, who had been Irish Whipped across the ring, overbalances and backward somersaults over the top rope to join Franklin and the two wrestlers ringside. Inside the ring, Jason Bennett gives them a smile and waves ‘Bye-bye’
DAISUKE RYO OUT
ZACHERY JEMMY OUT
JOHNNY SAXTON OUT
Daniel: Well, that’s cut down the numbers and given the men in the ring a bit more space to move. Got any facts to tell us about one of the men left in the ring, Max?
Max: Yes. Brock Goodman is a part time Chippendale and when he’s not doing that, he has been known to impersonate other styles of furniture.
Daniel: Are you implying he’s wooden, Max?
Max: Whatever gets the laugh, Daniel.
Daniel: That was this week’s ‘Tell Us A Fact About X, Max’. You’ve got a book of these coming out, haven’t you?
Max: Yes, I have. I’m glad you mentioned that as it’s available…..
Daniel: No time, Max. Unit goes tumbling out of the ring following that Belly to Belly Suplex by Mykal Adams. Big effort that from Adams as Unit is no lightweight.
UNIT OUT
Unit slaps the apron in frustration but has no success with his appeal to the referees and has to make his way backstage.
Mike Corral continues to fight with Tank and manages to Bulldog him. Tank bounces up quickly however and retaliates with a Full Nelson which he makes into a Suplex. They continue to grapple in one corner while Sky Ryder goes after El Pollo. He catches him with a Wing Wrench DDT then Double Axe Handles El Pollo before he can get back to his feet. El Pollo is quick to retaliate though and kicks at Ryder’s suspect right knee. He buckles and Pollo twists him into a figure four leg lock. Ryder yells in pain and slaps the mat but, ringside, Todd Franklin shrugs that he cannot interfere as the only way out of the match is over the top rope. Pollo keeps the hold on while he catches his breath.
Daniel: Is the chicken turning? Are we about to see the birth of a new evil chicken dominated empire, the megalomaniacal Pollo dispensing justice like some Third World dictator, unfettered by the sanity of democracy? A fowl heel laying waste to the forces of good like no other has done before?
Max:……em…….I doubt it. He’s just a chicken.
Ryder slowly turns the tables on El Pollo and he is joined by Damian Wreck to punish the chicken with a Russian Leg Sweep followed by dropped knees by both men. They pick Pollo up, one by the legs and the other by the wings.
Max: I was always a leg man myself.
Daniel: Stop it.
They swing El Pollo over the top rope so that he lands flat on his back on the outside. As he goes, Ryder tries to use the momentum to send Damian Wreck over with him, but Wreck blocks the attempt and comes back at Ryder with a flurry of Punches.
EL POLLO OUT
Ryder and Wreck continue their disagreement with knees and elbows until Wreck catches a fist in the mouth which brings the taste of blood. This causes an extreme reaction as Wreck picks up the intensity, kicks Ryder in the nuts then picks him up for a Wreck Effect (Razor’s Edge) to the outside where El Pollo breaks his fall.
SKY RYDER OUT
Ryder unleashes a torrent of trash talk and curses on Wreck, joined in by El Pollo clucking away in what we must assume is avian abuse. Wreck goes through his repertoire of obscene hand signals and, as the argument continues, gets up on the turnbuckle, does a 360 somersault, landing with a Lou Thesz Press astride a shocked Ryder.
Max: Wow! Not seen that before! What does he call that?
Daniel: I’m sure he’s as surprised as anyone by that move. Let’s call it the ‘Crawling through the Wreckage’. Why? Because I can. Anyway, the important point is that, in getting one up on Sky Ryder, he has eliminated himself!
DAMIAN WRECK OUT
Whyndam and Diamond have teamed up on Comoroto who tries to defend himself with slaps to both men’s faces, unconcerned that he is outnumbered. They both rush him but Comoroto grabs both by their necks and falls backwards to deliver a Double DDT. He jumps to his feet and then Baseball slides Whyndam out of the ring, but under the ropes so Whyndam remains in the match. Comoroto gets back up and turns to face Diamond. Diamond launches himself into a Crossbody hoping to force Comoroto over the top rope, but Comoroto catches him and tosses him backwards in a Fall-away Suplex. Diamond’s fall is broken by Whyndam who catches him, preventing his feet touching the ground. Whyndam rolls Diamond back in the ring unseen by Comoroto who celebrates with his back to the two men. They hoist up the unsuspecting Comoroto and spill him over the rope. Comoroto’s feet touch and he is shown the way backstage.
NICK COMOROTO OUT
Daniel: Some great teamwork by Whyndam and Diamond there. Have these two men teamed before?
Max: Why are you asking me? I thought you were the stats geek.
Daniel: Just looking for some more of your colorful insights into the wonderful world of WPW, Max. Thought that’s what you were paid for. My mistake.
Max: Pay? I’m supposed to get paid for this? When did that start?
Forsaken shakes his head, coming to after recovering from a monster PowerBomb which Big Red had managed to land on him several minutes ago. He looks for Big Red who is now tussling with Blade Lavigne. Lavigne kicks Red in the midsection and he spins to be met by a kick combo by Forsaken. He lands a Side Roundhouse, a Side Hook and a Jumping Spinkick. This sends Big Red back into the path of Lavigne who is able to send him backwards over the rope with a Clothesline.
BIG RED OUT
Daniel: That’s the end of the big man. Big Red might have been considered the favorite as he had the weight and sheer bulk on his side, but he’s gone and that just leaves us with Jason Bennett, Tank, Brock Goodman, Ben Whyndam, Alex Christopher Diamond, Mike Corral, Forsaken and Mykal Adams. Who do you fancy, Max?
Max: Well, I’ve always had a soft spot for Brock Goodman.
Daniel: Anything you want to tell us, Max?
Max: No idea what you mean, Daniel.
Alex Christopher Diamond has a rush of blood to his head and goes to the top rope intending to Moonsault Mike Corral who had been floored by a Jason Bennett Rock Bottom, but Bennett wants to finish the job himself and simply pushes Diamond off his perch so that he crashes to the floor.
ALEX CHRISTOPHER DIAMOND OUT
Bennett then goes to the top turnbuckle himself and 5 star Frog Splashes Corral. Corral seems to cough up some blood after Bennett has landed and crawls to the edge of the ring. Bennett goes to follow up with some kicks to Corral as he lies seemingly helpless but Corral swiftly lands an elbow full in Bennett’s nut-sac and he collapses clutching the crown jewels, his face somewhere between indigo and mauve.
Daniel: Corral very much the surprise package in this field. Someone that’s been flying beneath the radar this far but this could be his ticket to the stars.
Max: Nonsense, Daniel. He’s got on the wrong side of Jason Bennett and that flight is about to be grounded.
Daniel: But Corral is a first class pilot and he has plotted a course that will take him to the Tag Team Championship.
Max: Corral’s running out of gas and that last shot hit his fuel tank and……….I give up….you win the metaphor contest, Daniel. I bow to the master.
Bennett scoops up Corral as he recovers and slams him to the outside but Corral lands on the apron, grabbing the rope. Bennett grabs the back of Corral’s neck, drops to his knees and Corral bounces off the ropes. He releases his hold and flies backwards to the ring surround.
MIKE CORRAL OUT
Forsaken has targeted Tank and comes at him with a Slingshot Suplex. Tank gets back up quickly though so Forsaken uses the ropes for momentum and delivers a Clothesline. He goes to the top rope.
Daniel: Forsaken on fire!
Max: What? Why is there always an extinguisher under the ring when it’s a Hardcore Match, but never one around when you actually need it?
Daniel: Forsaken figuratively on fire as he goes to the top rope for the Wrath of the Dragon.
But Tank sees what is happening and staggers to the rope where he causes Forsaken to slip, straddling the top rope. Forsaken sucks his teeth and is frozen to the spot while Tank hits him with a ‘Dayum’ Superkick. Forsaken goes backwards in a crucifix pose narrowly missing Todd Franklin who scurries out of the way, but not before tagging Forsaken on the shoulder and pointing the way backstage.
FORSAKEN OUT
Daniel: Well, Tank survives. He may not have the talent of a JMC, the skills of a Dream, the power of a Dan Murph but he has got ambition and he’s got the work ethic that’ll take him far in this business.
Max: And he’s still in this match so let’s not forget that he could be Tag Team Champion in five minutes.
Jason Bennett is punishing the slight Ben Whyndam with a Triple Neckbreaker, popping his hips between each move, and Whyndam looks a beaten man but is still able to catch Bennett with a Running Enziguri after he is released. Bennett scents blood though and inflicts a Dropsault on Whyndam. Incredibly, Whyndam does not lie down.
Daniel: Whyndam gets back to his feet again. He’s made more comebacks than Frank Sinatra.
Max: But Frank Sinatra is no longer with us and after that shot, Whyndam will soon be joining him.
Sure enough, Bennett picks Whyndam up and does a Modified F5 to launch him out of the ring.
BEN WHYNDAM OUT
Jason Bennett goes after his next victim while Mykal Adams takes on Brock Goodman. He plants a T-Bone Suplex then pulls him up again with an arm lock. Using this as a lever, he whips Goodman against the ropes then Inverted Atomic Drops him on the rebound. Adams goes to SpineBuster Goodman but he steps aside at the last moment so that Adams goes crashing through the ropes.
Max: Adams out!
Daniel: No, Max. That was through the ropes.
Max: Mere technicality.
Daniel: ‘ems the rules, Max, and the Ladies’ Man knows it.
Adams leans nonchalantly against the barrier chatting to a front row babe while Goodman returns to the ring, hitting Tank with an Evenflow DDT. He then retreats to the rope, his back to Adams who runs up to the apron, handstands, catches Goodman in a Headscissors and pulls him over the ropes to the outside.
BROCK GOODMAN OUT
Goodman forearms Adams on the outside but Adams rolls back in the ring while Todd Franklin prevents Goodman from returning, ejecting him to the backstage area.
Adams amusement at his victory is short lived however as Jason Bennett and Tank each grab a leg and tip him backwards over the top rope eliminating him from the contest.
MYKAL ADAMS OUT
Daniel: Twenty men entered this ring and eighteen have left the same way – flying through the air like some dolphin show at Sea World. Now we’ve got two Killer Whales left. Which one is Free Willy and which one is tomorrow’s special at Wong’s Palace Restaurant, Waycross, Georgia? Ladies and Gentlemen, it has come to this – Tank versus Jason Bennett.
Max: That’s Tank, who holds a recent controversial victory over the Jokester versus Jason Bennett, who never did the Jokester any harm as far as I know.
Covers mic
Max: That’s a strange thing to be in the script. Who wrote this one?
Daniel: Beats me, Max, but it’s been a great Battle Royal as we enter the final stretch.
Bennett thumbs Tank in the eye then, knowing that there’s no disqualification rule in effect low blows Tank. Todd Franklin warns him from outside the ring but Bennett throws his arms wide as if to say ‘I don’t care’ Tank rushes him while he is distracted and TKOs Bennett before he realizes what is happening.
Daniel: Well, I blame Bennett’s parents for failing to teach him the difference between right and wrong.
Max: I blame his ninth grade girlfriend for failing to teach him that every blow job has to be paid for.
Tank tries to raise Bennett and throw him out of the ring but Bennett blocks the attempt. Both men start throwing punches but the previous 40 minutes of effort is beginning to tell. Most of the punches miss, but those that do connect cause further sagging at the knees. They both bounce against the ropes holding each other in a situation where a boxing referee would have to call 'Cut'. Tank teeters out over the top rope more as the taller man, but he brings up a knee and slowly hoists Bennett to the first rope. Bennett claps both hands across Tanks ears and he is forced to let go. Bennett gets down from the ropes and puts an arm across Tank's throat, forcing him against the ropes. This time Tank brings up a knee, catching Bennett between the legs and both men stagger back.
Daniel: Stalemate. I don't think either man has the energy to bring this one to a close.
They both eye each other in the ring until a commotion draws their attention.
Daniel: It's Blade Lavigne! He was out first. He's had time to get back to the hotel, shower, put on a new suit, have a three course meal, watch the pre-credits sequence of Lost and get back to the ring. What's he doing, though. He definitely went out over the top rope.
Max: Yes he did, but he's pissed that he was out so early, I think.
Lavigne gets in the ring, looks both men in the eyes, Superkicks both, hoists Tank up in an FU and throws him out of the ring. Bennett lies unconscious but the bell rings and Todd Franklin gets in the ring to raise his hand as the winner.
TANK OUT
JASON BENNETT WINS!
Daniel: We have a winner!!! Jason Bennett outlasts the field with the help of a fresh Blade Lavigne, but Lavigne is the one in the middle of the ring with his hands raised. Unconventional, but that's what happens in WPW. Tank worked harder than anyone else in this contest but he falls at the final hurdle. Impressed, Max?
Max: As impressed as a thirsty vampire at the Mercy Hospital blood bank, Daniel.
Daniel: A fitting lead up to our next contest, which is..........
We cut back to the backstage area. There is a large crate with wheels obviously holding WPW equipment, Cameras, lights. On top we se JMC, sitting with his eyes closed, his legs are folded in a stretching position. His eyes are closed and he seems peaceful...
???: You look like a cat up there...
JMC’s left eye opens as he looks at his Addresser.
JMC: I am The Prince of Cats, not a title easily earnt... And if we are to speak of titles not easily earnt, the bloody PCW belt that you hold in thy hand is interesting enough, My.. Friend.
The One: Very interesting, isn’t it?
JMC Smiles at Him...
JMC: You finally did it. You too what no one could imagine you would take. The Man who was shunned in the same holding cell in PCW, has taken his chance at might and succeeded! Congratulations... And I must admit I did enjoy the particular beating you left on the forehead of Scorch.
The One: Do not mention it champ, just return the favor and close the casket and on one Dan Murph. Then I shall be able to give you my own congradulation.
JMC: Oh I can promsie you that you will! I shall romise you to recieve a mention at my celebratory speech next tuesday... Carlos has promsied me a position on it!
The One: I too have been promised my own time to celebrate. Should be a regular who's who of champions come Tuesday. And then come Redemption... there shall be only one. But that is for another day my friend, first... go make it so... I will be waiting.
JMC jumps off his perch and moves off, still with a smirk on his face, Leavign the One alone with his new prize.
“Raise your hand if you’re a sinner!”
Max: I am I am!
Daniel: Shut up Max.
“With my mind” by Cold begins to play as Max sighs.
Max: Damnit, it’s just him. I fell for it again.
Daniel: Will you quit? I already told you, Stacy Keibler is not debuting in WPW.
Max: Well why not?
Daniel: She left wrestling Max.
Max: Aww, here he comes…
Mina: Introducing first, from Germany. Weighing in at 240 lbs. SiNN!
The lights in the arena flicker on and off quickly and then the chorus to “With My Mind” comes in, a Red light shines onto the stage and SiNN walks out. He raises his hands partially in the air and walks down the ramp, the red light following him.
Daniel: I thought you changed your opinion about him?
Max: I did?
Daniel: You said he was smart.
Max: Yeah, that was before the idiot rammed a pen through poor Blade’s skull. This man is sick Daniel!
SiNN slides under the bottom rope and the red light grows larger he raises a fist into the air, and when he opens his hand the red light turns off. The crowd all raise an open hand into the air as well rallying behind SiNN, with a large portion of the crowd chanting “SiNN, SiNN, SiNN!”
Max: Why in the hell are these people cheering for him?
Daniel: THAT I can’t explain. He is quite the asshole since removing the mask.
Max: For once we agree.
Suddenly the lights in the arena go out and the slow piano of “Woman with tattoo’d hands” starts up. The music plays throughout the arena as the lights remain off. The crowd start to become restless as the pitch black arena is filled with the music.
Mina: His opponent, from parts unknown, weighing in at 237 lbs. The Shadow!
Daniel: Shadow taking a bit longer than normal.
Max: Patience! A good man deserves to be allowed to take his time!
Daniel: And since when did you start liking Shadow?
Max: The instant he stopped liking SiNN!
Suddenly the lights in the arena turn back on and Shadow is already in the ring standing right in front of SiNN, but SiNN is… Extending his hand? Outside the ring stands a woman, blonde hair extending from her black hood as she stares into the ring watching the hand extended, as confused as everyone else.
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What is that idiot doing?
Daniel: I think he’s extending his hand to shake Shadow’s…
Max: Well he sure didn’t want to shake his hand earlier.
Daniel: Maybe it’s his way of making amends for a past mistake. You know, a quality all decent human beings have inside them?
Max: That’s stupid.
Daniel: I figured you’d think so.
Shadow stands before SiNN and looks down to his hand as his music slowly dies down. The crowd react, some cheering, some booing in a typical mixed reaction as they sit unsure of what to think. Shadow stares at his hand for a moment as SiNN words to him “No tricks”. Shadow looks up to his face, then looks to the crowd as he loosens his shoulders. The crowd give a slight cheer as he reaches out to shake SiNN’s hand but then he reaches up and slaps the taste out of SiNN’s mouth! SiNN’s body doesn’t move, his face simply turns to the side as the crowd lets out a chorus of boo’s.
Daniel: The nerve of Shadow! SiNN was only returning his gesture of good faith.
Max: Well when he should have returned it when Shadow offered it. It looks to me Daniel that Shadow’s offer is now off the table!
Daniel: Well this crowd doesn’t like it, and neither do I.
SiNN turns back to The Shadow and suddenly leaps off the ground and knocks Shadow on his back in a hard Lou Thez style tackle. SiNN begins nailing Shadow repeatedly with closed left fists as Shadow tries to cover up and the audience bursts into cheers. Another “SiNN” chant breaks out in the crowd.
Max: I have no idea what these people see in him. Why can’t we all just be honest? This guy is a loser Daniel.
Daniel: They see a man who’s endured pain Max. A lot happened to him in his life, and then to be betrayed by the only two people he trusted as Van Risen was surely his breaking point.
Max: Oh, but it’s perfectly okay that he abandoned those two people he trusted when they needed him the most. For Christ’s sake, Shadow defended those tag titles alone at When Worlds Collide, and if it weren’t for Amanda, he probably would have lost them there. Amanda wasn’t his tag team partner, but she would’ve done a lot better than Van Risen, SiNN, Puffy the Stupid Fish or whatever we’re calling him now did.
SiNN continues nailing Shadow with hard left fists before he throws in a nasty right elbow right to the center of the mask.
Daniel: Yes but look over their victories Max. SiNN was out for what, two months? Yet, he still has almost all of their tag team’s pinfalls and submissions. He carried that team so I don’t see why it was so awful that he might have expected Shadow to carry it for a while as well. You know, WITHOUT stealing his girlfriend.
Shadow pushes SiNN off him and gets up to one knee, but SiNN jumps into the air and hits him with a knee-only dropkick to the face. Shadow just slumps down on his side as SiNN looks outside the ring. He yells something inaudible to the referee, then slides under the bottom rope and grabs a ladder, folds it up, and tosses it back under.
Max: There’s a difference Daniel between carrying, and dragging. If you think SiNN carried Shadow, that’s your opinion. But Shadow didn’t have SiNN to help contribute. He was put in constant handicap matches, time and time and damn time again forced to defend those belts. I don’t blame him for not wanting them anymore by the time SiNN came back. I wouldn’t want to be his partner either. Hell, we already saw earlier tonight what happened when two teammates don’t get along, now we’re seeing what happens when it’s been a little longer brewing. SiNN was always jealous of Shadow, and everyone knows it.
SiNN slides back under the bottom rope and ducks an incoming clothesline from Shadow. SiNN hits him in the nose with a closed left fist, in the gut with a closed right fist, and then in the chin with a left handed uppercut. Shadow falls back as SiNN looks over to the ladder and a sadistic smirk spreads across his face.
Daniel: You sure it wasn’t the other way around? Look, we’re not going to agree on this, but I think Shadow envied SiNN, which correct me if I’m wrong, but is a sin itself. I mean look, he walked around with SiNN’s tag team belt, now he walks around with SiNN’s girl. Call me crazy, but it sounds to me like he became SiNN.
Max: You’re wrong.
SiNN grabs Shadow by the hood on his head and pulls it down. He then clutches Shadow by the top of his mask and simply throws him forward face first onto the ladder. Shadow’s chest takes most of the blow, but he still hits the ladder and lies limp on it for a few moments as SiNN hovers over him.
Daniel: Well ladies and gentlemen, I’m not gonna false advertise this one. It’s not going to be a long match, and it damn sure won’t be a pretty one, but mark my words both of these men have been waiting for this match for a long, long time, and neither one of them is going to want to walk out of here with the loss.
Shadow sees SiNN jump in the air over him and he quickly rolls over on the ladder as SiNN lands chest first on the ladder with a splash intended to sandwich Shadow. Shadow stands and pulls SiNN by the head off the ladder, then kicks it toward the ropes where Amanda in her mask reaches out and grabs the ladder pulling it back out of the ring. The crowd lets out a solid chorus of boo’s as the ladder falls back on the outside of the ring and SiNN gets to his feet. Shadow turns his back to SiNN and quickly reaches behind him and snapmares him back down to the mat again. SiNN quickly gets back up to his feet and turns around to catch an incoming Shadow in a collar and elbow tie up.
Daniel: Like I said ladies and gentlemen, this one ain’t gonna last long, mark my words, but these guys aren’t gonna ease up on one another. I’d venture to say these two men legitimately hate each other Max.
Max: As well they should, at least Shadow.
Daniel: Can you try to be a little less biased please?
Max: Speak for yourself SiNNer.
SiNN grabs Shadow’s arm in the collar and elbow tie up and twists it behind his back turning the move into a hammerlock. Shadow turns around a few times trying to escape the move but then just drops to the ground chest first quickly to get away from the lock, and turns quickly sweeping SiNN’s legs out from under him. SiNN hits the mat and Shadow jumps on top of him for the cover.
One
T…Kickout!
Shadow quickly jumps forward to snap in a headlock, but SiNN evades it and grabs Shadow’s arm to hammerlock it behind him once more.
Daniel: If you’re wondering at home why the referee counted there, it’s because although this is a ladder match and ladders are legal here, it’s been decided since there is nothing to hang over the ring that the match will end by pinfall or submission.
Max: That’s bullshit.
Daniel: Explain to me how that’s bullshit.
Max: It’s bullshit that Shadow didn’t get a chance to regain the tag titles he never should have lost.
Daniel: Good lord, will you just go get a room with him already? For Christ’s sake.
Max: Getting a room with other men is against Christ Daniel, just ask Sunshine.
Daniel: Who?
Max: Never mind.
SiNN tries to keep the hammerlock applied but Shadow hits him with a hard back elbow to the face. SiNN releases the hold and Shadow quickly turns around. Shadow reaches up and violently pulls SiNN forward driving him head first into the top turnbuckle. Shadow lifts SiNN up and turns him around before throwing him back into the turnbuckle, then hits him with a hard knee lift to the abdomen! SiNN takes a few breaths as Shadow regains his stamina, then Shadow hits him with a second hard knee lift in the corner. SiNN recovers almost instantly though and all of a sudden bursts out of the corner with hard left hands to the face of Shadow!
Daniel: SiNN is relentless here tonight Max, I haven’t seen him look this good since…
Max: Since when? Your night in the Sahara together?
Daniel: Honestly, I’ve never seen him look this good. SiNN is fired up with an intensity I haven’t ever seen, at least not live in person.
Max: He’ll burn out. He always does, and then he makes a stupid mistake. You’ll see.
SiNN clotheslines Shadow to the mat, then looks back to the outside. He points at Amanda then runs full speed at the ropes and baseball slides to the outside. Amanda runs in complete fear as SiNN lands near where she was standing, but SiNN doesn’t go after her, and instead grabs the ladder and tosses it back under the bottom rope.
Max: Now you see, that’s disgusting. He just tried to attack his ex girlfriend? How low can one man possibly stoop before these dumb ass fans stop cheering him?
Daniel: He was going for the ladder Max, and these fans are dumb asses, they’re cheering him because he’s a guy they can relate to.
Max: …HOW?
Daniel: How what?
Max: How can anyone possibly relate to this man?
Daniel: …Just call the match Max.
Max: I am, but I don’t understand how anyone can possibly relate to this psychopath!
SiNN slides under the bottom rope after the ladder and Shadow starts violently stomping away at his back. SiNN tries to crawl near the ladder and Shadow stomps his face down onto it! The crowd lets out an “ooooh” as SiNN brings his hands to his face covering up his forehead.
Max: See Daniel! Stupid mistake! Haha!
Shadow rolls SiNN onto his back and makes the cover.
One
Two
Shoulder up!
Shadow stands and just looks down at SiNN who attempts to sit up, blood steaming down his hand from his forehead underneath.
Max: Ahhh ha ha ha! He’s busted open!
Daniel: Try to sound a little less overjoyed, yeah Max?
Max: Why? This is great! Haha!
SiNN gets to his feet but Shadow simply stalks behind him and slams him head first into the turnbuckle. Shadow smirks under his mask as he watches SiNN slump down to his knees, then he turns around and kicks the ladder back under the bottom rope again as Amanda runs forward and grabs it pulling it the rest of the way out as once again the crowd shower them in boo’s. Shadow walks over to SiNN and grabs him by the back of his head again and attempts to slam him head first into the turnbuckle a second time, but this time SiNN grabs hold of the top ropes and holds himself back. SiNN reaches behind him and forcefully pulls Shadow forward and instead hits his head against the top turnbuckle taking his place! SiNN does it a second time, then when Shadow almost falls back he grabs his head and slams it back into the turnbuckle a third time causing Shadow walks backward disoriented. SiNN runs to the ropes as Shadow walks dizzily toward the center of the ring and SiNN hits him with a diving forearm! SiNN reaches over and hooks the leg.
One
Two
T…Shoulder Up!
Max: Whew!
Daniel: You think it was over already?
Max: You never know, Shadow obviously has mixed emotions coming in to this, he’s torn, I think he feels bad for SiNN.
Daniel: Feels bad for SiNN my Canadian ass!
Shadow grabs the Ref by the shirt and uses it to pull himself up as SiNN runs at him a second time going for a second flying forearm. Shadow ducks and SiNN crashes into the referee knocking him down.
Max: See, look at that, your man just attacked the official!
Daniel: Oh come on, it was obvious that was accidental?
Max: Great, next thing you know Little Tom Franklin is going to show up here again and try to call this one. Thanks a lot you moron!
SiNN looks down to the ref knocked out and his expression seems pissed off at first, but then a sadistic grin spreads across his face. He looks to the outside of the ring again and Amanda already runs before SiNN can slide out and grab the ladder again. SiNN does just that, but that’s not all he gets on the outside.
Daniel: What is SiNN doing?
Max: I don’t know but did you see his mood change in the ring there? I swear this man is a retard? 100,000 sperm and he was the fastest? Good lord in heaven.
SiNN reaches under the ring as the crowd slowly begin to cheer. He grabs something, then looks to both sides quickly as the crowd start to light up.
Max: What the hell are they cheering about.
Daniel: I think I know Max.
Max: What?
Daniel: You’ll see…
Max: Tell me I want to know!
SiNN pulls a table out from under the ring as half of the crowd cheer, and the other half seem somewhat disappointed.
Daniel: Aw…
Max: WHAT?
Daniel: Nothing Max.
SiNN slides the table under the bottom rope and then slides back into the ring where he meets an incoming Shadow with a left hand right to the nose. Shadow staggers back for a moment but then takes a step forward not one second before SiNN reaches forward and scoops Shadow up before slamming him back down on top of the ladder. Shadow yells out in pain as the crowd wince and SiNN moves back toward the table.
Daniel: Hey, I told you, this won’t be long and it won’t be pretty. This is a street fight Max.
Max: No it’s not a street fight, it’s a ladder match, and that table is illegal in a ladder match! Is it a Tables, Ladders, and Chairs match? No! It’s a ladder match Daniel! And of course, the stupid referee is out so he doesn’t notice the table in the ring, so glad he could be out here to keep order and all!
Daniel: What’s stopping you?
Max: Oh… I have hemorrhoids Daniel.
Daniel: …
SiNN begins to set up the table, but Amanda Rhyme starts pulling on one of it’s legs from the outside. SiNN looks down at the mask covering the blonde’s face, then suddenly drops to the mat and slides outside of the ring. Amanda screams and runs away from the entrance ramp and toward the announce tables as SiNN takes off chasing her.
Max: You condone that, you condone that Daniel?!
Daniel: Well she’s interfering in the match!
Max: She has every right to!
Daniel: How so?
SiNN chases Amanda around the corner when suddenly she trips over a ladder. Amanda falls to her masked face, then rolls over onto her back and puts her hands above her. SiNN stalks slowly over her as she pleads with him to leave her be, but SiNN continues moving slowly over her when suddenly from inside the ring a ladder flies over the top rope and hits SiNN in the head. SiNN gets hit in the temple and almost looks as if he were knocked out before falling to one knee. Shadow slides under the bottom rope and then hits SiNN hard in the face with a closed right fist, then tosses him under the bottom rope. He looks to Amanda and she nods to him and looks as if she’s saying she’s alright, then he grabs the ladder and pushes it back under the bottom rope. Shadow looks to Amanda one more time to make sure she’s ok as she starts to stand up, but then from inside the ring SiNN runs to the opposite ropes, then runs back and baseball slides the ladder into both Shadow and Amanda’s heads. The ladder almost decapitates them as they fall to the mat and the ladder stops just short of the announce table!
Daniel: Holy shit!
Max: Holy shit!
A “Holy shit” chant breaks out as Amanda and Shadow both lie on the ground outside the ring motionless as SiNN slides back under the bottom rope. SiNN clears Mina from her chair and walks past her and actually starts digging for something behind the ring bell. He then stops, and grins again as he looks out to the crowd. This time a few less people buy into it.
Daniel: Is it….?
Max: Is it what?
SiNN pulls a microphone out from behind the ring bell as a few disappointed muffled boo’s can be heard from the audience.
Daniel: Aw.
Max: Okay, can someone please tell me what the fuck I’m missing?
Daniel: Language Max.
Max: Fuck that, this is fucking PPV, and I want to know what the fuck is going on!
Daniel: You wouldn’t understand.
Max: Why?
Daniel: Because you don’t understand anything damnit, now shut up and watch the match!
SiNN tosses the microphone over the top rope as it makes a loud PUTT as it hits the canvas inside the ring. He then leans down and grabs Shadow by the back of his mask and robe and tosses him under the bottom rope rolling him back into the ring. Finally, SiNN grabs a ladder and throws it over the top rope as well, it landing on top of Shadow as Shadow covers his face. SiNN rolls back under the bottom rope and walks to the microphone, picks it up, and walks back toward Shadow.
Daniel: What is SiNN doing here?
Max: You tell me, you’re the one who can relate to him.
Daniel: I think SiNN has something to say.
Max: What? Oops. My brain just hit a bad sector?
SiNN pulls the microphone to his lips and begins to speak into it.
SiNN: Shadow… When they told me I had to pin you tonight that pissed me off! So I decided, I wanted something else… See Shadow, I don’t care about the ladders now, but I do want to hear you say I quit!
Max: SiNN is trying to turn this into an I Quit match!
Daniel: Pinning Shadow isn’t enough for him! He wants to hear Shadow submit.
Max: Shadow won’t!
SiNN smirks as he looks down into Shadow’s eyes.
SiNN: So, what do you say?
Shadow reaches his arm up and SiNN reaches his arm down to hand him the microphone. Shadow pulls SiNN’s arm roughly and brings him sloppily down to the mat, landing on top of the referee who was finally starting to get up. Shadow almost stands but SiNN nails him in the face again with a hard left hand sending him back to the mat. The crowd suddenly erupt in boo’s as their attention is taken away from the ring, and toward the entrance ramp where Kayne Risen is seen running down the ramp.
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What is Kayne doing here?
Kayne slides under the bottom rope and walks up behind SiNN and SiNN turns ready to nail him in the face with a closed left fist but Kayne throws his hands up. A camera man runs up quickly to try to catch the audio on their conversation but misses the first few words.
Daniel: We haven’t seen Kayne since he got put out of action after someone hit him with a car at Ruined Fate.
Max: Someone? You mean Shadow!
Daniel: Now we don’t know that Max, but the way Shadow’s been acting lately, I wouldn’t be surprised if you were right all along.
The camera man slides under the bottom rope and gets inside the ring. SiNN pushes the camera man back but the audio of Kayne talking is still picked up.
Kayne: I’ve been trying to contact you for weeks! Remember the mustang that hit me?!
SiNN: What about it?! Why is this important NOW?!
Kayne pulls the black shard out of his pocket. It looks like a small broken off shard of a bumper.
Kayne: Look…
Kayne flips the shard over and the opposite side of the shard is yellow, but all of a sudden from behind Shadow nails SiNN in the back of the head with the ladder! SiNN falls face first into the mat as Kayne looks up just in time to have the ladder rammed into his head as well, right between the eyes! The shard goes flying as the camera man runs out of the ring. The referee starts to stir again as Shadow sets up the ladder in the middle of the ring and yells “It’s over!”.
Daniel: Is Shadow going to climb the ladder here? Is someone finally going to use the ladder as something other than a weapon?
Max: Kinda looks that way Danny! And it’s about time, SiNN has to bring out Kayne to try and screw Shadow over!
Daniel: SiNN didn’t bring him out here, he came out on his own.
Max: Get real, they’re SiNNdicate buddies right? This is one big plot!
Shadow begins slowly climbing the ladder, the crowd booing louder the higher he gets. Shadow gets near the top of the ladder before he looks down at SiNN below him and makes a cut throat motion as EMT’s attend to Kayne Risen and begin helping him toward the back.
Max: He’s signaling for The End! The real The End!
Daniel: The End isn’t a high flying move!
Max: It is now! The real one is.
Shadow climbs up one more step so that he’s one away from the top, then swings his legs around to stand on the other side of the ladder ready to jump off.
Daniel: Someone could get hurt badly here!
Max: Good! Good!!!
Shadow looks as if he’s going to jump when suddenly the audio in the in the arena gets filled with the sound of a woman’s voice saying “oooooh no, have you ever felt lonely… heeeerrrreee…”
Daniel: What the hell?
Max: What the fuck?
Daniel: That’s… Amanda’s music?
The crowd look around confused for a moment when… Low and behold, Amanda Rhyme appears on the top of the stage!
Daniel: Oh my God!
Max: What the FUCK?
Daniel: Amanda Rhyme is here, but… She’s here, like, up there, not down here!
Max: What the living fuck is going on?!
Amanda takes off running down the ramp as the “masked Amanda” at ringside looks at Shadow in the ring, then up to the real Amanda, then back to Shadow again. The camera picks her up yelling “What do I do?” to Shadow. Shadow yells back “Stop her!” The “masked Amanda” charges the real one but the real Amanda Rhymes clotheslines the imposter to the ground outside.
Daniel: I can’t believe this! Amanda Rhyme didn’t betray SiNN all along! When she said she wasn’t going to show up at Ruined Fate, I guess… I guess she really didn’t show up!
Max: I’m fucking confused.
Daniel: Amanda told SiNN she wasn’t coming, then this “masked Amanda” did come. It was a mind game all along, we just assumed it was her, but… Well… Obviously it’s not!
Max: Well then who the fuck is it?
Shadow looks back down to SiNN as he clenches his teeth together hard under his mask. SiNN, seeing the real Amanda show up stands up quickly. SiNN looks to her outside the ring and mouths the words “I’m sorry” to him. Shadow sees the distraction and jumps from the top of the ladder but SiNN turns around! SiNN catches The Shadow in mid-air and reverses the flying crossbody into The End!!!
Daniel: Holy Shit! SiNN hit The End! SiNN hit The End!
Max: Damnit no!
Daniel: Cover!!!
One
Two
Three…Foot on the ropes!!!
The crowd boo’s loudly as Shadow limply rests his foot on the bottom rope, and SiNN looks over in disbelief. SiNN pulls Shadow back up to his feet though, and then clotheslines him down hard into the mat!
Daniel: Even if SiNN didn’t get the pin there, it’s obvious that Amanda showing up and not being the woman who has been messing with his mind the last two months has fired him up!
Max: But why here? Why now?
Daniel: Maybe she was tired of sitting back and watching someone steal her identity? Whatever the case, this 5’5” blonde beauty has returned, and she has made it clear she is on SiNN’s side!
Max: Well it’s just a whole night full of stupid returns isn’t it Daniel?
SiNN lets out what can only be called a roar as he looks down to Shadow, then points to the ladder. He grabs the microphone and begins climbing the ladder one step at a time, and opposite to Shadow, the crowd cheers with every step up the ladder that he takes.
Daniel: SiNN has the respect of every man, woman, and child in this arena tonight!
Max: Not EVERYONE Daniel.
Daniel: I didn’t include idiots in my previous sentence did I?
SiNN gets to the top of the ladder when The Shadow gets to his feet below. The fake Amanda blindsides the real Amanda outside the ring and the two begin to brawl as SiNN pulls the microphone to his lips. He looks out to the crowd and yells “Raise your hand if you’re a Sinner!” The crowd all cheer and raise one hand high in to the air as a “SiNN, SiNN, SiNN” chant breaks out! SiNN looks to his left, looks to his right, then looks straight above him as he stands two steps from the top and screams into the microphone “BRING IT DOWN!”
Max: Bring what down?
Daniel: Oh my…
Slowly from up above something begins to lower down toward the ladder. Audience members in the first few rows begin cheering as they see what it is, and everyone else waits anxiously.
Daniel: Oh my God…
Max: What in the fuck is that smell?!
The audience members in the front rows cheers are quickly replaced by them covering their mouths and noses as the straps above the ring lower down a black, maggot covered, HAM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Daniel: It’s!!! …. Oh god that smell…. It’s HAM!!!!!!!!!!
Max: WHAT THE FUCK IS HAM!?
An audience member throws up behind Daniel and Max, but both men avoid the chunks as they land on the ground below.
Daniel: It’s an ham that SiNN used to carry to the ring with him! He debuted it over a year and a half ago!
Max: Then why in God’s name is it still there?! My God it smells putrid!
Daniel: It’s HAM!
Max: And you call me sick!!! You said you relate to this man! He is lowering a year and a half old, maggot filled, putrid smelling HAM from the damn ceiling. Listen to what I just said!!!! He’s lowing a MAGGOT FILLED HAM from the damn roof of this arena, and I’M SICK? ME?!
Daniel: Relax Max!
Max: I won’t relax! This is the most disgusting thing I’ve ever seen in God damn my life!
Daniel: In one match we saw the return of Kayne Risen, then the return of Amanda Rhyme, and now we see the return of HAM!
Another member, this time near the entrance ramp, throws up on the people in front of him as HAM finally reaches SiNN. The Shadow had begun climbing the ladder while HAM was lowering, but after seeing HAM he hesitates. SiNN reaches up to grab the HAM and Shadow suddenly runs quickly up 4 steps! SiNN grabs HAM from the straps holding it above, the camera zooming in on HAM to show a slimy, ooze dripping from it and a maggot dripping with it onto the top of the ladder. Shadow attempts to blindside SiNN while he’s reaching for the HAM but suddenly the lights go off, and the arena goes completely dark.
Daniel: What in the world?
Max: Nooooow what?!
The audience boo’s as the lights stay off, then everyone looks up in dead silence at the titantron as they hear a slow beeping noise.
Daniel: Oh my God…
Max: What?
Daniel: Were the rumors true…?
Beep…Beep…Beep… A huge 12:00 plasters itself on the titantron as the rest of the arena remains in darkness. For about 10 seconds the 12:00 continues to beat on the titantron, but then it disappears and just like that, the lights turn back on.
Max: False alarm?
Daniel: Max, look!
Inside the ring, SiNN still stands atop the ladder with HAM in his hands, and Shadow now lies on the mat below seemingly unconscious.
Max: Oh no! SiNN struck Shadow in the head with that God damn HAM while the lights were out.
Daniel: Or was he attacked…?
Max: Attacked by who?
SiNN stares down at Shadow and then signals to the fans. The fans applaud, many of them confused, and then cheer as SiNN pats his elbow.
Daniel: He’s signaling for the InSiNNcerity Max!
Max: Why do all his moves have to have stupid names?
SiNN climbs up to the top rung on the ladder, and almost slipping on the slime HAM has dropped, he then dives off with a monster elbow drop as hundreds of camera’s flash in the audience. The ladder falls with SiNN as he plants the huge elbow in the throat of Shadow as he holds on tightly to ham, all the audience members stand, and at least one more vomits from the smell. SiNN reaches over and hooks the leg as the referee goes down to count.
One
Two
Three!!!
Mina: The winner of this match as a result of a pinfall, SiNN!
Amanda Rhyme slides under the bottom rope and runs to SiNN. She closes her eyes and wraps her arms around his sweaty waist and reaches up to whisper something in his ear. The camera isn’t in position to catch her lips or hear what she’s saying, but it is in position to see the fake Amanda slide into the ring behind SiNN.
Daniel: SiNN! Watch your back… Max! She has a tire iron!
Max: What is she going to do with…
DING!!! The masked blonde woman low blow uppercuts SiNN between the legs from behind as Amanda jumps back in fear. SiNN stands in place and reaches down to grab his junk as he stands in pain for a moment, and the blonde haired woman throws the tire iron at Amanda’s face. Amanda ducks the tire iron and rolls quickly out of the ring as the masked woman moves toward the fallen ladder and drags it over in front of SiNN. SiNN regains his strength just enough to push the blonde haired woman away. HAM drops to the floor, as well as the pen he was pulling out of his tights.
Max: Holy shit that bitch kicks ass! Look what she just did to everybody’s disgusting hero.
Daniel: Someone get out here and stop this! This match is over.
Max: Please wheel that disgusting HAM to the back!
The masked woman moves back toward SiNN but he grabs her by the mask. SiNN begins pulling violently at the mask as she reaches up to stop his hands when all of a sudden The Shadow kips up!
Max: What the fuck?!
Daniel: What in hell? He just kipped up like nothing was wrong with him!
The Shadow quickly kicks SiNN in the groin and then grabs SiNN in a side headlock. Shadow grabs him by the belt and looks out to the fans for a moment.
Daniel: …No.
Shadow jumps backward and brings SiNN’s head down in a violent DDT on top of the ladder! The crowd gasp in fear as SiNN hits and bounces off of the ladder, then rolls onto his back with blood literally squirting from his head. Shadow leans down toward SiNN and begins to scream at him. “Is this what you wanted?! You couldn’t have just been content could you?! Let me show these people what you really wanted!”
Daniel: My… God… I can’t believe what I’m seeing.
Max: I’m not really sure what I’m seeing anymore.
Shadow violent kicks Ham out of the ring as it leaves a big nasty black stain near the turnbuckle. Shadow then leans down and grabs the pen SiNN dropped, then walks over to his fallen former tag team partner. He looks to the masked woman and commands “Lift him!” as Amanda Rhyme shakes outside the ring in fear.
Daniel: That’s enough Shadow! That’s enough damnit! Someone get out here and stop this!
Max: He’s going to ram that pen in his head like SiNN has been doing to everyone else.
Shadow positions the pen as if he’s going to ram it into SiNN’s head, but then he shakes his head. He hands the masked woman the pen as SiNN just drops to his knees.
Daniel: Thank God, Shadow had a change of heart.
Shadow then quickly pulls SiNN back up to his feet, grabs him in a side headlock, hooks his belt and jumps backward where the masked woman holds the pen straight up! SiNN’s head lands on the pen and without penetrating his skull, the pen simply bends in half between the mat and his head. The crowd look on shocked and speechless as a pool of blood begins to form around SiNN’s head, and The Shadow stands over him. Shadow reaches down and grabs the microphone laying on the mat and brings it to his lips. He looks from side to side to all the fans in attendance who aren’t even booing him anymore, but just looking at the scene silently. A few people in the crowd can be heart uttering things such as “Is he dead?” and “Is this part of the show?” Shadow breaks the silence.
The Shadow: God forgive me…
Shadow drops to one knee and the masked woman reaches over and pulls the mask off his face. The died blonde hair of The Shadow can be seen as his face is staring down at the mat, before he looks up and his grey eyes look darkly at SiNN on the mat giving everyone a good look at his face.
The Judge: For I’ve SiNNed…
The Shadow’s music blares through the arena as The Judge stands to his full height.
Daniel: Oh… My… God… I can’t believe what we’ve just seen…
Max: …I honestly don’t know what to say.
Daniel: Well that makes two of us…
Amanda still shakes outside the ring, wanting to enter but afraid for her life. The Judge closes his eyes for a moment then opens them as the blonde woman stands before him. She puts her hands on his waist as he reaches up and removes the mask.
Max: Isn’t that…?
Daniel: That’s Stephanie O’Donnell, the daughter of former PCW Owner Jeffery O’Donnell, she even controlled the company for a time.
Max: …Damn!
The Judge looks into Stephanie’s eyes as a smirk spreads across her face. Stephanie tries to hide the smirk by biting her bottom lip, but The Judge simply moves in and plants his lips on hers. The two kiss in the middle of the ring as the crowd finally reacts by booing the living hell out of them.
Daniel: This is absolutely disgusting! These two are taking pleasure in what they’ve done here tonight!
Max: Well… Wouldn’t you…?
Daniel: What?
Max: Think about it Daniel. The Sha… The Judge kept that mask on for exactly nine months today! Nine months he kept his identity a secret, and apparently settled an old score. Not only was he not identified after all this time, but his plan worked. He’s in the middle of the ring standing tall, with a woman I might add, while SiNN is on the mat possibly dead!
Daniel: Well he can be proud all he wants, but this is absolutely disgusting. I can’t even describe the levels of betrayal and lies involved here, and how this man for all this time kept the attention away from himself just so he could, apparently, do what he did today… It’s sick Max. SiNN isn’t sick, this man is.
The Judge and Stephanie finish a sloppy kiss before Judge looks back out to the crowd. He simply smirks and walks toward the ropes before pulling the top rope up, and pushing the middle one down with his foot. Stephanie leaves between the two ropes, then waits on the ring apron as The Judge climbs out himself. The two then leave the ring apron as Amanda Rhyme is finally able to crawl under the bottom rope, as are the EMTs that were also waiting in fear, and check on SiNN.
Daniel: Well, I wish we could talk more on this, but we still have one more match left tonight, and it’s the most important of them all.
Max: It sure is Daniel.
Daniel: I just hope that we get some answers from The Judge, sooner rather then later…
Max: Well while we clean up the carnage we have just witnessed, fans the next time we will see you on pay-per-view will be Redemption on Sunday, May 12th! And the only thing we know so far about WPW's biggest pat-per-view of the year is that we will finally crown an Undisputed WPW Champion as the PCW Champion *insert me here ;)* will go against our WPW Champion whether it be Dan Murph or the most prolific champion in wrestling today, James Moriarty Cassius.
Daniel: I can't wait! If you fans think you saw something here tonight, jsut wait when WPW pulls out all the stops for Redemption.
Max: It may sound cliche, but it is like our Superbowl.
Daniel: I wonder what other kinds of crazy....
Daniel's mike is cut off as all the lights drop down in the arena. An ominous blue light hangs over the entrance way as the crowd is standing in anticipation. A funeral dirge screeches through the arena as four masked men slowly emerge from the entranceway as they roll the casket down to the ring.
Max: Well I guess this is it...
Daniel: What a night it has been thus far as WPW brings to you Everything Ends, live from Patterson, Ga. But folks….and Max…we are not done.
Max: No sir, we’re not. It is time for WPW’s first ever Casket Match….and it is for the richest prize in the game. (Looks over at Daniel) Yeah, I know. That fat tub of lard Jim Ross says that all the damn time, but it is true. And, not to mention, I say it better than he does.
Daniel: Ok. (Shakes head) Guess I should be used to you going off on a tangent. But in any case, the WPW World Heavyweight title is on the line, and as Max stated….it is going to be fought over in a Casket Match.
Max: No rules. Anything goes. Only thing the referee is going to have to do is watch as one man puts the other inside a casket, but that aint the end of it.
Daniel: Nope. You must wheel the person in the casket and put the casket in the back of the hearse. (Both Max and Daniel look over to the side of the stage where a hearse has just backed into the arena and come to a stop. The fans are getting pumped, as they actually cheer…..yes, cheer the hearse’s arrival. Max and Daniel look out at the fans, taking in the moment). What a rarity. Fans are actually cheering for a hearse.
Max: Yeah. Under normal circumstances, I would say the people here in Patterson, Georgia are a bunch of wacko’s. But…..seeing as how they know what that hearse is symbolizing, and they know that the Main Event is just around the corner, I will give them a pass.
Daniel: I’m sure the fans are grateful to you, Max. Folks, get ready for a match that is sure to be one to remember. JMC and Dan Murph have been at each others throats since Dan won the number one contender’s spot. These two men can’t stand one another.
Max: That is an understatement, Daniel. Dan Murph wants to cripple JMC. Hell, Dan believes that JMC is not even a real wrestler. I mean, the guy did start out as a manager.
Daniel: That is true. But there is no question that JMC has earned his spot as the top dog in WPW. He has beaten all challengers. He has held on the Heavyweight title for seven months. Max…..JMC is the real deal.
Max: I agree. JMC has taken on all comers. He has held onto the title for seven months. No argument. JMC is good. But….this is a casket match. This is a match where any and every thing is legal. This is not a wrestling match. JMC is stepping into a world that is tailor made for Dan Murph. And I for one feel that the Champ’s time has come. Dan Murph is leaving here as the new…WPW….World Heavyweight Champion.
Daniel: You make a good point Max. Everything you said about this match is true. It is in Murph’s favor. It fits him to a “T”. But then again, JMC has gone into matches that he was told he had no chance of winning. And guess what? He overcame all the odds.
Max: But at some point…..at some point…..the odds will turn against JMC. And I feel that it is going to happen tonight. Don’t get me wrong. JMC will put up a fight. I am a believer. I know the guy is as tough as they come. But Dan Murph is going to walk out of here as the Champ. This match, along with Murph’s physical prowess, is just too much for JMC to have to overcome.
Daniel: Valid point, Max. Folks….the time for talking is now over. These two men….Dan Murph and the WPW World Heavyweight Champion, JMC….are about to settle this once and for all. This is going to good folks. Thank you for joining us. Now…..let’s do this.
Camera picks up Mina Henderson standing inside the middle of the ring. The fans are going crazy. The arena is buzzing. It is almost time to conclude what has been one hell of a PPV. Camera focuses back onto the lovely Mina as she prepares to talk.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, it is time for the Main Event for the evening. The following contest is WPW’s first ever Casket Match, and it is for the WPW World Heavyweight title.
“Victim” hit’s the speakers and the arena fills with a chorus of boos. After about ten seconds of the music, out steps Dan Murph. The fans are showering him with intense heat, but it is not affecting Dan at all. In fact, he seems to be happy that the fans are booing him. Dan said it best in one of his rp’s. Nobody is giving him a chance. And it is this “under dog” role that Dan has adopted. He walks to the ring with a purpose, not even looking at the fans as he walks down the entrance way. He gets into the ring and then shouts out a humongous “roar”. The fans can’t stand the self proclaimed Irish Bastard, but Dan does not care. He is all business tonight. And his business is walking out of Patterson as the new WPW Champion.
Mina: Introducing first, the challenger. He hails from Waterford, Ireland. He is the number one contender for the WPW World Heavyweight title….he is Dan Murph!
Daniel: Whether you like him or not, there is no denying that Dan Murph is a viable threat to the title.
Max: He sure as heck is. In fact, he might very well be the most dangerous threat JMC has had.
Daniel: He could. I will also say this. I have never seen Dan look this focused….this intense. He is all business here tonight folks.
Max: And I have this feeling he is going to succeed here tonight. Dan Murph is walking out of here with the title. Mark it down. Call your bookies. Dan Murph will win!
Daniel: He has a great shot at doing so. But….he still has to beat JMC. And that is easier said than done.
“Don’t Forget The Rules” hits and the fans come to there feet. After a few seconds, out steps the WPW World Heavyweight Champion, JMC to a thunderous pop. Sophie is by his side as the Champ looks out over the crowd taking in all the applause. JMC and Sophie look at one another and then make there way to the ring. JMC and Sophie slap some of the fan’s hands showing there appreciation for all the fans support. JMC gets to ringside and then locks eyes with his opponent. Murph has a cold stare on his face. JMC has one as well. These two look to be ready to tear one another apart. Sophie then tugs on her brothers shoulder, breaking his trance. He looks at his sister and then nods. He then climbs into the ring. Referee Paul Turner is now in front of Murph, telling him to back away. Surprisingly, Murph does what he is told to do. JMC then gets into the middle of the ring, takes his title off, and then holds it up over his head. The fans go nuts as the flashbulbs go off like fireworks. Murph then brings the title down and then hands it to Turner. JMC backs up to his corner. He tells Sophie something in her ear, and she nods. Sophie steps out of the ring.
Mina: And his opponent. He hails from Bad Segeberg, Germany, and he is the current WPW….World Heavyweight Champion….he is….JMC!
Daniel: This is a man who has been what a Champion is defined to be. JMC has never backed down from any challenger or from any challenge. He has defended his title against some of the best the business has to offer. He has wrestled in matches that were not made for him. And here he stands….as the WPW Champion.
Max: I will admit this. I thought JMC would be like a one hit wonder. Here today, enjoying his 15 minutes of fame, and then gone like that. But he has proven himself to be a resilient son of a gun.
Daniel: He has. And Max, I will agree with you on something you said earlier. This match could be the one that could end it all for JMC. Make no mistake about it. Dan Murph is for real folks. But so were Dust. Brock Goodman. And countless others. JMC has proven one thing. You are going to damn near have to kill him to take that title off of him.
Max: And Dan Murph is capable of committing “murder” here tonight. That man wants this. He has been waiting for this. He feels it is his time.
Daniel: No doubt he does. I……I……….meh! To hell with it. Let’s get this thing started and let’s let these two settle this inside the ring. Or outside the ring. In the bathroom. Wherever this match happens to go. Let’s get it on, BABY!
Mina Henderson has made her exit from the ring, but before she is to take her seat, Turner hands her the belt. Turner gets into the middle of the ring and calls for both Dan and JMC to meet him there. Both men make there way to the center of the ring, keeping there gaze upon one another. Turner begins to tell the men that anything…..ANYTHING…..in this match goes. He goes on to explain that he is there for two reasons. To see one of the men placed in the casket and then into the hearse, or to call off the match should one of the two men not be able to continue. Turner then orders both men back to there corners, and both men do as they are told. Dan and JMC back up, never taking there eyes off one another. But before JMC gets to his corner, he looks down and to his right and eyeballs the casket. He stares at it for a moment, and then looks back at Murph. Dan is now looking at the casket, but as he returns his gaze upon JMC a wicked smile comes across his face. Sophie then gets her brothers attention, telling him to not focus on the casket but to focus on Murph. JMC nods, as he kneels down in the corner, and he actually prays. We saw him pray in his last promo, and here he is doing it again. Murph just laughs it off, as he yells out “God won’t save you tonight…Champ!”. Turner makes his exit from the ring, and then he looks to the man who is sitting next to the bell. Turner motions for him to strike the bell, and the man does so. Once the bell sounds, the lights dim a bit as the match is now officially underway. JMC gets to his feet as Murph stays in his corner. Murph starts to walk to his left, as JMC is walking to his right. They are circling one another, as the fans (who are all on there feet) begin to stomp on the floor. They are ready. Max and Daniel are ready. The world is ready to see this match. Murph looks out at the crowd and then back towards JMC. Murph then walks to the center of the ring. JMC does the same. They tie up! Murph then shoves the Champ backwards and down to the mat. Murph laughs at JMC, but the Champ gets right back up to his feet and locks arms with Dan. Murph then scoops JMC up and connects with a body slam. Murph is laughing yet again, but the Champ gets right back to his feet and rushes in on Murph. They tie up, and this time shoves JMC backwards so hard that the Champ hit’s the ropes. Murph is laughing and is now looking out into the crowd as he tells them that JMC is no match for him. But he doesn’t realize that the Champ bounces off the ropes. When Murph turns around JMC is right there. The Champ begins to kick away at the legs of Murph. One kick to the right leg. One kick to the left leg. Kick to the right. Kick to the left. This is repeated several times. Then, Murph goes for a clothesline, but it is ducked by JMC. The Champ kicks Murph in the back of the right leg…and then the left leg…..right….left…..repeated several times. But Murph will not go down. JMC then dropkicks Dan in the back sending Dan into the ropes…but not over them. JMC gets to his feet as Dan turns around and faces him. JMC charges in, but Dan ducks and he sends Murph over the top rope. But the Champ lands on the ring apron. Murph turns, and as he does, JMC catches Murph by the head and brings the challenger’s neck down onto the top rope. Murph goes staggering backwards as JMC hops up onto the apron and then springs onto the top rope. JMC comes flying off the top rope as he lands on top of Dan, his legs places perfectly as he is looking for a hurricanrana. But Murph is too strong, as he fights it off. He has JMC in perfect position for a power bomb, and he looks intent on hitting it. Murph walks over to the ropes. The crowd sees this and they know what Dan is thinking. Murph is going to try to cripple the Champ, and quite possibly make this match shorter than anyone anticipated.
Daniel: He can’t be serious!
Max: Anything goes Daniel. And, I think we both know that Murph is serious about this.
Daniel: If he hits this, it could not only mean the end of JMC’s title reign, but it could end the career of JMC.
Max: Stop being so dramatic here. It is just a power bomb over the top rope and down to the hard, unforgiving……
Daniel: Enough!
Max: ….floor!
Murph is over at the ropes, ready to power bomb JMC. But as Murph attempts the move, JMC is able to grasp the top rope. As he does this, he is able to send Murph flying over the top rope, and down to the floor. JMC hangs on to the top rope, as the fans pop for the Champ and for the reversal. JMC is now back in the ring, and as he turns back to look at Dan, he sees that the challenger is back to his feet…and he is not pleased at what just happened. Murph pounds on the outside ring apron, obvious frustration is hitting him. But then he backs away and starts to walk around the ring….calming himself down. JMC looks on, studying what Murph is doing.
Daniel: Great reversal by the Champ.
Max: Yeah, but did you see what Murph did? Not only did the fall to the floor not do a damn thing to him, he also showed everyone watching that he will not let little things like that get to him. He knows what is on the line. He knows that he has all the time in the world and that he does not need to foolishly rush into anything.
Daniel: So you are saying that Murph is actually thinking?
Max: I am. Why are you so surprised by that?
Daniel: Because of how he has done things in the past. I mean, this match has been called “Braun vs. Brains”. Not “Brain vs. Brain”. (laughs).
Max: I’m not saying Murph is thinking about his next few moves. He doesn’t think like JMC does. I’m just saying that Dan is taking his time, and trying to avoid making that one mistake that could cost him this match and the title. However, you had better hope that Murph does not hear that you said he was some big dumb animal.
Daniel: I didn’t say that Max.
Max: Uh huh. Whatever.
As Max and Daniel continue there friendly banter, Dan has made his way back into the ring, as he has slowed things down. JMC has kept his eyes locked onto Murph. Dan then smiles, as he holds out his right hand. Dan is calling for a test of strength. JMC looks at Dan’s arm and then at him and asks “Are you serious?”. Murph nods that he is. JMC looks to the crowd, who (emphatically) tell the Champ not to fall for the trap that Dan is laying out. Murph tells the fans to shut there damn mouths, and he is replied to with a ton of heat. Murph then begs JMC to answer the challenge, but the Champ seems hesitant to do so. Murph pleads with the Champ to “be a man” and answer his challenge. JMC then, hesitantly, decides that he will “be a man”. Sophie cannot believe her brother would fall for this, as she screams her non approval of her brothers choice. Dan smiles as JMC comes towards him, his hand out. They are about to lock up, when suddenly JMC, using his “cat-like” reflexes, twirls to the side of Murph and then right behind. The Champ then jumps on the back of Murph and locks on a sleeper hold. The fans are loving it, as th “Prince of Cats” outsmarted the “Irish Bastard”. But Dan is able to grasp a hold of JMC, and as he does, he slings the Champ over his shoulder and down to the mat. The Champs back hit’s the mat with force. Dan looks for an elbow, but as he comes down JMC moves out of the way. Cassius to his feet as he quickly executes a leg drop that connects. JMC back up as he then connects with another leg drop. JMC then gets up and goes to the turnbuckle. He gets to the top of the turnbuckle, but as he does Dan has made his way back up to his feet. JMC looks at Dan. Dan motions for JMC to jump off at him, pounding his chest in the process. JMC doesn’t fall for it, and he looks to get down from the top turnbuckle. Dan begins to laugh, taking his eyes off of JMC and then looking to the crowd and talking smack to them. JMC sees this as he is still on the top turnbuckle. Dan turns and is greeted to a missile dropkick, compliments of JMC. The fans pop for it, loving that the Champ seized an opportunity.
Daniel: Dan Murph needs to quit talking to fans, or else he will find himself a loser in this match. You cannot take your eyes off of JMC. He is just too good for you to do so.
Max: It is still early Max. All Dan needs is one power move to turn the tide. All JMC needs is to throw everything he has in the hopes of somehow weakening the bigger Murph. Hell…..this is David vs. Goliath….in the flesh….in 2007.
Daniel: Can’t argue with that analogy there. But, remind me….who won that battle? Hmmm?
Max: Well, history says David won, but then again….how are we to know if that is really accurate?
Daniel: You amaze me sometimes, with the crap you say.
Max: Well, it is a “story”, and someone could’ve decided to write it as David winning, when Goliath could have actually won. But…back to the present…..cause this David vs. Goliath will have a true, accurate ending. Goliath will prevail.
JMC up to his feet, but when he gets up he sees that Dan is also up as well. Dan looks mad, but he calms himself down as he backs away to a corner to gather himself. JMC notices this and seems to be “shocked” to see Murph actually calming himself down. So, in an act that is usually not like JMC, The WPW Heavyweight Champ rushes in on an unexpecting Murph. As JMC rushes in, from out of nowhere Dan comes out with a vicious clothesline that almost decapitates the Champ. The fans let out a collective “ohhhh” as the back of the Champs head hit’s the mat with fierce force. Murph smiles, now knowing that he has turned the tide in the match. He immediately picks JMC up and applies a bear hug. Murph is looking to wear down the faster, more nimble JMC. He squeezes as tight as he can, letting out a roar as he does this. Sophie looks on, now with a worried look on her face. She knows that Dan is in control now, using his strength to squeeze the life out of JMC. But this is JMC we are talking about here. A man that has shown resiliency throughout his title run. He looks at Murph, smiles, and then head butts Dan. Dan laughs at the first attempt, but JMC then hits him with six consecutive head butts….and the sixth one staggers Murph enough to cause him to let go of the bear hug. Instinctively, as Cassius’ feet hit the mat he grabs Dan and takes him down with a Russian leg sweep. The Champ is to his feet, as he grabs Nurph’s right leg and then his left….JMC looks out to the crowd and they know what the Champ is about to do. Time for Dan to make a wish…or shall we say….wish that JMC would not do what he does, as the Champ brings his legs down right on top of Dan’s groin. No doubt all the men in the audience feel for Murph. We hear Dan and Max cringe through there voices into there headsets. JMC gets back to his feet and he is right back to the legs of Murph, this time the right leg. JMC begins to twist the leg, working it over for the next few minutes. Twist and turn. Twist and turn, as Murph winces in pain.
Daniel: A smart move by the Champ. Weaken the legs of Dan Murph and you can take away some of his power. The theory here is that it will make Murph think about trying a power bomb or something like it.
Max: No doubt Daniel. This is smart by the Champ. He has to find some way to weaken Dan because there is no way he can be physical like Dan can be to him. Hate to say that, but it is true. And we all know I am about telling the truth.
Daniel: Of course it is true! Everyone knows that JMC cannot stand toe to toe with Dan.
Max: Well, duh! There is one problem though.
Daniel: And that is?
Max: JMC will have to do this for the next hour, or even longer…just to barely weaken him. JMC will have to come up with something better than twisting and turning the leg.
JMC then drops an elbow on the inner thigh of Murph’s right leg. But this turns out to be a mistake, as Murph is able to overpower JMC and wrap both legs around the Champ. But wait….JMC sees it coming, and he is able to wiggle free before Dan can lock his legs. Murph sits up, but as he does, JMC comes running in with a drop kick right into the kisser of Murph. JMC is to his feet, but as he turns back towards Dan, he sees that the “Irish bastard” sits up. JMC is on top of it though, as he wraps his hands around the chin of Murph, driving his right knee into the back of Murph. But after about ten to fifteen seconds of this, Murph is able to grab hold of JMC, and then whips him over his head and down to the mat. This time, Murph is right on top of JMC, driving his elbow into the forehead of the Champ. He rubs, and rubs, and rubs away with force. Murph gets to his feet, trying to shake off the effects of JMC working over on his right leg. He pulls JMC up and then whips him into the ropes. JMC comes off the ropes and receives a back elbow from Dan. Murph then grabs both legs of JMC, spreads them…..”paybacks are a bitch Champ!”, screams Dan. Murph stretches the legs out as far as he can, as he “makes a wish”. Dan looks out into the crowd and then smiles. He is feeling confident.
Max: Haha! Dan Murph is one funny guy.
Daniel: Can’t blame the guy for wanting to give JMC a taste of his own medicine.
Max: Now we are about to see Murph take total control of this match. JMC is in trouble.
Daniel: It doesn’t look good for the Champ, but it is still early in the match.
Dan is right on top of JMC, as he sits on the chest of the Champ and punches away on the face of JMC. Right after right connects. Sophie looks on and then looks to referee Paul Turner. But there is nothing he can do, cause anything goes in this match. Murph gets up, and as he does he drags JMC up as well. Murph whips him into the corner. Murph runs in looking to bull rush him. But instinctively, JMC moves out of the way as Murph’s front side hit’s the turnbuckle. JMC grabs Dan from behind. Reverse neck breaker connects, as the fans roar there approval. Sophie is now clapping, seeing that her brother is no longer in danger….at least for now he isn’t. JMC then decides that he would like to give Dan a taste of his own medicine. JMC sits on top of Dan and then punches away at Murph’s face. The crowd is loving it, and so is Sophie. JMC gets to his feet and then starts to psych himself up, much to the crowds delight. JMC sees that Murph is getting up, and as Murph does get to his feet, JMC (ala Ric Flair) chops blocks the right leg of Murph. Dan goes right back down to the mat. The Champ is right back on him, grabbing the right leg and kicking the inside of it. JMC then wraps his legs around Murph’s right leg and fall to the mat. He is stretching on it, pulling on it, doing all that he can to weaken it.
Daniel: Well, thus far in this first ever Casket match, the action has stayed inside the ring and it has been more of a “wrestling” style match.
Max: And it has to stay this way if JMC wants to retain his title. He cannot get physical with Dan.
Daniel: But you have to wonder what it will take for JMC to weaken Murph enough to be able to get him into that casket.
Max: It is gonna take an act of God, Daniel. That is why we saw JMC praying in one of his promo’s. JMC will need “divine” intervention to pull out a win here.
Murph is in pain, as the fans at home see it on there TV screens and the fans in the arena see it on the tron. JMC is using all that he has to injure the right leg of Dan. Dan knows he cannot go for the ropes. That won’t do cause Turner cannot make JMC break the hold. Dan must figure out a way to get out of this and save his leg from further pain and suffering. After a few more seconds, Dan gets is able to sit up and as he does he begins to pummel on JMC’s legs. Punch after punch connects, as Dan is frantically trying to break the hold. But JMC is holding firm, taking the punches and trying his best to not break the hold. But Dan is not stopping, as the punches continue. Finally, Dan is successful is making JMC break the hold. However, some damage was done, cause when Dan gets to his feet we see that he is limping. JMC is up as well, and it looks like he is wanting to chop block Murph’s right leg yet again. JMC rushes in, but at the last second, Dan turns around, grabs JMC…..belly to belly connects! Dan Murph just hit a damn belly to belly, a move not normally seen in his moveset. But it does the job, and it gives Murph time to gather himself.
Daniel: Dan Murph getting “technical” here ladies and gentlemen.
Max: And you and all the fans of WPW thought that Murph was just a power guy. He looked as if he had hit that belly to belly a million times in his career.
Daniel: And I am sure it caught the Champ off guard. Nice surprise from the challenger.
Max: And I am willing to bet Murph has more surprises in store for us.
Daniel: He just might Max.
Murph grabs JMC by his throat, and then holds him up in the air. Dan is choking away on JMC and then he sends the Champ down hard to the mat. Murph gets JMC back up and then whips him into the ropes. He catches JMC, and connects with a sidewalk slam. Again, a move that Murph is not commonly known for using. But this is a World title shot, and it is clear that Dan is pulling out everything he has to try and win this match. Murph is to his feet, trying to shake off the effects on his right leg being worked over by JMC. Even with the noticeable limp, Dan is right back to work on JMC. He picks the Champ up and places him in the corner….into the tree of woe position. Dan then walks backwards. He pauses and looks out to the crowd. The fans know what is coming, and though Dan can’t run at full force, there is no doubt this is going to still hurt the Champ. Dan run-limps in with as much force as he can muster, ramming his body into JMC. The fans “gasp” at the sight and sound of the collision. Sophie turns away and winces. She can’t bear to see her brother in this position. Dan backs up and grabs at his right leg. That impact also hurt him a little bit, but he could care less. He will take some amount of pain if it means becoming the World Heavyweight Champion. Dan then slides under the bottom rope, his feet hitting the floor. He goes to the corner looks at JMC, who is still hung upside down in the corner. Dan grabs JMC’s arms and then brings them towards his body. Dan is stretching the hell out of JMC, as the Champ screams out in pain. Dan has a sadistic look on his face. He has JMC right where he wants him. Dan does this for about thirty or so seconds before he releases the arms of the Champ. The challenger then looks out to the fans and begins to taunt some of the fans sitting in the front row. Dan knows he is in control of the match, and he doesn’t mind telling some of the fans in the front row all about it. Dan is now back into the ring, preparing for another run at JMC. He executes it, run-limping his way into JMC with all the force he can muster. This time, the impact is such that it causes JMC’s body to hit the mat. In a way, that is good news as he is no longer upside down in the corner. But the Champ is now in trouble, and the fans in attendance can sense this. Sophie can as well.
Max: Even with Dan Murph not being able to run in like he normally could, it was still more than enough to do some critical damage to JMC.
Daniel: Sure was. I have to say this Max. Dan Murph has actually wrestled in this casket match. I honestly thought he would do all he could to get this thing out of the ring and do some damage on the outside.
Max: Well, JMC set the tone early and made this match into a “wrestling” match. Dan Murph is showing all of us that he can wrestle with JMC. But now, the power advantage that Dan has over JMC is starting to rear its’ head. He is in control of the match. A few more power moves and I am willing to bet Dan will do enough damage to place JMC in the casket and win this thing.
Daniel: Well, anything can happen Max. But you are correct. I don’t know how much more abuse JMC can take, even with Dan Murph having a hurt leg.
Murph, has just finished jaw jacking some more to the fans in the front row, as he goes over and picks up JMC. But the Champ begins to elbow the midsection of Murph, and the fans start to cheer. But it is short lived as Murph brings a clubbing blow to the head of JMC. Murph gets JMC up to his feet and then he places him on the top turnbuckle. Murph then climbs up to the middle turnbuckle. He can’t be serious! Murph then locks up and gets to the top turnbuckle. He is serious. Super plex connects! Dan Murph just hit a damn super plex. Murph sits up and is all smiles. He points to his temple and says that he is no dummy. He can plan out a match as well, and thus far, he is proving to all of us that he sure as hell can. Murph then gets to his feet and then waits for JMC to stir. After a few seconds, JMC is stirring and is beginning to make his way to his feet. Murph then places himself behind JMC, waiting patiently for JMC to get up. He is stalking his prey, and an unsuspecting JMC does not know that Murph is ready to pounce on him. JMC gets to his feet, and turns. Murph grabs him and places him in position for the Cyclone. This could be it! The fans are in shock, as Dan……NO!…………..JMC wiggles free. Dan turns and sees that JMC is on his feet. He rushes in towards JMC, but at the last second, JMC ducks Dan and helps propel the challenger over the top rope. But much like JMC did earlier in the match, Dan is able to land on his feet on the outside. JMC turns as Dan grabs him. JMC rakes the eyes of the challenger. We then notice that the casket is behind and beneath Dan. It is not opened, but it is the first glimpse of the casket we have seen since the match began. JMC runs to the other side of the ring, comes off the ropes runs and spears…..YES!……….JMC freaking spears Dan. Dan goes falling backwards right on top of the casket. It didn’t break though, as the fans come back to life. JMC sees Dan on top of the casket. He then climbs the turnbuckle and then gets to the top. The Champ looks out at the crowd, who are still standing on there feet. JMC signals for it. The fans ready there cameras. JMC comes off the top turnbuckle. Swanton! Swanton! The flashbulbs go off, as JMC connects with the Swanton. The impact was such that it sent Dan through the casket, tearing it into pieces. The fans are going rabid. JMC hit his move, but the casket is now in shambles. A “Holy Shit!” chant breaks out in unison. Both men are down.
Daniel: That was insane!
Max: JMC just broke the damn casket with that move. How the hell are we gonna finish this match without a damn casket? This is a casket match for Heaven’s sake!
Daniel: I don’t know Max, but you have to love this action. In a matter of minutes we went from a wrestling match to seeing something like that!
Max: But we lost the damn casket!
Cameras then pick up on Carlos Gonzalez talking to the four employees who brought out the first casket. We then follow them as the go and get another casket. Apparently, Mr. Gonzalez prepared for the worst, and it is good that he did. The four men then bring out the second casket down to the ring, as the fans cheer. Carlos walks out and he motions to Paul Turner that the match will continue. Turner nods as the men place the casket at ringside and then make there way to the back.
Max: Whew! Should have known Mr. Gonzalez would be on top of things. The man prepared for the worst.
Daniel: Indeed he did folks. This match will continue.
JMC is up. He sees that the casket Dan was on top of is now in shambles. But it doesn’t take him long to notice that another casket has been brought down to the ring. JMC makes his way to the new casket and opens it. Dan is still down, and JMC now senses that he can end this match. He grabs Dan by his head, using all the strength he has to get him to his feet. He walks Dan to the casket and is about set to try and put him in it. But when JMC attempts to do so, Dan blocks the attempt by placing his hands on the casket. Dan then drives an elbow into JMC. The Champ staggers backwards. Dan then turns, grabs JMC……DDT connects on the floor! Just like that the tide has turned. Both men down again, as Dan Murph has bought himself some time. After about a minute of so, Dan is up to his feet. He grabs JMC by the head and then looks to the steel barricade. He picks JMC up over his head, and then drops the Champ down, his throat catching the brunt of the blow from the barricade. Murph staggers backwards, and then rests his body against the outside ring apron. He is a little spent from being put through a casket and all, so he takes another moment to rest himself. JMC is now grasping at the barricade, trying to pull himself up. Murph then comes off the apron and makes his way to his right. Seems he has a plan. He backs up as JMC is now getting himself up. Murph comes running in, looking for a spear, wanting to pay back JMC for spearing him. But at the last second, JMC moves and Murph connects with the barricade. Well, actually, he goes through the damn thing and into the laps of several of the fans in the front row. Lucky fans. Getting up close and personal with a WPW superstar. No doubt a moment for all of them to remember. A “WPW” chant breaks out, as the fans clap and cheer for the action they are seeing.
Max: I think it is safe to say that this match has now turned into the type of match we thought it would. Throw out all the wrestling stuff now folks. This is about to get bloody. You can just feel it.
Daniel: Wow! Dan Murph just went through the damn barricade. Imagine if he had connected with the spear. Both he and JMC would’ve went through it.
Max: And this is the kind of action you get from WPW.
Daniel: Too true Max. And, you are right. You can feel that this match is about to take it up another notch. It was inevitable.
Max: In…..In…..what the heck?
Daniel: Inevitable, Max. Means it was bound to happen.
Max: Oh! Right. I knew that.
Daniel: (chuckles) I’m sure you did.
JMC looks over at the fallen Dan. Maybe that was enough to put the challenger down. As we get a glimpse of Dan, we see that he is now bleeding from his forehead. This actually gets a nice pop from the fans. Crazy Georgians. Loving the sight of blood. JMC gets to his feet. He goes and grabs Dan, again, using all the strength he has to get the big man to his feet. The Champ is able to get Dan up. He begins to walk both himself and Dan to the casket. They walk over the shambles from the original casket, and arrive to the replacement casket. JMC, struggling and using all he can muster to do so, is able to get Dan inside the casket. The fans roar there approval. JMC has to take a moment to gather himself. He then reaches for the lid. But then, a hand comes up and grabs JMC by the throat. Dan is not out of it yet. Dan then rams JMC’s head into the lid. JMC goes staggering backwards. Dan then sits up and then stands inside the casket. He then comes flying out of the casket, hitting a flying clothesline! Both men are down again, but Dan Murph just saved himself and the saved the chance to winning the title.
Daniel: Dan Murph saved himself there.
Max: Did you see that. Even after going through a casket and a barricade, Dan Murph is still plenty strong enough to hit a flying clothesline. Tell me how anyone could’ve betted against this man?
Daniel: Max, we all knew that Murph was a worthy opponent, and I don’t think anyone doubted he could walk out of EE with the title. But JMC is not an ordinary Champion.
Max: Well, Dan Murph is not an ordinary challenger.
Daniel: I agree. It looks like it will come down to which ever man is able to take the most punishment from his opponent.
Max: And that favors Dan.
Daniel: We shall see.
Murph gets to his feet, albeit a bit wobbly. JMC is down, but he is stirring. Surprisingly, Dan grabs JMC and tosses him back into the ring. He gets on the ring apron and begins to think about what he should do next. Dan then gets into the ring, scoops JMC up and connects with a scoop slam. He then grabs JMC and whips him into the ropes. Big boot connects, but for some damn reason Dan used his right leg which is the hurt one. This stings the challenger, as he winces in pain. He is also mad at himself for doing such a “dumb” move. Still, he is in control of the match. Dan then turns JMC onto his belly. The Black Death! The Black Death! Dan has his version of the Cobra Clutch applied. No doubt he is looking to wear down and possibly make JMC pass out. The Champ can’t even think about the ropes, as they will do him no good. He is in trouble. Serious trouble here. Dan rares back as much as he can, but when he does we see that he is wincing as well. Remember. Dan went through a casket, and the effects on his back are still lingering. Still, Dan will deal with the pain for now, as he works over on JMC. The Champ is fighting for all he can, trying to do all he can to not pass out. Sophie is at ringside urging the crowd the get behind her brother. The fans begin to stomp and clap, hoping that JMC will feed off of them and not give up. Dan yells at the fans to “shut up”, but this only intensifies there clapping and stomping. Sophie is banging on the outside ring apron as hard as she can. After another minute or so, Dan figures that JMC will not pass out. JMC is showing one reason why he has been the champ for so long. He is most resilient. Dan breaks the hold, and this makes the fans and Sophie very happy. But the damage has been done. Dan looks to the casket, and then looks back at the fallen JMC. He looks back to the casket and then looks out to the fans. Dan makes the gesture of the title going around his waste. The fans shower him with intense heat for doing so, but Dan could care less. He senses victory is near.
Max: Get ready Daniel. Get ready to crown a new WPW World Heavyweight Champion.
Daniel: It sure doesn’t look good for JMC. Dan might have let loose of the Black Death, but it looks like the damage was done.
Max: And it was a great idea by Dan Murph. He knew he had JMC down and hurt. So, he decides to hurt him some more and take a lot out of him. Dan Murph has been near perfect in this match.
Daniel: I have to agree. With the few minor mistakes, Dan has used his power wisely and has even hit some moves we don’t normally see from him.
Max: He has JMC up and by the head. It is time to place JMC in the casket, close it, and then place him in the hearse to win this thing. Mina, go ahead and hand the title to Paul Turner. This one is over with.
Dan walks himself and JMC to the ropes. He then places JMC on the outside ring apron, but when he does, JMC shocks him with a flurry of rights. The fans come to life, as there Champ is showing signs of life. He punches like a mad man, but then Murph rakes the eyes of JMC. Murph, now furious, gets on the outside ring apron, and then locks up JMC in position. No way! Dan Murph sets JMC up………….FUCKING CYLCONE! Dan Murph hit’s the Cyclone on top of the replacement casket, which shatters the casket into pieces. Dan and JMC have just destroyed a second casket, this time it is JMC going through it. The fans pop like crazy. They might not like Dan Murph one bit, but they can appreciate the action they are seeing in this match. Sophie’s jaw looks like it is about to hit the floor. Another “holy shit!” chant breaks out, along with another “WPW” chant.
Max: Un……freaking…..believable!
Daniel: I have to join in with the fans. WPW baby! That is all I can say.
Max: They just destroyed the replacement casket. This is insane. Now how can this match continue?
Camera then goes backstage and shows an irate Carlos Gonzalez. He walks into a room and sees that he has one more casket. It is quite larger than the first two, and this does not seem to sit well with him. He asks one of his staff members why he only has the one “large” casket left? Carlos says that he does not want to use it cause it means he has to pay the full price for it. The staff member says that that is the last casket they have. Carlos can’t believe it, but he takes a deep breath and then tells the staff member to leave. Carlos then calls for the four guys who brought out the previous two caskets. He tells them to get the large one and take it to the ring. We hear the fans applauding, as the four guys bring the large casket out. Carlos is one stage with a mic in hand.
Carlos: I don’t want to use this large casket, but this is WPW and this is Everything Ends. I am not about to end a World Title Match in a no decision. Dan…..JMC. I hope you two can hear me. If you guys break this final casket, then I will have no choice but to do just that. This match continues Paul. And please, make sure those two do not break this last casket.
Carlos walks to the back. Though he has made us fans happy, we can tell it doesn’t sit well with him having to use this rather large casket. The four men make there way to the back. The camera then focuses in on JMC, and now he is busted open after suffering from a Cyclone, compliments of Dan Murph.
Max: What a guy that Mr. Gonzalez is. He is willing to suffer a bit in the check book to give us all the match we wanted.
Daniel: I seriously doubt his bank account will suffer any kind of dent from a casket.
Max: Yeah, but look at the size of that casket. It looks like it could hold Andre the Giant. It is huge. I’m sure that cost a pretty penny Daniel. And Carlos Gonzalez was willing to pay for it to have this match continue.
Daniel: Well, I am thankful that he did decide to use the last casket he has. But man oh man, you know he has to be worried. JMC and Dan have already destroyed two caskets. What’s to stop them from destroying this one?
Max: Who knows? Maybe since this is a bigger one it means it could also be more sturdy. Let’s hope they don’t destroy this.
Dan stirs, trying to get to his feet. He grabs the ring apron and pulls himself up. He sees JMC lying over the shambles of the destroyed casket. He then looks to his left and sees that another casket has been brought down. This brings a smile to Dan’s face, as he makes his way towards JMC. Dan gets JMC to his feet and then walks him over to the new casket. It takes him a few moments, but he is able to place JMC inside the casket, and is now ready to close. Dan can smell victory, as he closes the lid on top of JMC. The fans are stunned. Now all Dan must do is wheel the casket to hearse, place it inside, shut the door, and he will be the new WPW World Heavyweight Champion. Dan begins to wheel the casket towards the hearse, all smiles as he does so. But before he can get halfway to the hearse, the lid comes open. JMC sits up, showing all of us his bloody face. Going on pure adrenaline alone, he jumps out of the casket and connects with a Lou Thiez press. The fans are going rabid now, as JMC pummels away on the head of Dan Murph. The Champ is not ready to relinquish his title. He still has fight left in him. But so does Dan, and he is able to roll the champ off of him. Dan and JMC both get to there feet. JMC goes in at Dan, but Dan connects with a boot to the Champ’s gut. JMC hunches down. Murph sets him up on his shoulders, looking for a power bomb! JMC begins to wail away on the head of Dan, trying to prevent the move. JMC then looks to counter with a hurricanarna, but Dan is able to prevent that move and bring JMC back up into position. Again, JMC fights it off with rights to the head of Dan. Then, JMC is able to turn himself around, and as he does this he wiggles free and slides off of Dan’s backside, his feet hitting the floor. Dan turns, and gets a super kick to the face. He staggers backwards. When he does this, JMC can see that the casket is not far from Dan. For a second time, JMC connects with another super kick, and again this staggers Dan backwards, inching ever so close to the casket. JMC looks winded, but for a third time he connects with a super kick. Dan is so close to the casket now, as he staggers backwards a little bit more. JMC the digs deep down, and for a fourth time he attempts the super kick. But this time, Dan is somehow able to block it. He then looks to JMC and points to his brain, as if to say he has caught on to what JMC is trying to do. He spins JMC around, but when he does so, JMC is able to connect with a spinning kick (ala Shelton Benjamin), which sends Dan Murph face first into the casket. The fans roar with there approval. JMC is spent, as he struggles to stay on his feet.
Daniel: Dan Murph thought he had outsmarted JMC, but he might have made that one mistake that could come back to haunt him.
Max: NOOOOO! Come on Dan. Get up! This is your time.
JMC then looks into the casket and sees that Dan is not out of it. No sense in trying to wheel Dan to the hearse. He would more than likely get out of the casket and the match would continue. JMC then thinks, and then he jumps into the casket with Dan.
Max: What the hell is JMC doing?
JMC then grabs then legs of Dan Murph, and……..no freaking way………………..CASSIUS SHARPSHOOTER INSIDE A FREAKING CASKET! The fans are going nuts! Sophie is jumping up and down, giving the boys at ringside a wet dream fantasy.
Daniel: Cassius Sharpshooter is what he is doing Max! He has the big man in the casket, and he intends to keep him in it!
Max: I can’t believe this. A sharpshooter inside a casket!
Daniel: You said it yourself Max. That casket could fit Andre the Giant. Well, Cassius must have figured he could do it, so…he did!
JMC is using all that he has…every bit of strength he can muster….to make Dan Murph pass out. No doubt that is the plan here. But as the camera picks up on Dan’s face, he is nowhere near ready to pass out. But then again, even with the casket being large, it doesn’t look like there is room for him to make an escape. He will have to come up with something clever, or just use all the strength he himself can muster to get out of the hold. Cassius has it locked on good and tight, and even though he is spent as well, he has the leverage on Dan. Dan is fighting though, doing all he can to stay in this thing. One thing to note is that Dan has not even tapped. Not that it would do any good, but it shows that he is doing all he can to survive the sharpshooter. After about three minutes of being in the sharpshooter, Dan uses his hands to push himself up a bit. We see the strain on his face as he is now attempting to muscle his way out of this. He strains, trying desperately to break the hold. It looks like he might have it……….NO!……he falls flat to his face. But immediately, he is right back to pushing himself up again.
Max: That’s it Dan. Don’t give up. You have it in you.
Daniel: Can it be possible? Can Dan Murph muscle his way out of this?
Dan is digging deep down now. But so is JMC, doing all he can to keep the leverage and not allow Dan to muscle his way out of this. Dan pushes up, and he is doing it. The fans can’t believe it. Sophie can’t believe. Hell, I am writing this thing and I can’t believe it. Dan is about to…………………..NO!……he falls back down to his face. The camera then focuses in on him and we see that Dan used all he had left. He’s not out of it, but he is well spent. JMC breaks the hold, and then he stumbles out of the casket. He then grabs the rim of the casket to pull himself up. He looks inside and sees that Dan is down and out. JMC looks at him and shakes his head. He cannot believe that Dan did not pass out. Before he closes the lid, JMC looks to say, “Damn good fight, Dan!”. He closes the casket and then gets in position to push it the rest of the way to the hears. The fans pops got louder and louder the closer JMC gets to the hearse. JMC opens the door to the hearse, and then he pushes the casket inside of it. JMC closes the door, and the bell sounds. It is all over. JMC has survived the very first Casket Match in WPW history, but it wasn’t easy. “Don’t forget the rules” hits as Mina Henderson makes the official announcement.
Mina: Ladies and gentlemen, the winner of the match, and still, WPW World Heavyweight Champion……James….Moriarty…..Cassius!
Daniel: What a match. What an ending.
Max: I can’t believe Dan lost in a match that he was tailor made for.
Daniel: Just goes to show you the resiliency of the Champion. But, even in defeat, Dan Murph proved that he is ever so close to becoming a Heavyweight Champion. My hats off to him for the effort. Hell, any normal man would’ve passed out from being in a Sharpshooter that long.
Max: True. And I hope Mr. Gonzalez saw that Dan Murph does, in fact, deserve a rematch. But, my hats off to JMC as well. He survived another match that was against his style of wrestling. The man took it to Murph, and I will say kudos to him for doing so. Man….I want to see these two wrestle again.
Daniel: I agree Max. I wholeheartedly agree with you. These two will, hopefully, meet again.
Sophie rushes to her brothers aid, as he is struggling to stay on his feet. His face is a crimson mask, and Sophie is concerned that her brother is losing too much blood. Paul Turner comes over and hands the WPW title to JMC. Sophie looks to JMC and wants to help him to the back. But he puts his finger up, and tells her that he wants a minute or so. JMC then makes his way to the hood of the car. He then gets on the very top of the hearse and stands. He hold the belt up high for all to see. He is beaten. He bloody. He is bruised. But he is still the Champ. The flashbulbs go off as the fans give him the loudest pop of the night.
Daniel: What a moment folks. What a moment this is.
Max: Well, he earned it. But he should savor it, Daniel. Cause Dan Murph is coming and when they meet again I have this feeling we could see a different outcome.
Daniel: Only time will tell, Max. Well folks, thank you so much for allowing us into your living rooms. It has been an honor to call this PPV for you, and we hope you enjoyed it as much as we enjoyed bringing it to you. On behalf of all of us at WPW, thank you and goodnight.
The camera goes back to JMC still holding the title over his head. What a sight it is, as the camera fades to black.
Credits:
Backstage Segments
Writers: Mike Adams, Chris F'n Cash, Prometheus, CTRanks, Neo, Legendaryken
Jamie Parker vs. The Main Man
Writer: Prometheus
Jokester vs. Gunnar Brian
Writer: CTRanks
Beno vs. Chris Cage vs. Phill Bennett
Writer: Paul O Mac
MVP vs. Twizted
Writer: Gunnar Brian
Justin Dreamer vs. The Stallion
Writer: Scorch
Gerard Carson vs. Spaz
Writer: Prometheus
PCW Championship Match
Writer: Neo
20 Man Battle Royal
Writer: Legendaryken
SiNN vs. The Shadow
Writer: The Judge
Dan Murph vs. James Moriarty Cassius
Writer: Chazz